Deployment Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsAccess PlatformsOS9

Table Of Contents

Dell EMC Networking Command-Line

Reference Guide for the C9010 Series

Version 9.14.2.1

June 2019

Rev. A00

Summary of content (1798 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell EMC Networking Command-Line Reference Guide for the C9010 Series Version 9.14.2.1 June 2019 Rev.
PAGE 2
Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your product. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. © 2018 - 2019 Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. Dell, EMC, and other trademarks are trademarks of Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries.
PAGE 3
Contents Chapter 1: About this Guide.........................................................................................................44 Objectives........................................................................................................................................................................... 44 Audience..............................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 4
ip telnet server enable......................................................................................................................................................83 ip telnet source-interface................................................................................................................................................84 ip tftp source-interface...........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 5
copy.................................................................................................................................................................................... 166 delete.................................................................................................................................................................................. 169 dir...................................................................................................................................
PAGE 6
Chapter 6: Access Control Lists (ACL).......................................................................................216 Commands Common to all ACL Types....................................................................................................................... 216 remark...........................................................................................................................................................................216 show config....................................
PAGE 7
seq................................................................................................................................................................................ 269 Extended MAC ACL Commands..................................................................................................................................270 deny.....................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 8
Chapter 7: Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD)................................................................ 309 bfd all-neighbors............................................................................................................................................................. 309 bfd disable.......................................................................................................................................................................... 311 bfd enable (Configuration).
PAGE 9
clear ip bgp................................................................................................................................................................. 345 clear ip bgp dampening............................................................................................................................................346 clear ip bgp flap-statistics.......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 10
redistribute................................................................................................................................................................. 386 redistribute ospf........................................................................................................................................................ 387 router bgp......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 11
address-family............................................................................................................................................................ 437 address family ipv6 unicast.....................................................................................................................................438 aggregate-address....................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 12
neighbor ebgp-multihop.......................................................................................................................................... 466 neighbor fall-over...................................................................................................................................................... 467 neighbor filter-list......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 13
Chapter 9: Content Addressable Memory (CAM)....................................................................... 496 CAM Profile Commands................................................................................................................................................ 496 cam-acl (Configuration).......................................................................................................................................... 497 cam-acl-egress............................................
PAGE 14
dcb-enable.................................................................................................................................................................. 537 dcb-output..................................................................................................................................................................538 dcb-policy output..............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 15
Chapter 13: Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)........................................................ 616 Configure a DHCP Server and DHCP Clients ..........................................................................................................616 clear ip dhcp................................................................................................................................................................616 debug ip dhcp client events..........................................
PAGE 16
Chapter 14: Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP)............................................................................... 646 ecmp-group...................................................................................................................................................................... 646 hash-algorithm ecmp......................................................................................................................................................647 hash-algorithm hg.................
PAGE 17
disable................................................................................................................................................................................680 interface............................................................................................................................................................................680 member-vlan.................................................................................................................................
PAGE 18
interface range macro name...................................................................................................................................725 interface vlan..............................................................................................................................................................725 keepalive......................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 19
Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) Commands...................................................................................................... 801 tdr-cable-test............................................................................................................................................................. 801 show tdr......................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 20
max-area-addresses....................................................................................................................................................... 839 max-lsp-lifetime...............................................................................................................................................................840 maximum-paths..................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 21
Chapter 25: Internet Protocol Security (IPSec).........................................................................887 crypto ipsec transform-set...........................................................................................................................................887 crypto ipsec policy.......................................................................................................................................................... 888 management crypto-policy..................
PAGE 22
show show show show show show show show show show show ip fib linecard..........................................................................................................................................................931 ip flow..................................................................................................................................................................... 932 ip interface..............................................................................................
PAGE 23
ipv6 route..........................................................................................................................................................................982 ipv6 unicast-host-route.................................................................................................................................................983 ipv6 unicast-routing........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 24
show vlan...................................................................................................................................................................1023 tagged........................................................................................................................................................................ 1025 track ip...................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 25
advertise advertise advertise advertise advertise advertise advertise advertise advertise advertise med med med med med med med med med med guest-voice.................................................................................................................................... 1061 guest-voice-signaling.................................................................................................................. 1062 location-identification.........................................................
PAGE 26
Chapter 35: Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP)....................................................... 1092 clear ip msdp peer.........................................................................................................................................................1092 clear ip msdp sa-cache................................................................................................................................................ 1093 clear ip msdp statistic..........................
PAGE 27
other–config–flag.......................................................................................................................................................... 1126 reachable–time............................................................................................................................................................... 1126 retrans-time................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 28
fast-convergence..................................................................................................................................................... 1164 graceful-restart grace-period............................................................................................................................... 1165 graceful-restart helper-reject...............................................................................................................................
PAGE 29
area encryption......................................................................................................................................................... 1215 area nssa.....................................................................................................................................................................1217 auto-cost......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 30
stack unit.........................................................................................................................................................................1269 stack-unit........................................................................................................................................................................ 1270 Chapter 42: Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+).................................................................1272 description................
PAGE 31
ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer................................................................................................................... 1307 show ip pim bsr-router...........................................................................................................................................1308 show ip pim snooping neighbor............................................................................................................................1309 show ip pim interface............
PAGE 32
reset pe schedule show............................................................................................................................................... 1345 reset pe unschedule......................................................................................................................................................1345 show config............................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 33
show interfaces private-vlan...................................................................................................................................... 1393 show vlan private-vlan................................................................................................................................................. 1394 switchport mode private-vlan....................................................................................................................................
PAGE 34
show qos wred-profile............................................................................................................................................ 1437 threshold.................................................................................................................................................................... 1437 trust.................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 35
distance............................................................................................................................................................................ 1477 distribute-list in.............................................................................................................................................................. 1478 distribute-list out.............................................................................................................................
PAGE 36
enable secret............................................................................................................................................................. 1514 login authentication................................................................................................................................................. 1515 password.............................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 37
dot1x server-timeout...............................................................................................................................................1547 dot1x supplicant-timeout....................................................................................................................................... 1547 dot1x tx-period.........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 38
Chapter 54: Service Provider Bridging..................................................................................... 1584 debug protocol-tunnel..................................................................................................................................................1584 protocol-tunnel.............................................................................................................................................................. 1585 protocol-tunnel destination-mac..
PAGE 39
clear logging..............................................................................................................................................................1624 clear logging auditlog..............................................................................................................................................1624 default logging buffered........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 40
storm-control storm-control storm-control storm-control multicast (Interface)..........................................................................................................................1672 pfc-llfc................................................................................................................................................... 1672 unknown-unicast (Configuration)...................................................................................................
PAGE 41
ntp disable........................................................................................................................................................................1701 ntp master ................................................................................................................................................... 1701 ntp offset-threshold.......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 42
show vlt detail................................................................................................................................................................ 1737 show vlt inconsistency................................................................................................................................................. 1737 show vlt mismatch.............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 43
ip route-export............................................................................................................................................................... 1773 ip route-import............................................................................................................................................................... 1774 ipv6 route-export.......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 44
1 About this Guide This CLI guide provides information about the Dell Networking operating system (OS) command-line interface (CLI) supported on a C9010 console to configure a C9010 switch, C1048P, N20xx, and N30xx port extenders. The C9010 switch is also referred to as network director or control bridge. The port extenders are also referred to as rapid access nodes. This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in the Dell Networking OS on the C9000 switch.
PAGE 45
Information Icons This book uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information. CAUTION: The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data. NOTE: The Warning icon signals information about hardware handling that could result in injury.
PAGE 46
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
PAGE 47
When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?. keywords at any command mode: To obtain a list Type help at the prompt.
PAGE 48
lacp Configure LACP line Configure a terminal line linecard Configure linecard link-bundle-distribution Configure link-bundle load-balance Global traffic load-balance configuration logging Modify message logging facilities mac Global MAC configuration subcommands mac-address-table Mac Address Table Configuration Subcommands management Create a management crypto or route, etc monitor Monitor monitored ports no Reset a command ntp Configure NTP openflow Configure OpenFlow instance password-attributes Configur
PAGE 49
Key Combination Action CNTL-B Moves the cursor back one character. CNTL-D Deletes the character at the cursor. CNTL-E Moves the cursor to the end of the line. CNTL-F Moves the cursor forward one character. CNTL-I Completes a keyword. CNTL-K Deletes all the characters from the cursor to the end of the command line. CNTL-L Re-enters the previous command. CNTL-N Returns to the more recent commands in the history buffer after recalling commands with Ctrl-P or the up Arrow key.
PAGE 50
NOTE: Dell Networking OS accepts a space before or after the pipe, no space before or after the pipe, or any combination. For example: Dell#command | grep gigabit |except regular-expression | find regular-expression display displays additional configuration information except displays only the text that does not match the pattern (or regular expression) find searches for the first occurrence of a pattern grep displays text that matches a pattern.
PAGE 51
To enter CLASS-MAP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the class-map command then enter the class map name. The prompt changes to include (config-class-map). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. CONFIGURATION Mode In EXEC Privilege mode, use the configure command to enter CONFIGURATION mode and configure routing protocols and access interfaces. To enter CONFIGURATION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to EXEC Privilege mode. 2.
PAGE 52
ECMP GROUP Mode To enable or configure traffic distribution monitoring on an ECMP link bundle, use ECMP GROUP mode. For more information, see ecmp_overview. To enter ECMP GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ecmp-group command then enter the ECMP group ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-ecmp-group-ecmpgroup-id). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. EIS Mode To enable or configure Egress Interface Selection (EIS), use EIS mode.
PAGE 53
You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. GRUB Mode To enable GRUB mode, press ESC when the following message appears during a system boot: Press ESC key to stop autoreboot.... Select Force10 Boot using the arrow keys and then press the “C” key to enter the GRUB Command Line Interface. The command prompt changes to grub>. INTERFACE Mode Use INTERFACE mode to configure interfaces or IP services on those interfaces.
PAGE 54
LLDP Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP), use LLDP mode. For more information, see Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). To enter LLDP mode: 1. To enable LLDP globally, verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. To enable LLDP on an interface, verify that you are logged in to INTERFACE mode. 2. Enter the protocol lldp command. The prompt changes to include (conf-lldp) or (conf-if-interface-lldp).
PAGE 55
2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree mstp command. The prompt changes to include (conf-mstp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PE Configuration Mode To configure certain the port extender features such as, the PoE feature, use the PE CONFIGURATION mode. For more information, see the Port Extenders (PE) To enter PE CONFIGURATION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter thepe pe-id command.
PAGE 56
To enter PROTOCOL GVRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol gvrp command. The prompt changes to include (config-gvrp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. QOS POLICY Mode To configure ETS bandwidth allocation and scheduling for priority traffic, use QOS POLICY mode. To enter QOS POLICY mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the qos-policy-output command, then the policy name, then ets.
PAGE 57
ROUTER OSPFV3 Mode To configure OSPF for IPv6, use ROUTER OSPFV3 mode. For more information, see Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3). To enter ROUTER OSPFV3 mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ipv6 router ospf {process-id} command. The prompt changes to include (conf-ipv6-router_ospf). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER RIP Mode To enable and configure Router Information Protocol (RIP), use ROUTER RIP mode.
PAGE 58
2. Enter the uplink-state-group command then the group ID number. The prompt changes to include (conf-uplink-stategroup-groupID).
PAGE 59
3 Control and Monitoring This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) as they are implemented in the Dell Networking OS on the switch.
PAGE 60
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • show cpu-traffic-stats show cpu-interface-stats show debugging show environment show inventory show linecard show login statistics show memory show processes cpu show processes ipc show processes ipc flow-control show processes memory show reset-reason show rpm show software ifm show system linecard show tech-support show util-threshold cpu show util-threshold memory show version telnet terminal length traceroute undebug all upload trace-log util-th
PAGE 61
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. You must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads. banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. C9000 Series Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command.
PAGE 62
Dell#exit 4d21h5m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user on line console This is the banner Dell Networking OS con0 now available Press RETURN to get started. 4d21h6m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user on line console This is the banner Dell> Related Commands line — enables and configures the console and virtual terminal lines to the system. banner login Set a banner to display when logging on to the system.
PAGE 63
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When the user is connected to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear.
PAGE 64
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character.
PAGE 65
Enter l2acl and the FP block number for L2 ACL. The FP block number range is from 1 to 8. ● 4: Creates 242 entries for use by the OpenFlow controller (256 total entries minus the 14 entries reserved for internal functionality) ● 8: Creates 498 entries for use by the OpenFlow controller (512 total entries minus the 14 entries reserved for internal functionality) ipv4acl number Enter ipv4acl and the FP block number for IPv4. The FP block number range is from 0 to 8.
PAGE 66
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Added support for the fcoe parameter on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OpenFlow on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added the keywords fcoeacl and iscsioptacl on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.
PAGE 67
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Enables periodic audits of the software and hardware copies of the IPv4 forwarding table. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to enable the audits in the chassis connected in a dual-homing setup. clear alarms Clear alarms on the system.
PAGE 68
Version Description 9.11(2.1P1) Introduced on all Dell EMC Networking OS platforms Usage Information This command resets the average power and average power start time to the current time. Average power and average power start time will be calculated from the reset time (i.e current time). Example This output is only applicable for the C1048P, N20xx and N30xx.
PAGE 69
configure Enter CONFIGURATION mode from EXEC Privilege mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters configure [terminal] terminal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword terminal to specify that you are configuring from the terminal. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 70
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command enables (and disables) the collection of CPU traffic statistics from the time this command is executed (not from system boot).
PAGE 71
disable Return to EXEC mode. C9000 Series Syntax disable [level] From a port extender (PE) console, use disable [level] to return to EXEC mode. Parameters Defaults level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. The default is 1. 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 72
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 73
Version Description 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 74
To disable optical power information updates, use the no enable optical-info-update interval command. Parameters Defaults interval seconds Enter the keyword interval then the polling interval in seconds. The range is from 120 to 6000 seconds. The default is 300 seconds (5 minutes). Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 75
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. E-Series Original command. exit — returns to the lower command mode.
PAGE 76
Example Dell Networking OS con0 is now available Press RETURN to get started. Dell> exit Return to the lower command mode. C9000 Series Syntax exit From a PE console, use exit command to return to the lower command mode.
PAGE 77
ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system. C9000 Series Syntax ftp-server enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 78
ftp-server topdir Specify the top-level directory to be accessed when an incoming FTP connection request is made. C9000 Series Syntax ftp-server topdir directory Parameters Defaults directory Enter the directory path. The internal flash is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 79
● 0 (zero) for an unecrypted (clear text) password ● 7 (seven) for a hidden text password Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 80
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. The host name is used in the command-line prompt. To configure a desired PE console hostname, use the hostname command from a PE console. To unconfigure the hostname configured for the PE console, use no hostname. If no hostnames are configured, the system. uses the default hostname, “Dell”.
PAGE 81
Usage Information The password is listed in the configuration file; you can view the password by entering the show running-config ftp command. Use the ip ftp password command when you use the ftp: parameter in the copy command. Related Commands ip ftp username — sets the user name for the FTP sessions. ip ftp source-interface Configure an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for FTP connections.
PAGE 82
ip ftp username Assign a user name for outgoing FTP connection requests. C9000 Series Syntax ip ftp username username To return to anonymous FTP connections, use the no ip ftp username [username] command. Parameters Defaults username Enter a text string as the user name up to 40 characters long. No user name is configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 83
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. Defaults The IP address on the system that is closest to the Telnet address is used in the outgoing packets.
PAGE 84
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ssh server — enables the secure shell (SSH) server on the system. ip telnet source-interface Set an interface’s IP address as the source address in outgoing packets for Telnet sessions. C9000 Series Syntax ip telnet source-interface interface To return to the default setting, use the no ip telnet source-interface [interface] command.
PAGE 85
ip tftp source-interface Assign an interface’s IP address in outgoing packets for TFTP traffic. C9000 Series Syntax ip tftp source-interface interface To return to the default setting, use the no ip tftp source-interface interface command. Parameters Defaults interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. ● For a Port Channel, enter the keyword port-channel then a number.
PAGE 86
Parameters Defaults console 0 Enter the keyword console 0 to configure the console port. The console option for the S-Series is <0-0>. vty number Enter the keyword vty then a number from 0 to 9 to configure a virtual terminal line for Telnet sessions. The system supports 10 Telnet sessions. end-number (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 9 as the last virtual terminal line to configure. You can configure multiple lines at one time.
PAGE 87
Defaults Core dumps for kernal and application crashes are stored in the local flash of the Control Processor CPU. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 88
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500. You must have either the System Administrator or Security Administrator privileges to configure login concurrent-session limit or to enable clear-line.
PAGE 89
Related Commands ● login statistics — enable and configure user login statistics on console and virtual terminal lines. ● show login statistics — displays login statistics of users who have used the console or virtual terminal lines to log in to the system. login statistics Enable and configure user login statistics on console and virtual terminal lines.
PAGE 90
The preceding message shows that the user had previously logged in to the system using the VTY line from 10.11.178.14. It also displays the number of unsuccessful login attempts since the last login and the number of unsuccessful login attempts in the last 30 days. $ telnet 10.11.178.14 Trying 10.11.178.14... Connected to 10.11.178.14. Escape character is '^]'.
PAGE 91
● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number: The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then a number from 1 to 16383. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 92
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the ExaScale. 8.4.1.0 IPv6 pinging available on management interface. 8.3.1.0 Introduced extended ping options. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv6). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4). 7.9.1.
PAGE 93
Success rate is 100.0 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 0/0/0 (ms) Dell# power on C9000 Series Syntax power on Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. reload Reboot the system.
PAGE 94
Usage Information If there is a change in the configuration, the system prompts you to save the new configuration. Or you can save your running configuration with the copy running-config command. Use the conditional parameter if any configuration changes made to the nvram, such as stack-group and fanout configurations, must be saved. To halt a port extender (PE) or an entire PE stack, and perform a cold-restart (from a PE console), use the reload command.
PAGE 95
Parameters Defaults debug (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword debug to add timestamps to debug messages. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to add timestamps to log messages with severity from 0 to 6. datetime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword datetime to have the current time and date added to the message. localtime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword localtime to include the localtime in the timestamp. msec (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword msec to include milliseconds in the timestamp.
PAGE 96
show alarms View alarms for the system Core, switching core, port modules, fan trays, and power supplies. C9000 Series Syntax show alarms [pe pe-id | threshold] all Parameters pe pe-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword pe to display the alarms for port extender (PE). The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword threshold to display the temperature thresholds set for the line cards, RPM, SFMs, and PE (when configured).
PAGE 97
linecard1 78 99 84 105 110 --------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Off Minor Major Off Major Shutdown linecard2 78 99 84 105 110 --------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Off Minor Major Off Major Shutdown linecard3 78 99 84 105 110 --------------------------------------------------------------------------Minor Off Minor Major Off Major Shutdown linecard4 78 99 84 105 110 -----------------------------------------------------------
PAGE 98
--------------------------------------------------------------------------PE ID: 010 ========== Minor Alarms PEM 0 in unit 3 removed 12 hr, 0 min Major Alarms No major alarms PE ID: 020 ========== Minor Alarms No minor alarms Major Alarms No major alarms show asf View statistics about the Alternate Store and Forward (ASF) packets that are transmitted on the switch line cards. C9000 Series Syntax show asf linecard slot-id Parameters Defaults linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of a line card.
PAGE 99
Processor : RP2 --------------No CPU traffic statistics. Dell# Related Commands debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging. show chassis View the configuration and status of modules in the system. Use this command to determine the chassis mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show chassis [brief] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a summary of the show chassis output. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 100
-- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) Power Usage (W) ------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 down AC up 1536 0.0 0 1 absent 0 2 up AC up 3456 263.5 0 3 up AC up 3440 231.5 Total power: 495.
PAGE 101
Force10]by default from console - Repeated 3 times.
PAGE 102
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 103
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Traffic statistics are sorted on a per-interface basis; the interface receiving the most traffic is displayed first. All CPU and port information is displayed unless a specific port or CPU is specified. Traffic information is displayed for router ports only; not for management interfaces. The traffic statistics are collected only after the debug cpu-traffic-stats command is executed; not from the system bootup.
PAGE 104
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Traffic statistics are sorted on a per-interface basis; the interface receiving the most traffic is displayed first. All CPU and port information is displayed unless a specific port or CPU is specified.
PAGE 105
txPkt(UNIT3) :0 -- OOB ethernet statistics -Link state : N/A Recv Interrupts/Polls: 0 Recv Packets : 2269516 Transmit Packets : 549631 Recv Desc Error : 0 Transmit Desc Error : 0 Recv Out of Mem : 0 Transmit Out of Mem : 0 Recv Upper Layer Full: 0 Transmit Pause Pkts : 0 Recv Other Error : 0 Transmit Other Error: 0 Recv Restarts : 0 Recv Restarts Fatal : 0 -- Thread info ...i .. command output -pthread state PRI que state cntxt sw name UTIME STIME 0xb8fbe000 *running 154 ---------f 779 CLI 0.09 0.
PAGE 106
0 0 if6db 2000 Related Commands 0 debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging. show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. C9000 Series Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 107
fan Enter the keyword fan to view information on the fans. The output of this command is chassis-dependent. pem Enter the keyword pem to view only information on power entry modules. stack-unit unit-id Enter the keywords stack-unit then the unit-id to display information on a specific stack member. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 108
-- Unit Environment Status -Unit Status Temp Voltage ---------------------------------* 1 online 28C ok * Management Unit -- Thermal Sensor Readings (deg C) -Unit Sensor-CPU Sensor-MAC Sensor-Left Sensor-Right Sensor-QSFP Sensor-DCFAN Sensor-BCM ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------1 25 28 25 22 26 23 36 Example (System This output is applicable for the C1048P, N20xx, and N30xx series port-extenders.
PAGE 109
Usage Information Version Description 9.9 (0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to include Piece Part ID (PPID) and eSR4 optics. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced this version of the command for S-Series. S-Series output differs from E-Series.
PAGE 110
Example (PE Console) Dell#show inventory System Type System Mode Software Version : C1048P : 1.
PAGE 111
Example (C9010) show linecard output Field Description Status Displays the line card’s status. Next Boot Displays whether the line card is to be brought online at the next system reload. Required Type Displays the line card type configured for the slot. The Required Type and Current Type must match. If they do not match, use the linecard command to reconfigure the line card type. Current Type Displays the line card type installed in the slot. The Required Type and Current Type must match.
PAGE 112
PPID Revision Service Tag Expr Svc Code Auto Reboot Last Restart Burned In MAC No Of MACs Example (ESeries) Example (CSeries) Example (brief) 112 : : : : : : : X00 11VRG02 229 059 705 8 disabled powered-on 34:17:eb:00:20:00 3 Dell#show linecard 11 -- Line card 11 -Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : E48PF - 48-port GE line card with SFP optics (EF) Current Type : E48PF - 48-port GE line card with SFP optics (EF) Hardware Rev : Base - 1.
PAGE 113
Jumbo Capable : yes Dell# Related Commands ● show interfaces linecard — displays information on all interfaces on a specific line card. ● show chassis — view information on all elements of the system. ● show rpm — view information on the RPM. show login statistics Displays login statistics of users who have used the console or virtual terminal lines to log in to the system.
PAGE 114
NOTE: By default, these commands display the details for the last 30 days. If you set a customdefined time period for login statistics using the login statistics time-period days command, these commands display details only for that period. Example The following is sample output of the show login statistics command. Dell#show login statistics -----------------------------------------------------------------User: admin Last login time: 12:52:01 UTC Tue Mar 22 2016 Last login location: Line vty0 ( 10.16.127.
PAGE 115
The following is sample output of the show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts command. Dell#show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts There were 3 unsuccessful login attempt(s) for user admin in last 30 day(s). The following is sample output of the show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts time-period days command. Dell# show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts time-period 15 There were 0 unsuccessful login attempt(s) for user admin in last 15 day(s).
PAGE 116
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. The output for show memory displays the memory usage of the line-card processor (LP) part (sysdlp) of the system.
PAGE 117
show processes cpu View information on CPU usage for processes running in the system. C9000 Series Syntax show processes cpu [cp number of tasks | details ]| lp {slot-id number of tasks | all | cp-lp | summary} | pe { pe-id stack-unit unit number | all | [number of tasks]}| rp {[number of tasks | details]} summary Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to view CPU usage for the Control Processor. lp Enter the keyword lp to view CPU usage for the Line Processor.
PAGE 118
0x0000020c 0x00000000 0x0000013f 0x0000027c 0x0000020f 0x00000137 0x000002f1 0x00000073 0x00000291 0x00000244 0x00000265 0x000002bd 0x00000099 0x000002ce 0x000000f5 0x000000e3 0x00000249 0x00000228 0x000002bb 0x000001f8 0x000001f4 0x000000df 0x000000d7 0x00000095 0x00000079 0x00000043 0x00000013 0x00000002 0x00000001 0x00000327 0x0000029d 0x00000250 0x0000024a Example show processes rp 182530 171610 7550 12300 5210 5160 7730 4920 5500 5370 5180 4950 15360 7220 5000 5480 6620 12430 8380 640 1090 3140 0 750
PAGE 119
0x4ba0c020 0x4b9f7020 0x4b9e0020 0x4b9c8020 0x4b9b2020 0x4b995020 0x4b981020 0x4b927020 0x4b912020 0x4b8fc020 0x4af6f020 0x4af6e020 0x4af6a020 0x4af4e020 0x4ab97020 0x4ab87020 0x4ab86020 0x4ab57020 0x4ab36020 0x4068f020 0x4bea8020 0x4c60c020 0x4c5f3020 0x4c5dd020 0x4c5c7020 0x4beab020 0x4be93020 0x4bd6e020 0x4bd55020 0x4bd39020 0x4bb4f020 0x4baa8020 0x4ba74020 0x4ba72020 0x4c679020 Example: show process cpu pe pe-id all 340 3520 220 8060 0 220 100 30 0 0 0 20 20 0 0 500 15330 20 8940 100 0 820 200 0 30 24
PAGE 120
Example: show processes cpu summary Dell#show processes cpu summary CPU utilization 5Sec 1Min 5Min ----------------- ------- ------- -------CP 43% 42% 40% RP 0% 0% 0% show processes ipc Display the IPC messaging used internally between Dell Networking OS processes. C9000 Series Syntax show processes ipc [recv-stats | send-stats] [cp | rp | lp | pe {slot-id | all}] Parameters Defaults recv-stats Enter the keyword recv-stats to display information on IPC receiver-side messages.
PAGE 121
● Use show processes ipc commands only when you are working directly with Dell Technical Support to troubleshoot a problem.
PAGE 122
IPC: 5 0 CLI: 0 11 0 CHMGR: 0 4 0 LCMGR: 2 1 0 LCMGR: 2 1 0 EVENTLOGAGENT: 5 1 0 DIAGMGR: 0 1 0 DIAGAGT: 5 0 0 DIAGAGT: 5 1 0 EVHDLR: 0 1 0 EVHDLR: 0 1 0 DNLDAGENT: 5 0 0 DNLDAGENT: 5 1 0 SYSADMTSK: 5 0 0 SYSADMTSK: 5 1 0 PMMGR: 5 0 0 PMMGR: 5 1 0 KPLR: 5 0 0 KPLR: 5 1 0 KPLR: 5 0 0 TIMERMGR: 5 0 0 DEBUGAGNT: 5 0 0 DEBUGAGNT: 5 1 0 F10STKMGR: 5 0 0 F10STKMGR: 5 1 0 ENVMGR: 5 0 0 ACL: 0 8 0 ACL_AGENT: 0 1 0 ACL_AGENT: 2 0 0 ACL_AGENT: 2 0 0 ACL_AGENT: 2 0 0 IFAGT: 2 0 0 IFAGT: 2 1 0 RTM: 0 5 0 RTM: 0 3 0 FIB
PAGE 123
FIBAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 1 0 0 FIBAGT: 2 -> TNLAGT: 0 0 0 DIFFSERV: 0 -> ACL_AGENT: 0 0 0 DIFFSERV: 0 -> DSAGT: 10 0 0 ARPMGR: 0 -> FIBAGT: 1 0 0 MACMGR: 0 -> MACAGENT: 7 0 0 DSAGT: 2 -> TME: 0 0 0 DSAGT: 2 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 1 0 0 ---------- More ---------- 5 0 0 129024 2 3950 0 129024 2 11562 2 184320 2 0 0 129024 2 0 0 129024 2 0 0 129024 5 35450 0 129024 5 0 0 129024 show processes ipc flow-control Display Single Window Protocol Queue (SWPQ) statistics.
PAGE 124
Usage Information Field Description Source QID /Tx Process Source Service Identifier Destination QID/Rx Process Destination Service Identifier Cur Len Current number of messages enqueued High Mark Highest number of packets in the queue at any time Timeout Timeout count Retries Number of retransmissions Msg Sent Number of messages sent Ack Rcvd Number of messages acknowledged Available Retra Number of retries left Max Retra Number of retries allowed Important Points: ● The SWP provides
PAGE 125
2 60 IFAGT3 1 60 IFMGR0 21 60 IFMGR0 14 60 IFMGR0 17 60 IFMGR0 1 5 IFMGR0 0 60 IFMGR0 40 60 IFMGR0 67 60 IFMGR0 11 60 IFMGR0 12 60 IFMGR0 10 60 IFMGR0 33 60 IFMGR0 23 60 PORTMIRR0 0 50 IFMGR0 0 50 IFMGR0 1 60 Example: show processes ipc flow-control pe 60 IFMGR0 0 1 0 0 1 OFMGR0 0 16 1 1 21 ACL0 0 8 0 0 14 VRRP0 0 10 0 0 17 PIM0 5 MACMGR0 60 L2PM0 60 DIFFSERV0 60 RTM0 60 LLDP0 60 MRTM0 60 IPMGR1 60 LACP0 60 ACL_AGENT2 50 IGMP0 50 IFAGT2 60 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 29 0 0
PAGE 126
lp slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to view CPU memory usage. The range of switch slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Enter linecard all to display memory usage on all line card CPUs. Enter linecard summary to display a summary of memory usage on all line card CPUs. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender (PE) ID.pe-id. Range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the feature extended bridge is enabled.
PAGE 127
show processes memory output Field Description Current Current dynamic memory in use The output for show process memory displays the memory usage statistics running on the CP part (sysd) of the system. The sysd is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the Control Processor. The total counter size in show memory and show processes memory differs based on which OS processes are counted. ● In the show memory output, the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes.
PAGE 128
0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 Example: show processes memory cp 34060 943436 9344 133188 26752 2528 1239104 416 15136 766560 416 42028 Dell#show processes memory Total : 3203928064, MaxUsed : CurrentUsed: 804720640, CurrentFree: SharedUsed : 9776664, SharedFree : PID Process Current 597 clish 0 631 login 0 464 ipSecMgr 367528 443 ssMgr 0 434 ipm 330360 419 sysd 6255242 425 sysdlp 0 427 sysmon
PAGE 129
evhdlr dlm dla tsm fmg fileProc sysAdmTsk Example: show processes memory lp all Example: show processes memory lp all Example: show processes memory rp 2528 7556256 416 15136 766560 416 42028 8064 7366960 0 0 0 0 0 2528 1239104 416 15136 766560 416 42028 0 189296 416 15136 766560 416 42028 Dell#show processes memory lp summary Memory utilization Total MaxUsed CurrentUsed CurrentFree ------------------ -------------- -------------- ------------------------------LP2 3203928064 384765952 8456566 3195471
PAGE 130
3109852 3109852 434 igmp 925008 925008 429 ipm1 396432 396432 170 mrtm 1127350 1127350 294 l2mgr 1226308 1193360 98 l2pm 433430 400482 389 arpm 301456 301456 367 lacp 598792 598792 349 tnlmgr 466666 466666 329 otm 363396 363396 333 dsm 1094262 1094262 323 rtm 3109744 3109744 315 rip 198216 198216 309 acl 1259692 1259692 302 sysd 965786 965786 263 sysmon 0 0 296 flashmntr 0 0 198 inetd 0 0 122 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 Example show processes memory pe 4 stack-unit 0 130 5824512 6
PAGE 131
aclAgent ifagt_1 dsagt L2Agent nvAgent brAgent frrpagt Example show processes memory pe 4 all 24232 38284252 24254 286530 4566 106006 38052 Dell#show processes memory pe 4 0 38279404 0 0 0 49692 0 24232 87668 24254 286530 4566 56314 38052 24232 4848 24254 286530 4566 56314 38052 all Memory Statistics Of PE-unit Processor 0 On PEID 4 (bytes) =========================================================== Total: 1073741824, MaxUsed: 343920640, CurrentUsed: 343920640, CurrentFree: 729821184 TaskName TotalA
PAGE 132
Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S3100 series, S4048–ON, S4048T–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, C9010, MXL, M-IOA, and FN-IOM. Usage Information You can use the show reset-reason without the stack-unit option to view the reason for the last system reboot of the local system. Example — Unknown reason If the reason for the last system reboot is not available, the system displays the reason as N/A.
PAGE 133
11/02/2017-04:10 stack-unit 2 N/A stack-unit 3 N/A stack-unit 4 N/A stack-unit 5 N/A stack-unit 6 N/A stack-unit 7 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A show rpm View the current status of the RPM. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show rpm [slot-id [brief] | all] slot-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the RPM slot-ID zero (0) or 1. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view a table with information on all present RPMs. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view an abbreviated list of RPM information.
PAGE 134
Field Description Jumbo Capable Displays a Yes or No indicating if the RPM is capable of sending and receiving Jumbo frames. This field does not indicate if the chassis is in Jumbo mode; for that determination, use the show chassis brief command. Example CP Boot Flash Displays the two possible Boot Flash versions for the control processor. The [Booted] keyword next to the version states which version was used at system boot. RP Boot Flash Displays the Boot Flash version for the Routing Processor.
PAGE 135
Card Type : Hardware Rev : Num Ports : Up Time : Last Restart : Dell Networking Jumbo Capable : RPM - Route Processor Module (C9000-RPM-2.56T) 4.0 1 32 min, 25 sec normal power-cycle OS Version : 9.9(0.0) yes Dell#show rpm all -- Route Processor Modules -Slot Status NxtBoot Version -------------------------------------------------------0 active online 9.9(0.0) 1 booting Related Commands ● show chassis – view information on all elements of the system. ● show linecard– view information on a line card.
PAGE 136
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 137
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 138
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced save to the file options. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Without the page or linecard option, the command output is continuous. To interrupt the command output, use Ctrl-z. The save option works with other filtering commands. This allows you to save specific information of a show command.
PAGE 139
Up Time : 57 min, 21 sec Dell Networking OS Version : 1-0(0-4095) Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : Not supported Max Required Power : 205 Boot Flash : 3.3.1.15 Boot Selector : 3.3.0.
PAGE 140
with 1 Gbytes (1073741824 bytes) of memory, core(s) 1. 16G bytes of boot flash memory. 2 48-port GE 96 GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) ------------------------------------ show clock -------------------------11:41:10.577 UTC Thu Sep 17 2015 ----------------------------------- show HA information -------------- Stack-unit Status ------------------------------------------------Mgmt ID: 0 Stack-unit ID: 1 Stack-unit Redundancy Role: Primary Stack-unit State: Active Stack-unit SW Version: 9.9(0.
PAGE 141
0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 142
Interface index is 2103434 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed auto ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 6d21h14m Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 thro
PAGE 143
0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 3978357 packets, 4298183062 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 110 over 64-byte pkts, 187904 over 127-byte pkts 94 over 255-byte pkts, 17498 over 511-byte pkts, 3772751 over 1023-byte pkts 187593 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 3790764 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 144
f10appioserv brm f10appioserv ipm1 f10appioserv sysdlp f10appioserv sysd flashmntr inetd sh sh mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs sh init [system] tme ipc timerMgr sysAdmTsk count sflPEAgt aclAgent ifagt_1 dsagt L2Agent brAgent nvAgent 180224 3084288 180224 5087232 184320 23752704 180224 31113216 24576 49152 2646016 2646016 2658304 2658304 2658304 2658304 2646016 2646016 0 220048 16652 33304 33212 88 2605478 305820 3272305868 24254 1247242 155698 4566 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
PAGE 145
CPU Statistics Of Unit 3 ======================================= CPU utilization for five seconds: 0%/0%; one minute: 0%; five minutes: 0% PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 0x4bb7c020 20 2 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 POEAgt 0x4bb7a020 128330 12833 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 diagagt 0x4bc3a020 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 debugagt 0x4bc26020 10 1 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 F10StkMgr 0x4bc10020 252250 25225 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 envmgr 0x4bb62020 244950 24495 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.
PAGE 146
-- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed -----------------------------------------------------------------------1 0 up up 9056 up 9056 Speed in RPM -- Unit 3 -Unit Type : Standby Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Current Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 5.0 Num Ports : 52 Up Time : 6 day, 21 hr, 13 min Dell Networking OS Version : 9.9(0.
PAGE 147
* 1 C1048P-01-1G-48 NA 0J9K8D A01 CN-0J9K8D-28298-4C3-0057 A01 4JBN0Z1 987 681 3 3 C1048P-01-1G-48 NA 7590009701 001 US-0F14T0-77951-3AG-000A 01 NA NA 1 C1048P-PWR-AC N/A N/A N/A 1 C1048P-FAN N/A N/A N/A 3 C1048P-PWR-AC N/A N/A N/A 3 C1048P-FAN N/A N/A N/A * 1 usbflash: 40962316 - 11.
PAGE 148
temperature state changed to 1 (Current temperature 40C).
PAGE 149
user peadmin on line vty0 ( internal Ipa ) Dell# Related Commands ● show version — displays the Dell Networking OS version. ● show system — displays the current switch status. ● show environment — displays the system component status. show util-threshold cpu Display the utilization thresholds of switch CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax show util—threshold cpu Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 150
show util-threshold memory Display the memory utilization thresholds of switch CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax show util—threshold memory Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9 (0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, S25 and S50.
PAGE 151
Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all components. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender (PE) ID to view show version output for a specific PE. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only available when the extended bridge feature is enabled. . Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 152
Example Example: show version all Lines Beginning With Lines Beginning With 1 Route Processor... Hardware configuration of the system, including the number and type of physical interfaces available Dell#show version Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 1-0(0-4095) Copyright (c) 1999-2015 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
PAGE 153
System image file is "system://B" System Type: C1048P Control Processor: Broadcom 56340 (ver A0) with 1 Gbytes (1073741824 bytes) of memory, cores(s) 1. 16G bytes of boot flash memory. 4 48-port GE (VE) 192 GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) PE-ID: 100 ---------Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 1-0(0-4079) Copyright (c) 1999-2015 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved.
PAGE 154
ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format of the server. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. source-interface Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords /source-interface then the interface information to include the source interface.
PAGE 155
terminal length Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults terminal length screen-length screen-length Enter a number of lines. Entering zero causes the terminal to display without pausing. The range is from 0 to 512. 24 lines Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 156
● 40 byte packet size ● UDP port = 33434 Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 157
Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 100::1 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms Dell#traceroute 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b Type Ctrl-C to abort. ----------------------------------------------Tracing the route to 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b, 64 hops max, 60 byte packets ----------------------------------------------Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms Dell# Related Commands ping — tests the connectivity to a device.
PAGE 158
upload trace-log Upload a trace log file from a switch CPU. C9000 Series Syntax upload trace-log {cp [cmd-history]| linecard | slot-id | pe pe-id [stackunit unit number ] |rp } [sw-trace | hw-trace] Parameters rp Enter the keyword rp to upload a trace log from the Route Processor. cp Enter the keyword cp to upload a trace log from the Control Processor. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the line-card CPU whose trace log you want to upload.
PAGE 159
util-threshold cpu Configure the high or low CPU utilization thresholds for SNMP traps. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters util—threshold cpu {5sec | 1min | 5min} {all | cp |lp slot–id | pe | rp} {high {0-100} | low {0-100}} cpu-utilizationtime Enter one of the following values to configure the threshold level for the time in which a switch CPU can be used: ● 5 sec ● 1 min ● 5 min cp Enter the keyword cp to configure the CPU utilization time for the Control Processor CPU.
PAGE 160
Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to configure the CPU utilization thresholds in a dual-homing setup. NOTE: The 5 sec util-threshold cpu command is disabled by default on all switches. To enable the command, enter util-threshold cpu 5sec all high {value greater than zero}. To disable the Syslog and traps for the 5 sec CPU utilization thresholds, enter util-threshold cpu 5sec all high 0 or no util-threshold cpu 5sec {all | cp | lp slot-id | pe | rp }.
PAGE 161
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. When the total memory utilization for a CPU exceeds the configured high/low threshold for a given time, a threshold notification is sent as an SNMP trap. If a low threshold value is not specified, the low threshold value is set to the same value as the high threshold value.
PAGE 162
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information You can configure both IPv4 and IPv6 virtual addresses simultaneously, but only one of each. Each time this command is issued, it replaces the previously configured address of the same family, IPv4 or IPv6.
PAGE 163
Usage Information The write memory command saves the running-configuration to the file labeled startup-configuration. When using a LOCAL CONFIG FILE other than the startup-config not named “startup-configuration,” the running-config is not saved to that file.
PAGE 164
4 File Management This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the C9000 switch.
PAGE 165
Defaults secondary Enter the keyword secondary to use the secondary Dell Networking OS image. ftp: Enter the keyword FTP: to retrieve the image from an FTP server: ftp:// userid:password @host-ip/filepath. system A: | B: Enter A: or B: to boot one of the flash system partitions. tftp: Enter the keyword TFTP: to retrieve the image from a TFTP server: tftp://hostip/filepath. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 166
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added the nfsmount: parameters to support remote NFS file system.
PAGE 167
working directory on the NFS file system. You cannot enter the root directory of the remote NFS file system.
PAGE 168
information, as needed for the named destination — remote destination, destination filename, user ID, password, etc. When you use the copy running-config startup-config command to copy the running configuration to the startup configuration file, Dell Networking OS creates a backup file on the internal flash of the startup configuration.
PAGE 169
! 6655 bytes successfully copied Dell#copy tftp: flash: Address or name of remote host []: 1.1.1.1 Source file name []: Test Destination file name [Test]: Example (PE Console) Related Commands Dell# copy flash://Diag_Test_Report_SU_1.txt flash://PE255_Report.txt ! 19705 bytes successfully copied cd– changes the working directory. delete Delete a file from the flash. After deletion, files cannot be restored.
PAGE 170
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added thenfsmount: parameters to support remote NFS file system. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 171
on the NFS file system. You cannot display details corresponding to the root directory of the remote NFS file system. ● For a file or directory on the external Flash, enter usbflash:// then the filename or directory name. flash: | usbflash: For PE Console. Enter one of the following: ● For a directory or file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// then the directory name or filename and the path.
PAGE 172
1 drwx 4096 Jan 2 drwx 1536 Jun 3 drwx 4096 Jun 4 drwx 4096 Jun 5 drwx 8192 Jun 6 d--4096 Jun 7 drwx 4096 Jun 8 -rwx 19705 Jun Diag_Test_Report_SU_1.txt 01 23 01 01 01 01 01 08 1980 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 00:00:00 06:07:25 19:37:48 19:37:52 19:37:52 19:37:56 19:38:00 23:41:44 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 +00:00 . ..
PAGE 173
mkdir Create a directory on the NFS mounted file system. C9000 Series Syntax mkdir nfsmount://mount-point/usrname Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.
PAGE 174
pwd Display the current working directory. C9000 Syntax pwd From a PE console, use pwd to view the current working directory. Defaults Crash kernel files are uploaded to flash by default. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 175
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added the nfsmount: parameters to support remote NFS file system. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series 7.5.1.
PAGE 176
When restoring factory default settings, a switch remains in standalone mode after the restoration. After the restore is complete, the units power cycle immediately. CAUTION: There is no undo for this command. Example Dell#restore factory-defaults chassis clear-all *********************************************************************** * Warning - Restoring factory defaults will delete the existing * * startup-config and resets all persistent settings (stacking, * * fanout, etc.
PAGE 177
show boot bmp Display the current state of bare metal provisioning (BMP) or the jump-start process. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show boot bmp bmp Display the current information on the state of BMP or the jump-start process. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 178
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 179
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to display current reload mode (normal or Jumpstart). 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell#show bootvar PRIMARY IMAGE FILE = ftp://ftp:ftp@10.11.227.233/tftpboot/FTOSVG-1-0-0-4079.bin SECONDARY IMAGE FILE = ftp://ftp:ftp@10.11.227.
PAGE 180
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command Dell#show file flash://startup-config ! Version 1-0(0-4079) ! Last configuration change at Wed Jun 24 02:02:40 2015 by default ! Startup-config last updated at Wed Jun 24 02:02:44 2015 by default ! boot system rpm0 primary tftp://10.11.227.
PAGE 181
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Command Fields Example Example (PE Console) Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 182
show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified. C9000 Series Syntax show os-version [file-url] From a PE console, use show os-version to view the release and software image information. Parameters file-url (OPTIONAL) Enter the following location keywords and information: ● For a file on the internal flash, enter flash:// then the filename. ● For a file on an FTP server, enter ftp://user:password@hostip/ filepath.
PAGE 183
Type runtime runtime runtime runtime Version 9.9(0.0) 9.9(0.0) 9.9(0.0) 9.9(0.0) Target CP LP RP cp checksum passed passed passed passed BOOT IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot flash 3.3.1.16 CP/RP/LP passed BOOTSEL IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot selector 3.3.0.
PAGE 184
runtime runtime 9.9(0.0) 9.9(0.0) RP cp passed passed BOOT IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot flash 3.3.1.16 CP/RP/LP passed BOOTSEL IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum boot selector 3.3.0.
PAGE 185
PoE Controller Example: PE Console 2.65 Dell#show os-version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime C-Series:C1048P 9.9(0.0) 27132884 Sep 8 2015 06:06:18 TARGET IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum runtime 9.9(0.
PAGE 186
File Management dcb-bufferthreshold for the current Buffer Threshold configuration dcb-map for the current dcb-map configuration ecmp-group for the current ECMP group configuration ethernet for the current Ethernet CFM configuration extcommunitylist for the current extended community-list configuration fcoe-map for the current fcoe-map configuration fefd for the current FEFD configuration frrp for the current FRRP configuration ftp for the current FTP configuration gvrp for the curr
PAGE 187
po-failovergroup for the current port-channel failover-group configuration prefix-list for the current prefix-list configuration privilege for the current privilege configuration qos for the current qos configuration qos-policyinput for the current input QoS policy configuration qos-policyoutput for the current output QoS policy configuration radius for the current RADIUS configuration redirect-list for the current redirect-list configuration redundancy for the current RPM redundancy config
PAGE 188
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 189
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Dell#show startup-config ! Version 1-0(0-4074) ! Last configuration change at Mon Jun 22 07:48:07 2015 by admin ! Startup-config last updated at Mon Jun 22 12:40:26 2015 by default ! boot system rpm0 primary system: A: boot system rpm0 secondary ftp://ftp:ftp@10.11.227.233/tftpboot/FTOSVG-1-0-0-4046.bin boot system rpm0 default system: A: boot system rpm1 primary system: A: boot system rpm1 secondary ftp://ftp:ftp@10.11.227.
PAGE 190
pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and specify the port extender ID number. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. Enter pe all to upgrade all port extenders attached to the C9010. stack-unit unit- Enter the keyword stack-unit and specify the stack unit number. The stack unit number range is from 0 to 7. number Defaults booted Enter the keyword booted to upgrade C9000 CPUs using the currently loaded bootflash and bootselector image. This option is not applicable for the system image.
PAGE 191
Card BootFlash Current Version New Version --------------------------------------------------------------------rpm 0 (CP) Boot Flash 3.3.1.15 3.3.1.15 rpm 0 (RP) Boot Flash 3.3.1.15 3.3.1.15 Linecard10 Boot Flash 3.3.1.15 3.3.1.15 *********************************************************************** * Warning - Upgrading boot flash is inherently risky and should only * * be attempted when necessary. A failure at this upgrade may cause * * a board RMA.
PAGE 192
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 If you previously installed Dell Networking OS 9.x.x.
PAGE 193
Entering the Hash Value for Verification using SHA256 Dell# verify sha256 flash://FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.bin e6328c06faf814e6899ceead219afbf9360e986d692988023b749e6b2093e933 SHA256 hash VERIFIED for FTOS-SE-9.5.0.0.
PAGE 194
5 802.1X An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 195
• • • • • dot1x mac show show show tx-period dot1x cos-mapping interface dot1x interface dot1x profile debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages.
PAGE 196
Parameters Defaults vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 197
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x auth-type mab-only To authenticate a device with MAC authentication bypass (MAB), only use the host MAC address.
PAGE 198
dot1x authentication (Configuration) Enable dot1x globally. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x globally, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 199
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Use this command to enable dot1x on an interface.
PAGE 200
Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Critical VLAN: Critical VLAN id: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: 400 Enable 400 3 Enable 400 Disable Disable 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Authenticated Idle dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that
PAGE 201
If the host fails authentication for the designated number of times, the authenticator places the port in authentication failed VLAN (dot1x auth-fail-vlan). NOTE: You can create the Layer 3 portion of a guest VLAN and authentication fail VLANs regardless if the VLAN is assigned to an interface or not. After an interface is assigned a guest VLAN (which has an IP address), routing through the guest VLAN is the same as any other traffic. However, the interface may join/leave a VLAN dynamically.
PAGE 202
● Multi-supplicant mode authenticates every device attempting to connect to the network on the authenticator port. ● Use this command in Interface Batch Mode to enable single-host or multi-host authentication in a dual-homing setup. Related Commands show dot1x interface dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, the system attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address.
PAGE 203
Parameters Defaults number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time-out. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. 2 Command Modes INTERFACE ITNERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 204
Related Commands Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dot1x host-mode dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} Parameters Defaults force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result.
PAGE 205
Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Error Strings NONE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 206
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic reauthentication of the client. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic reauthentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters Defaults interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which reauthentication is initiated.
PAGE 207
Parameters Defaults number Enter the permitted number of reauthentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. 2 Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 208
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you configure the dot1x server-timeout value, take into account the communication medium used to communicate with an authentication server and the number of RADIUS servers configured.
PAGE 209
Example Dell(conf)#do show dot1x interface ten gigabit ethernet 0/41 802.
PAGE 210
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30.
PAGE 211
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S4048–ON, S4048–ON, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010, Z9100–ON, and Z9500. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 212
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Enter a supplicant’s MAC address using the mac-address option to display CoS mapping information only for the specified supplicant. You can display the CoS mapping information applied to traffic from authenticated supplicants on 802.
PAGE 213
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 214
ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: 1 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# Example (Interface) AUTHORIZED(MAC-AUTH-BYPASS) 4094 Authenticated Idle Dell#show dot1x interface tengig 0/21 802.
PAGE 215
show dot1x profile Display all the dot1x profiles or the details of a specific profile configured in the system. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show dot1x profile profile-name profile-name Specify a static dot1x profile-name. The maximum character limit for a profile name is 32 characters. None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 216
6 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported on the Dell Networking operating system on the switch.
PAGE 217
Parameters Defaults remark-number (Optional) Enter the remark number. The range is from 0 to 65535 for MAC ACL and 0 to 4294967290 for IP ACL. NOTE: You can use the same sequence number for the remark and an ACL rule. description Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Not configured.
PAGE 218
assumed that the remark is for the rule with the same sequence number, or the group of rules that follow the remark. DellEMC(config-std-nacl)# remark 10 Deny rest of the traffic DellEMC(config-std-nacl)# remark 5 Permit traffic from XYZ Inc. DellEMC(config-std-nacl)# show config ! ip access-list standard test remark 5 Permit traffic from XYZ Inc. seq 5 permit 1.1.1.
PAGE 219
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(config-ext-nacl)#show conf ! ip access-list extended patches Dell(config-ext-nacl)# Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. When an ACL is created without a rule and then is applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit.
PAGE 220
ip access-group Assign an IP access list (IP ACL) to an interface. Syntax ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlanid] [vrf vrf-name] To delete an IP access-group configuration, use the no ip access-group access-list-name {in | out} [implicit-permit] [vlan vlan-id][layer3] command. Parameters Defaults access-list-name Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. in Enter the keyword in to apply the ACL to incoming traffic.
PAGE 221
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can assign one ingress ACL and one egress ACL to an interface. NOTE: This command supports Loopback interfaces EE3 and EF series route processor modules (RPMs). This command does not support Loopback interfaces ED series RPMs and S-Series Loopback interfaces.
PAGE 222
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters. C9000 Series Syntax show ip accounting {access-list access-list-name | cam_count} interface interface Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed. cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL.
PAGE 223
Example show ip accounting accesslists Field Description “seq 5...” Displays the filter. If the keywords count or byte were configured in the filter, the number of packets or bytes the filter processes is displayed at the end of the line. “order 4” Displays the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry. Dell#show ip accounting access FILTER1 interface tengig 1/6 Extended IP access list FILTER1 seq 5 deny ip any 191.1.0.0 /16 count (0x00 packets) seq 10 deny ip any 191.2.0.
PAGE 224
Defaults fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 225
feature acloptimized Enable the acloptimized feature, and optimize ACL to increase the number of the IPv4 ACL rules. Syntax feature acloptimized To remove this feature and bring the system to default, use the no feature acloptimized command, save the configuration, and reload the system. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 226
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 227
lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). Defaults fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log.
PAGE 228
resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries in an existing ACL. C9000 Series Syntax resequence access-list {ipv4 | ipv6 | mac} {access-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-Increment} Parameters ipv4 | ipv6 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4, ipv6 or mac to identify the access-list type to resequence. access-list-name Enter the name of a configured ACL. Defaults StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence.
PAGE 229
resequence prefix-list ipv4 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults resequence prefix-list ipv4 {prefix-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-toincrement} prefix-list-name Enter the name of the configured prefix list, up to 140 characters long. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 65535. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 230
Parameters Defaults sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. source Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was received. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.
PAGE 231
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch.
PAGE 232
the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. Defaults in Enter the keyword in to display information for an ip ingress or inbound access-list attached to an interface.
PAGE 233
deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria. C9000 Series Syntax deny {ip | ip-protocol-number} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [count [bytes]] [dscp value] [order] [monitor] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 234
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 235
Defaults any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL matches in the log. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 236
ICMP ICMP Message Type Name Message Type Keywords administrativelyprohibited Administratively prohibited alternateaddress Alternate host address conversion-error Datagram conversion error dod-hostprohibited Host prohibited dod-netprohibited Net prohibited echo Echo echo-reply Echo reply generalparameterproblem Parameter problem host-isolated Host isolated hostprecedenceunreachable Host unreachable for precedence host-redirect Host redirect host-tos-redirect Host redirect for TOS host-t
PAGE 237
ICMP ICMP Message Type Name Message Type Keywords port-unreachable Port unreachable precedenceunreachable Precedence cutoff protocolunreachable Protocol unreachable reassemblytimeout Reassembly timeout redirect All redirects routeradvertisement Router discovery advertisements routersolicitation Router discovery solicitations source-quench Source quenches source-routefailed Source route failed time-exceeded All time exceeded timestamp-reply Timestamp replies timestamprequest Timestamp re
PAGE 238
dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 239
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 240
Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny udp — assigns a filter to deny UDP traffic. deny udp To drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 241
fragments Defaults Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 242
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny tcp — assigns a filter to deny TCP traffic. ip access-list extended Configure an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols.
PAGE 243
If you configure an extended IP ACL to be used only to filter protocol traffic for CoPP, you must enter the keyword cpu-qos. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to configure the extended IP access list (IP ACL) in a dual-homing setup. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#ip access-list extended TESTListEXTEND Dell(config-ext-nacl)# ip access-list standard — configures a standard IP access list. show config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 244
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 245
permit icmp Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages. C9000 Series Syntax permit icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [count [bytes]] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 246
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Added support for noncontiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 247
● rst: reset the connection ● syn: synchronize sequence numbers ● urg: urgent field dscp Enter the keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: ● eq = equal to ● neq = not equal to ● gt = greater than ● lt = less than ● range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter) port port Enter the application layer port number.
PAGE 248
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch.
PAGE 249
permit udp To pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax permit udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [bytes]] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-inmsgs [count]][monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 250
Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 251
Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. permit — assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit tcp — assigns a permit filter for TCP packets. resequence prefix-list ipv4 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list.
PAGE 252
seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter. C9000 Series Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {ip-protocol-number | icmp | ip | tcp | udp} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte] | [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290.
PAGE 253
Defaults byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
PAGE 254
● The order option takes precedence over seq sequence-number. ● If sequence-number is not configured, the rules with the same order value are ordered according to their configuration order. ● If sequence-number is configured, the sequence-number is used as a tie breaker for rules with the same order. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
PAGE 255
Term heading Description heading To avoid the problem of excessive consumption of CAM area, you can configure ACL VLAN groups that combines all the VLANs that are applied with the same ACL in a single group. A unique identifier for each of ACL attached to the VLAN is used as a handle or locator in the CAM area instead of the VLAN id. This method of processing significantly reduces the number of entries in the CAM area and saves memory space in CAM.
PAGE 256
description (ACL VLAN Group) Add a text description of an ACL VLAN group. C9000 Series Syntax description text Parameters Default description Enter a text to identify the ACL VLAN group (80 characters maximum). No default behavior or values Command Modes ACL-VLAN-GROUP CONFIGURATION (conf-acl-vl-grp) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000.
PAGE 257
member vlan (ACL VLAN Group) Add VLAN members to an ACL VLAN group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters member vlan {VLAN-range} VLAN-range Enter the member VLANs using comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, a single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: Comma-separated: 3, 4, 6 Range: 5-10 Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8 Default None Command Modes ACL-VLAN-GROUP CONFIGURATION (conf-acl-vl-grp) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 258
Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL. Usage Information When an ACL VLAN group name or the access-list name contains more than 30 characters, the name is truncated in the show show acl-vlan-group group-name command output. Examples The following example displays the output of the show acl-vlan-group command. NOTE: Some group names and some access list names are truncated.
PAGE 259
Usage Information After you allocate FP blocks of CAM to ACL VLAN operation, you must reboot the switch to enable ACL VLAN optimization. The following table describes the output fields of the show cam-acl-vlan command: Table 1. show cam-acl-vlan Command Description Example Field Description Chassis Vlan Cam ACL Details about the CAM blocks allocated for ACLs for various VLAN operations at a system-wide, global level.
PAGE 260
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Examples Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL. The following sample output shows the line-by-line style display when using the show runningconfig acl-vlan-group option. Note that no group or access list names are truncated.
PAGE 261
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. mac control-plane egress-acl Enable user egress ACL for L2 control traffic on control plane.
PAGE 262
vlan vlan-range (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan and then enter a range of VLANs. The range is from 1 to 4094 (you can use IDs 1 to 4094). NOTE: This option is available only with the keywordin option. Defaults in Enter the keyword in to configure the ACL to filter incoming traffic. out Enter the keyword out to configure the ACL to filter outgoing traffic. none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 263
acl_name word Enter the acl_name word , up to 140 characters, for specified access-list. interface Enter the keyword interface then the one of the following keywords and slot/ port or number information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel and then enter a number. The C-Series and S-Series range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet and then enter the slot/port information.
PAGE 264
seq 5 deny any order 2 seq 10 permit 00:33:00:11:00:77 33:44:55:66:77:88 count (0 packets) show mac accounting access-list This command displays ACL Mac accounting information. C9000 Series Syntax show mac accounting access-list {acl_name} {interface | cam_count} Parameters access-list Display accounting information of all L2 access-lists configured. acl_name Display accounting information for specified access-list.
PAGE 265
Standard MAC ACL Commands The following commands configure standard MAC ACLs. The C9000 supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. When you create an access control list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections. deny To drop packets with a matching MAC address, configure a filter.
PAGE 266
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
PAGE 267
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The system supports one ingress and one egress MAC ACL per interface.
PAGE 268
Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to include ACL messages in the log. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated.
PAGE 269
seq To a deny or permit filter in a MAC access list while creating the filter, assign a sequence number. C9000 Series Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any | mac-source-address [mac-sourceaddress-mask]} [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters Defaults sequencenumber Enter a number from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 270
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details.
PAGE 271
mac-sourceaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. mac-destination- Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. address mac-destination- Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
PAGE 272
Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring.
PAGE 273
Usage Information The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specifications on entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation. If you configure an extended MAC ACL to be used only to filter protocol traffic for CoPP, you must enter the keyword cpu-qos. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to configure an extended MAC access control list in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 274
mac-destination- Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. address mac-destination- Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched. address-mask The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly.
PAGE 275
Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter in the C9000 Series Configuration Guide. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands deny — configures a MAC ACL filter to drop packets. seq — configure a MAC ACL filter with a specified sequence number.
PAGE 276
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 277
clear ip prefix-list Reset the number of times traffic meets the conditions (“hit” counters) of the configured prefix lists. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults clear ip prefix-list [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the configured prefix list to clear only counters for that prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Clears “hit” counters for all prefix lists unless a prefix list is specified. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 278
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 279
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Prefix lists redistribute OSPF and RIP routes meeting specific criteria. Related Commands show ip route list — displays IP routes in an IP prefix list. show ip prefix-list summary — displays a summary of the configured prefix lists.
PAGE 280
seq To a deny or permit filter in a prefix list while configuring the filter, assign a sequence number. C9000 Series Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any} | [ip-prefix /nn {ge min-prefixlength} {le max-prefix-length}] | [bitmask number] To delete a specific filter, use the no seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {any} | [ipprefix {ge min-prefix-length} {le max-prefix-length}] | [bitmask number]. Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number. The range is from 1 to 65534.
PAGE 281
show config Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 282
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 283
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 284
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The continue feature allows movement from one route-map entry to a specific route-map entry (the sequence number). If you do not specify the sequence number, the continue feature simply moves to the next sequence number (also known as an implied continue).
PAGE 285
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced. route-map — enables a route map. match as-path To match routes that have a certain AS number in their BGP path, configure a filter.
PAGE 286
match community To match routes that have a certain COMMUNITY attribute in their BGP path, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match community community-list-name [exact] To delete a community match filter, use the no match community command. Parameters Defaults community-listname Enter the name of a configured community list. exact (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords exact to process only those routes with this community list name. Not configured.
PAGE 287
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094 (you can use IDs 1 to 4094). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 288
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 289
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address.
PAGE 290
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag.
PAGE 291
match origin To match routes based on the value found in the BGP path ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match origin {egp | igp | incomplete} To disable matching filter, use the no match origin {igp | egp | incomplete} command. Parameters Defaults egp Enter the keyword egp to match routes originating outside the AS. igp Enter the keyword igp to match routes originating within the same AS.
PAGE 292
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 293
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address.
PAGE 294
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 295
Usage Information Related Commands You can prepend up to eight AS numbers to a BGP route. This command influences best path selection in BGP by inserting a tag or AS number into the AS_PATH attribute. match as-path — redistributes routes that match an AS-PATH attribute. ip as-path access-list — configures an AS-PATH access list. neighbor filter-list — configures a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. show ip community-lists — displays configured IP Community access lists.
PAGE 296
set comm-list delete To remove the specified community list from the BGP route’s COMMUNITY attribute, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set comm-list community-list-name delete To insert the community list into the COMMUNITY attribute, use the no set comm-list community-list-name delete command. Parameters Defaults community-listname Enter the name of an established Community list, up to 140 characters. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 297
set community Allows you to assign a BGP COMMUNITY attribute. C9000 Series Syntax set community {community-number | local-as | no-advertise | no-export | none} [additive] To delete a BGP COMMUNITY attribute assignment, use the no set community {communitynumber | local-as | no-advertise | no-export | none} command. Parameters communitynumber Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system.
PAGE 298
match community — redistributes routes that match the COMMUNITY attribute. ]neighbor send-community — assigns the COMMUNITY attribute. show ip bgp community — displays BGP community groups. show ip community-lists — displays configured Community access lists. set level To specify the IS-IS level or OSPF area to which matched routes are redistributed, configure a filter.
PAGE 299
set local-preference To set the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for routers within the local autonomous system, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set local-preference value To delete a BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute, use the no set local-preference command. Parameters Defaults value Enter a number as the LOCAL_PREF attribute value. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 300
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 301
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Implemented the keyword internal. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set level — specifies the OSPF area for route redistribution.
PAGE 302
If you configure the set next-hop command with the interface’s IP address (either Loopback or physical), the software declares the route unreachable. Related Commands match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. set origin To manipulate the BGP ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set origin {igp | egp | incomplete} To delete an ORIGIN attribute setting, use the no set origin command.
PAGE 303
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 304
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you do not use the set weight command, router-originated paths have a weight attribute of 32768 and all other paths have a weight attribute of zero.
PAGE 305
show route-map Display the current route map configurations. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show route-map [map-name] map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 306
ip as-path access-list Enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure an access control list based on the BGP AS_PATH attribute. C9000 Series Syntax ip as-path access-list as-path-name Parameters Defaults as-path-name Enter the access-list name, up to 140 characters. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 307
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip as-path-access-lists ip as-path access-list 1 permit ^$ permit ^$.*$$ deny .* ip as-path access-list 91 permit ^$ deny .* permit ^$.*$$ Dell# IP Community List Commands Use the following commands to
PAGE 308
Example Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf)#ip community-list TestComList Dell(config-community-list)# show ip community-lists Display configured IP community lists in alphabetic order. C9000 Series Syntax show ip community-lists [name] Parameters name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the standard or extended IP community list, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 309
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking OS implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietf-bfd-base-03.
PAGE 310
The default is active. Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS INTERFACE (BFD for VRRP only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.11(2.
PAGE 311
bfd disable Disable BFD on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax bfd disable Re-enable BFD using the no bfd disable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 312
Version Description 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd enable (Interface) Enable BFD on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax bfd enable Defaults BFD is enabled on all interfaces when you enable BFD from CONFIGURATION mode. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 313
multiplier value Enter the keywords multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. The range is from 3 to 50. The default is 3. role [active | passive] Enter the role that the local system assumes: ● Active — The active system initiates the BFD session. Both systems can be active for the same session. ● Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system.
PAGE 314
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Protocol Liveness is a feature that notifies the BFD Manager when a client protocol (for example, OSPF and ISIS) is disabled. When a client is disabled, all BFD sessions for that protocol are torn down. Neighbors on the remote system receive an Admin Down control packet and are placed in the Down state.
PAGE 315
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on S6000. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ipv6 route bfd Enable BFD for all IPv6 neighbors configured through static routes.
PAGE 316
Example DellEMC(conf)#ipv6 route bfd DellEMC(conf)#ipv6 route bfd vrf vrf1 prefix-list p6_le ip ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPF neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters. Syntax ip ospf bfd all-neighbors [disable | [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}]] To disable all BFD sessions on an OSPF interface implicitly, use the no ip ospf bfd allneighbors disable command in interface mode..
PAGE 317
ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors [disable | [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}]] To disable all BFD sessions on an OSPFv3 interface implicitly, use the no ipv6 ospf bfd allneighbors disable command in interface mode.. Parameters disable (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface.
PAGE 318
neighbor bfd Explicitly enable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} bfd Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 319
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 320
Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.11(2.1P1) Introduced the vrf keyword. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 321
Number of messages communicated b/w Manager and Agent: 6 Dell# Related Commands bfd all-neighbors — establishes BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by the IS-IS protocol or OSPF protocol out of all interfaces. vrrp bfd Establish a BFD session with VRRP neighbors.
PAGE 322
Usage Information 322 Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When BFD is enabled with VRRP neighbors, the VRRP protocol registers with the BFD manager on the route processor. BFD sessions are established with all neighboring interfaces participating in VRRP. If a neighboring interface fails, the BFD agent on the line card notifies the BFD manager, which in turn notifies the VRRP protocol that a link state change occurred.
PAGE 323
8 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 324
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.5.1.0 Introduced aggregate-address To minimize the number of entries in the routing table, summarize a range of prefixes.
PAGE 325
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active. If routes within the aggregate are constantly changing, do not add the as-set parameter to the aggregate as the aggregate flaps to keep track of the changes in the AS_PATH.
PAGE 326
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. neighbor add-path — specifies that this neighbor/peer group can send/receive multiple path advertisements. bgp always-compare-med Allows you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs. C9000 Series Syntax bgp always-compare-med To disable comparison of MED, enter no bgp always-compare-med.
PAGE 327
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 328
Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 329
bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations. C9000 Series Syntax bgp bestpath med confed To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, enter the no bgp bestpath med confed command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 330
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced The MED is a 4-byte unsigned integer value and the default behavior is to assume a missing MED as 4294967295. This command causes a missing MED to be treated as 0. During path selection, paths with a lower MED are preferred over paths with a higher MED.
PAGE 331
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 332
cluster-id command. Without a cluster ID, the route reflector cannot recognize route updates from the other route reflectors within the cluster. The default format for displaying the cluster-id is dotted decimal, but if you enter the cluster-id as an integer, it is displayed as an integer. Related Commands bgp client-to-client reflection — enables route reflection between the route reflector and clients. neighbor route-reflector-client — configures a route reflector and clients.
PAGE 333
bgp confederation peers Specify the autonomous systems (ASs) that belong to the BGP confederation. C9000 Series Syntax bgp confederation peers as-number [...as-number] To return to the default, use the no bgp confederation peers command. Parameters Defaults as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). ...as-number (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 16 confederation numbers.
PAGE 334
To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress maxsuppress-time] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased. After the router assigns a Penalty of 1024 to a route, the Penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 45. The default is 15 minutes.
PAGE 335
bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. C9000 Series Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command. Parameters Defaults value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes. When routes are compared, the higher the degree of preference or local preference value, the more the route is preferred.
PAGE 336
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 Series. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Configuring or un-configuring the command will bring down and bring up the BGP Route Manager, this will result in tear down and re-establishment of all active sessions.
PAGE 337
Related Commands show ip bgp neighbors — views the information the BGP neighbors exchange. show ip protocols — views information on routing protocols. bgp fast-external-fallover Enable the fast external fallover feature, which immediately resets the BGP session if a link to a directly connected external peer fails. C9000 Series Syntax bgp fast-external-fallover To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp fast-external-fallover command.
PAGE 338
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Routers supporting 4-byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message. The behavior of a 4-byte router is slightly different depending on whether it is speaking to a 2-byte router or a 4-byte router.
PAGE 339
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. BGP graceful restart is active only when the neighbor becomes established. Otherwise it is disabled. Graceful-restart applies to all neighbors with established adjacency.
PAGE 340
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 341
bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP. C9000 Series Syntax bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 342
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is common.
PAGE 343
Defaults The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if no Loopback interfaces are configured, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 344
command, the replay and update process is triggered only if route-refresh request is not negotiated with the peer. If the request is indeed negotiated (after executing the clear ip bgp soft in command), BGP sends a route-refresh request to the neighbor and receives all of the peer’s updates. Related Commands clear ip bgp — activates inbound policies without resetting the BGP TCP session. capture bgp-pdu neighbor Enable capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet.
PAGE 345
Parameters Defaults 100-102400000 Enter a size for the capture buffer. 40960000 bytes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 346
in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies. NOTE: You must execute the clear ip bgp soft out command when ever there is a change in the local policy. If you do not run this command after a local policy change, then these policy changes are not reflected in the responses to the peer’s route refresh messages. dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear the flap dampening information.
PAGE 347
ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to clear the ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to clear the ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to clear the ipv6 unicast routes.
PAGE 348
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to clear information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to clear information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. ipv4-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format and the prefix mask in slash format (/x) to reset only that prefix.
PAGE 349
clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] peer-group peer-group-name [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] [soft {in | out}] vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to reset the peer group corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 350
debug ip bgp Display all information on BGP, including BGP events, keepalives, notifications, and updates. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ vrf vrf-name | A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-groupname] [in | out] To disable all BGP debugging, use the no debug ip bgp command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to debug BGP information corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 351
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To view information on both incoming and outgoing routes, do not include the in and out parameters in the debugging command.
PAGE 352
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. debug ip bgp events Display information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.
PAGE 353
Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp keepalives Display information about BGP keepalive messages. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-groupname] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] command.
PAGE 354
debug ip bgp notifications View information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-groupname] notifications [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] command.
PAGE 355
To disable, use the debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peergroup-name] soft-reconfiguration command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable soft-reconfiguration debugging on that VRF. A.B.C.D (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 356
peer-group peer- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group followed by the name of the peer group-name group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. prefix-list prefix- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword prefix-list then the name of an established list-name prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes).
PAGE 357
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The default-metric command in BGP sets the value of the BGP MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute for redistributed routes only.
PAGE 358
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 359
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. CAUTION: Dell Networking recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low. Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table.
PAGE 360
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI (Address Family Identifier/ Subsequent Address Family Identifier). C9000 Series Syntax neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate To disable, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group.
PAGE 361
Defaults both Enter the keyword both to indicate that the system sends and accepts multiple paths from peers. path-count Enter the number paths supported. The range is from 2 to 64. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGP-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 362
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start command. Parameters Defaults ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 363
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. number Defaults Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. The range is from 1 to 10. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 364
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. If you apply a route map to a BGP peer or neighbor with the neighbor default-originate command configured, the software does not apply the set filters in the route map to that BGP peer or neighbor.
PAGE 365
neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 366
To disable BGP Link Bandwidth, enter the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group} dmzlink-bw command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer. peer-group Enter the name of the peer group. dmzlink-bw Enter the keyword dmzlink-bw to enable BGP Link Bandwidth in BGP multipath. N/A Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series.
PAGE 367
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command does not install the default routes of the multihop peer. Networks not directly connected are not considered valid for best-path selection. neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors.
PAGE 368
neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} filterlist as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group.
PAGE 369
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. Defaults as-number Enter the AS number to reset all neighbors belonging to that AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte) or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). no prepend Specifies that local AS values do not prepend to announcements from the neighbor.
PAGE 370
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 371
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you configure the set ipv6 next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. If you do not use the all keyword, the next hop of only eBGP-learned routes is updated by the route reflector. If you use the all keyword, the next hop of both eBGP- and iBGP-learned routes are updated by the route reflector.
PAGE 372
If you specify a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name parameter, all the members of the peer group inherit the characteristic configured with this command.
PAGE 373
● neighbor route-reflector-client ● neighbor send-community A neighbor may keep its configuration after it was added to a peer group if the neighbor’s configuration is more specific than the peer group’s, and the neighbor’s configuration does not affect outgoing updates. A peer group must exist before you add a peer to it. If the peer group is disabled (shutdown) the peers within the group are also disabled (shutdown). Related Commands clear ip bgp — resets BGP sessions.
PAGE 374
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive [sessions] To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command. Parameters Defaults peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Not configured.
PAGE 375
number Defaults Enter a number of the AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte) or from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte). Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 376
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added 4-byte support. Applies to EBGP neighbors only. Configure your system to accept 4-byte formats before entering a 4 byte AS Number. If the AS-PATH contains both public and private AS number or contains AS numbers of an EBGP neighbor, the private AS numbers are not removed.
PAGE 377
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer.
PAGE 378
Related Commands bgp client-to-client reflection — enables route reflection between the route reflector and the clients. neighbor send-community Send a COMMUNITY attribute to a BGP neighbor or peer group. A COMMUNITY attribute indicates that all routes with that attribute belong to the same community grouping. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} send-community To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} send-community command.
PAGE 379
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Enabled (that is, BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled.) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 380
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the BGP neighbor specified. BGP stores all the updates the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session. CAUTION: Inbound update storage is a memory-intensive operation.
PAGE 381
neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers keepalive holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 382
To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | ipv6-address | peergroup-name} timers extended idle holdtime command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the peer router in X:X:X:X::X format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 383
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session. The neighbor update-source command is not necessary for directly connected internal BGP sessions.
PAGE 384
network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. C9000 Series Syntax network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, / 24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 385
When a combination of locally originated and peer originated routes occurs, both these routes will exist in the RTM. However, only the best route is kept active in the RTM and the remaining route is rendered in-active. It is possible to keep only one locally originated route in the BGP database. Network command has preference over the re-distributed routes. When the locally originated route is no longer present in the database the other route is automatically installed.
PAGE 386
Parameters Defaults bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to specify extended-community attribute as the matching criteria for permitting traffic. The range is from 0 to 102400. N/A Command Modes EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 387
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer/peer-group outbound route-map is set as internal. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You can use the redistribute command to advertise the IGP cost as the MED on redistributed routes.
PAGE 388
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 389
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. At least one interface must be in Layer 3 mode for the router bgp command to be accepted. If all interfaces are configured under VRF, at least one interface should be in the default VRF for the router bgp command to be accepted.
PAGE 390
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S-Series, Z-Series, MXL, and IOM. You can use this command to disable all the configured BGP neighbors. This command is global for all VRFs. shutdown address-family-ipv4–multicast Disables all the BGP neighbors corresponding to the multicast IPv4 address families.
PAGE 391
Command Modes ROUTER BGP CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S-Series, Z-Series, MXL, and IOM. You can use this command to disable all the configured BGP neighbors corresponding to the unicast IPv6 address families. This command is global for all VRFs. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv4 address on the system.
PAGE 392
Available buffer size 40958758, 27 packet(s) captured using 562 bytes PDU[1] : len 41, captured 00:34:52 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00290104 000100b4 14141401 0c020a01 04000100 01020080 00000000 PDU[2] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 PDU[3] : len 19, captured 00:34:50 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 [. . .] Dell# Related Commands capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size — specifies a size for the capture buffer.
PAGE 393
show ip bgp View the current BGP IPv4 routing table for the system.
PAGE 394
regexp regular- expression (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp then the regular expressions to display BGP information based on a regular expression. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display the summary of BGP neighbor status. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 395
*> *> Network 55.0.0.0/24 66.0.0.0/24 Next Hop 172.16.0.2 172.16.0.2 Metric LocPrf Weight Path 0 200 i 0 200 i All the show and debugs commands display the link band width extended-community prefixed with DMZLink-bw along with other extended communities. Dell EMC#show ip bgp 3.3.3.0/24 BGP routing table entry for 3.3.3.0/24 Paths: (1 available, table Default-IP-Routing-Table.) Not advertised to any peer Received from : 1.1.1.2 (3.3.3.1) Best AS_PATH : Next-Hop : 1.1.1.
PAGE 396
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp cluster-list command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router.
PAGE 397
show ip bgp community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] community [community-number] [local-as] [no-export] [no-advertise] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information either on all routes with community attributes or specific BGP community routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 398
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found.
PAGE 399
show ip bgp community-list View routes that a specific community list affects. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] community-list community-list-name [exact-match] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 400
Example Field Description LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#conf t Dell(conf)#ip community-list cl1 Dell(config-community-list)#permit 1000:1 Dell(config-community-list)#end Dell#show ip bgp community-list cl1 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 401
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.
PAGE 402
show ip bgp detail Display BGP internal information for the IPv4 Unicast address family. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] detail Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 403
0x41a1b760 TxUpdCodeP 0x41a1b780 : TrEvt 0 : LocPref 100 : tmpPathP 0x41a1b7b8 : LogNbrChgs 1 RecursiveNH 1 : PgCfgId 0 : KeepAlive 0 : HldTime 0 : DioHdl 0 : AggrValTmrP 0x41ee7024 UpdNetTmrP 0 : RedistTmrP 0x41ee7094 : PeerChgTmrP 0 : CleanRibTmrP 0x41ee7104 PeerUpdTmrP 0x41ee70cc : DfrdNHTmrP 0x41ee7174 : DfrdRtselTmrP 0x41ee713c : FastExtFallover 1 : FastIntFallover 0 : Enforce1stAS 1 PeerIdBitsP 0x41967120 : softOutSz 16 : RibUpdCtxCBP 0 UpdPeerCtxCBP 0 : UpdPeerCtxAFI 0 : TcpioCtxCB 0 : RedistBlk 1 Ne
PAGE 404
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. list name Enter the extended community list name you wish to view. The range is 140 characters. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 405
show ip bgp filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] filter-list as-path-name vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view route information that matches the filter lists corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
PAGE 406
Example Field Description Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show run as-path a1 ! ip as-path access-list a1 permit 500 Dell# Dell#show ip bgp filter-list a1 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 407
● ● ● ● . * + ? = = = = (period) any single character (including a white space). (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). (plus) the sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either zero or one sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element.
PAGE 408
n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network From Reuse Path h 77.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:00:00 d 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:30:44 200 i *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:00:00 200 i Dell#*>n 66.66.77.77/32 0.0.0.
PAGE 409
Path source: I - internal, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next * 3.0.0.0/8 * * *> *> 3.18.135.0/24 * * * *> 4.0.0.0/8 * * * * 6.0.0.0/20 * *> * * 9.2.0.0/16 * --More-- Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path 63.114.8.33 0 18508 209 63.114.8.34 0 18508 209 63.114.8.60 0 18508 209 63.114.8.33 0 18508 701 63.114.8.60 0 18508 209 63.114.8.34 0 18508 209 63.114.8.33 0 18508 701 63.114.8.33 0 18508 209 63.114.8.60 0 18508 209 63.114.8.
PAGE 410
routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes. received-routes [ network [ network-mask ] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords received-routes then either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information received from neighbors. NOTE: Configure the neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command prior to viewing all the information received from the neighbors.
PAGE 411
The Lines Beginning with: Description BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router ID. BGP state Displays the neighbor’s BGP state and the amount of time in hours:minutes:seconds it has been in that state.
PAGE 412
16 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Route refresh request: received 0, sent messages 1 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Minimum time before advertisements start is 0 seconds Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) ADD_PATH(69) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn
PAGE 413
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp next-hop command shown in the following example. Field Description Next-hop Displays the next-hop IP address.
PAGE 414
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 414 Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 415
show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp paths as-path Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 416
show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] paths community Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf to view all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute to view information on unique COMMUNITY numbers in a BGP database that correspond to either a default or a non-default VRF.
PAGE 417
show ip bgp peer-group View information on the BGP peers in a peer group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] peer-group [peer-group-name [detail | summary]] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf to view information on BGP peers in a peer group corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute to view information on BGP peers in a peer group that correspond to either a default or a non-default VRF.
PAGE 418
Line beginning Description with: Example Peer-group Displays the peer group’s name. Administratively shut Displays the peer group’s status if the peer group is not enabled. If you enable the peer group, this line is not displayed. BGP version Displays the BGP version supported. Minimum time Displays the time interval between BGP advertisements. For address family Displays IPv4 Unicast as the address family. BGP neighbor Displays the name of the BGP neighbor.
PAGE 419
NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular ● ● ● ● ● expression. [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string.
PAGE 420
*> *> 55.0.0.0/24 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 172.16.0.2 0 200 i 0 200 i show ip bgp summary View the status of all BGP connections. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] summary Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view the status of all BGP connections corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 421
The following describes the show ip bgp summary command shown in the following example. Field Description BGP router identifier Displays the local router ID and the AS number. BGP table version Displays the BGP table version and the main routing table version. network entries Displays the number of network entries, route paths, and the amount of memory used to process those entries. paths Displays the number of paths and the amount of memory used.
PAGE 422
Example Dell#show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 192.168.11.5, local AS number 100 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 2 network entrie(s) using 152 bytes of memory 2 paths using 208 bytes of memory BGP-RIB over all using 210 bytes of memory 2 BGP path attribute entrie(s) using 144 bytes of memory 1 BGP AS-PATH entrie(s) using 10 bytes of memory 2 neighbor(s) using 16384 bytes of memory Neighbor AS Up/Down State/Pfx 172.16.0.2 200 00:05:34 2 192.168.10.
PAGE 423
Parameters Defaults keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds. holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead. The range is from 3 to 65535. The default is 180 seconds. none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 424
MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (ASs). MBGP on the Dell Networking OS is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858. BGPv4 is supported in the following: Version Platform Support 9.9(0.0) C9010 9.2(1.0) Z9500 7.8.1.0 TeraScale and C-Series (MBGP for IPv6) 7.8.1.0 S-Series (MBGP for IPv4 Multicast Only) 8.2.1.
PAGE 425
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes. C9000 Series Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command. Parameters external-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20.
PAGE 426
show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampened-paths Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
PAGE 427
Example Field Description Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network d From 55.0.
PAGE 428
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. permit — configures to add (permit) rules. show ip extcommunity-list — displays the extended community list.
PAGE 429
description To designate a meaningful description to the extended community, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax description {line} To remove the description, use the no description {line} command. Parameters Defaults line Enter a description (maximum 80 characters). Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 430
Usage Information Example This mode changes the prompt. Dell(conf)#ip extcommunity-list test Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# match extcommunity To match an extended community in the Route Map mode, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax match extcommunity {extended community list name} To change the match, use the no match extcommunity {extended community list name} command. Parameters Defaults extended community list name Enter the name of the extended community list.
PAGE 431
Parameters Defaults rt Enter the keyword rt to designate a Route Origin community. soo Enter the keyword soo to designate a Site-of-Origin community (also known as Route Origin). as4 ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 then the 4-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN4:NN (4-byte AS number:2-byte community value). ASN:NNNN Enter the 2-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN:NNNN (2-byte AS number:4-byte community value).
PAGE 432
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Duplicate commands are silently accepted. Dell(conf-ext-community-list)#permit regexp 123 Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# deny regex — denies a community using a regular expression. set extcommunity rt To set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map, use this feature.
PAGE 433
Usage Information If the set community rt and soo are in the same route-map entry, the behavior defines as: ● If the rt option comes before soo, with or without the additive option, soo overrides the communities rt sets. ● If the rt option comes after soo, without the additive option, rt overrides the communities soo sets. ● If the rt with the additive option comes after soo, rt adds the communities soo sets.
PAGE 434
Related Commands set extcommunity rt — sets the extended community route origins using the route-map. show ip bgp ipv4 extcommunity-list To display the IPv4 routes matching the extended community list name, use this feature. C9000 Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] extcommunity-list name Parameters Defaults multicast Enter the keyword multicast to display the multicast route information. unicast Enter the keyword unicast to display the unicast route information.
PAGE 435
RT:1111:4278080 SoO:35:4 SoO:36:50529043 SoO:37:50529044 SoO:38:50529045 SoO:0.0.0.2:33 SoO:506.62106:34 0x0303:254:11223* Dell# show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 436
show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. C9000 Series Syntax show ip extcommunity-list [word] Parameters word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 437
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show running-config extcommunity-list test ip extcommunity-list test permit rt 65033:200 deny soo 101.11.11.
PAGE 438
address family ipv6 unicast This command changes the context to subsequent address family identifier (SAFI). C9000 Series Syntax address family ipv6 unicast To remove SAFI context, use the no address family ipv6 unicast command. Parameters Defaults ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to specify the address family as IPv6. unicast Enter the keyword unicast to specify multicast as SAFI. IPv6 Unicast Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 439
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active.
PAGE 440
bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. C9000 Series Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, use the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 441
bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over those paths with an advertised MED attribute. C9000 Series Syntax bgp bestpath med missing-as-best To return to the default selection, use the no bgp bestpath med missing-as-best command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 442
bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. C9000 Series Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID. number Enter a route reflector cluster ID as a number from 1 to 4294967295. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 443
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. The next hop, MED, and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation. The system accepts confederation EBGP peers without a LOCAL_PREF attribute.
PAGE 444
Related Commands show ip bgp dampened-paths – views the BGP paths. bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. C9000 Series Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command. Parameters Defaults value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes.
PAGE 445
incremented. Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to view the “failed enforce-first-as check” counter. If you disable enforce-first-as, you can view it using the show ip protocols command. Related Commands ● show ip bgp neighbors – views the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. ● show ip protocols – views information on routing protocols. bgp fast-external-fallover Enable the fast external failover feature, which immediately resets the BGP session if a link to a directly connected external peer fails.
PAGE 446
When creating Confederations, all the routers in the Confederation must be 4– or 2–byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. Where the 2-Byte format is 1-65535, the 4-Byte format is 1-4294967295. Both formats are accepted, and the advertisements will reflect the entered format. For more information about using the 2– or 4-Byte format, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 447
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The bgp log-neighbor-changes command appears in the show config command output. Related Commands show config – views the current configuration. bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems.
PAGE 448
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command is a knob to disable BGP next-hop resolution via BGP learned routes. During the next-hop resolution, only the first route that the next-hop resolves through is verified for the route’s protocol source and is checked if the route is learned from BGP or not.
PAGE 449
bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. C9000 Series Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor. The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if you do not configure Loopback interfaces, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router.
PAGE 450
Version Description 7.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information When you enable soft-reconfiguration for a neighbor and you execute the clear ip bgp soft in command, the update database stored in the router is replayed and updates are re-evaluated. With this command, the replay and update process is triggered only if route-refresh request is not negotiated with the peer.
PAGE 451
● EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced ● clear ip bgp – enables route reflection between route reflector and clients. ● show capture bgp-pdu neighbor – configures a route reflector and clients. ● capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet.
PAGE 452
clear ip bgp * (asterisk) Reset all BGP sessions in the specified category. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip bgp * [ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] | ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] | soft [in | out]] Parameters * Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions. ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] (OPTIONAL) This keyword sequence sets options within the a specified IPv4 address family.
PAGE 453
multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword multicast to select the multicast option within the selected address family. Multicast is supported on IPv4 only. soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session, that is, BGP Soft Reconfiguration. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies.
PAGE 454
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. filter-list as- path-name regexp regular- expression (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH list. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp followed by regular expressions. Use one or a combination of the following: . (period) matches on any single character, including white space. * (asterisk) matches on sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences).
PAGE 455
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening Clear information on route dampening. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp dampening ipv6 unicast [network network-mask] network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format. network-mask If you enter the network address, then enter the network mask, from 0 to 128.
PAGE 456
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp keepalives Allows you to view information about BGP keepalive messages. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] keepalives [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-groupname] keepalives [in | out] command.
PAGE 457
Parameters in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound dampened routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound dampened routes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP.
PAGE 458
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening View information on routes being dampened. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.
PAGE 459
debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-groupname] notifications [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128.
PAGE 460
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications updates sent to neighbors. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes.
PAGE 461
Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced router bgp – Enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes.
PAGE 462
ipv6 prefix-list Configure an IPv6 prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 prefix-list prefix-list name Parameters prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 463
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp command to recompute the best path. neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 464
seconds Defaults Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, between BGP advertisements. The range is 0 to 600 seconds. The default is 5 seconds for internal BGP peers and 30 seconds for external BGP peers. ● seconds = 5 seconds (internal peers) ● seconds = 30 seconds (external peers) Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 465
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map mapname] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 466
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list.
PAGE 467
To disallow and disconnect connections, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} ebgp-multihop [ttl] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. ttl Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of hops as the time to live (ttl) value. The range is 1 to 255. The default is 255. Disabled.
PAGE 468
neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filterlist as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 469
Defaults threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the software sends a message. The range is 1 to 100 percent. The default is 75. warning-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords warning-only to set the router to send a log message when the maximum value is reached. If you do not set this parameter, the router stops peering when the maximum number of prefixes is reached.
PAGE 470
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced If you configure the set ipv6 next-hop command in ROUTE-MAP mode, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. If you do not use the all keyword, the next hop of only eBGP-learned routes is updated by the route reflector. If you use the all keyword, the next hop of both eBGP- and iBGP-learned routes are updated by the route reflector.
PAGE 471
● show ip bgp neighborsshow ip bgp neighbors View BGP neighbors configurations. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command. Parameters Defaults peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.
PAGE 472
Usage Information After you configure a peer group as passive, you must assign it a subnet using the neighbor subnet command. Related Commands neighbor subnet – assigns a subnet to a dynamically-configured BGP neighbor. neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number command.
PAGE 473
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers. Defaults Disabled (that is, private AS number are not removed). Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Applies to EBGP neighbors only.
PAGE 474
If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer. neighbor route-reflector-client Configure a neighbor as a member of a route reflector cluster.
PAGE 475
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to send a COMMUNITY attribute to all routers within the peer group. Defaults Not configured and COMMUNITY attributes are not sent to neighbors. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 476
neighbor subnet Enable passive peering so that the members of the peer group are dynamic. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask To remove passive peering, use the no neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask command. Parameters Defaults subnet-number Enter a subnet number in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) as the allowable range of addresses included in the peer group. To allow all addresses, enter 0::0/0.
PAGE 477
The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group. Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions. When a neighbor or peer group is shutdown, use the show ip bgp summary command to confirm its status. Related Commands ● show ip bgp summary – displays the current BGP configuration. ● show ip bgp neighbors – displays the current BGP neighbors. neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group.
PAGE 478
neighbor update-source Enable the software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} update-source loopback interface To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} update-source loopback interface command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 479
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced In the software’s best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. NOTE: Reset the neighbor connection (the clear ip bgp * command) to apply the weight to the connection and recompute the best path.
PAGE 480
route-map map- name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: ● match ipv6 address ● match ipv6 next-hop ● match ipv6 route-source ● set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 481
redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution [connected | static] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes.
PAGE 482
match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPFv3 internal routes only. route-map map- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: ● match ipv6 address ● match ipv6 next-hop ● match ipv6 route-source ● set ipv6 next-hop name If you do not configure the route map, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 483
show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv6-address ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of a BGP neighbor. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.
PAGE 484
neighbor 4000::60 no shutdown neighbor 9000::1:2 remote-as 640 no neighbor 9000::1:2 activate neighbor 9000::1:2 no shutdown ! Dell# show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (via learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp next-hop [local-routes] Parameters local-routes (OPTIONAL) Show next-hop information for local routes.
PAGE 485
● ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. ● $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database.
PAGE 486
show ip bgp paths extcommunity View all unique Extended community information in the BGP database. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp regexp Allows you to view the subset of BGP routing table matching the regular expressions specified.
PAGE 487
show ipv6 prefix-list Displays the specified IPv6 prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ipv6 prefix-list detail {prefix-list name} | summary detail Display a detailed description of the selected IPv6 prefix list. prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. summary Display a summary of RPF routes. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 488
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced When you enable the bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list [cluster-id] Parameters cluster-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 489
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list.
PAGE 490
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Display BGP internal information for IPv6 Unicast address family. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes.
PAGE 491
Parameters as-path-name Enter the name of an AS-PATH. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes.
PAGE 492
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating autonomous system (AS) numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast inconsistent-as Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 493
Related Commands Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp – view the current BGP routing table. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group [peer-group-name [summary]] peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only.
PAGE 494
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Dell# show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 55.55.55.
PAGE 495
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor timers – adjusts BGP timers for a specific peer or peer group. IPv6 MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables the multicast routing policy throughout the internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (AS).
PAGE 496
9 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) You can use Content Addressable Memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. NOTE: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
PAGE 497
cam-acl (Configuration) Select the default CAM allocation settings or reconfigure a new CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
PAGE 498
vman-dual-qos number Ipv4pbr number Enter the keyword vman-dual-qos and then the number of FP blocks for VMAN dual QoS. The range is from 0 to 4. Enter the keyword ipv4pbr and then the number of FP blocks for ipv4pbr ACL. The range is from 0 to 8. Openflow number Enter the keyword openflow and then the number of FP blocks for open flow (multiples of 4). The range is from 0 to 8. fcoeacl number Enter the keyword fcoeacl and then the number of FP blocks for FCOE ACL. The range is from 0 to 6.
PAGE 499
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vman-dual-qos. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires three blocks; these blocks cannot be reallocated. Only 12 number of blocks can be configured by the user .
PAGE 500
cam-acl-egress-pe Allocate CAM for egress ACLs on the port extender. C9000 Series Syntax cam-acl-egress-pe {12acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number} Parameters Defaults l2acl Allocates space for the L2 ACL. The default value is 5 ipv4acl Allocates space for the L3 ACL. The default value is 2. ipv6acl Allocates space for the IPv6 L3 ACL. The default value is 2 None Command Modes CONFIG Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 501
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Guidelines Select the CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, and Policy-based Routing (PBR). Save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-memor copy run start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. The total amount of space allowed is 12 FP Blocks.
PAGE 502
cam-threshold Configure CAM threshold value for sending the syslog message on CAM usage. Configure silence period for stop receiving syslog message on CAM usage. Syntax cam-threshold threshold {default | threshold-percent} silence-period {default | silence-period-value} Defaults Enabled Parameters threshold default Enter the keyword default for CAM usage threshold for notification of the CAM usage through syslog message. The default threshold value is 90 percent.
PAGE 503
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The display reflects the settings implemented with the cam-acl command.
PAGE 504
Table 2.
PAGE 505
11 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | | | IN-L3 ACL | | OUT-L2 ACL | | OUT-L3 ACL | | IN-L3 ECMP GRP 1008 | 0 | 1008 | 12288 | 2 | 12286 | 1024 | 2 | 1022 | 1024 | 0 | 1024 | 1024 | 0 | 1024 Example 3: Output of the show cam-usage router Command Example 4: Output of the show cam-usage switch Command show cam-acl-pe Display details of global ingress CAM ACL profiles for the port extender.
PAGE 506
show cam-acl-egress-pe Display details of the global egress CAM ACL profiles for the port extender. C9000 Series Syntax show cam-acl-egress-pe Defaults None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 507
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced. This command applies to both IPv4 and IPv6 CAM Profiles, but is best used when verifying QoS optimization for IPv6 ACLs. QoS Optimization for IPv6 ACLs does not impact the CAM usage for applying a policy on a single (or the first of several) interfaces.
PAGE 508
● The UFT mode configuration is applied to the entire system when you use the CONFIGURATION mode commands. Save the running-configuration to affect the change. ● You MUST save your changes and reboot the system for UFT mode profiling to take effect. show hardware forwarding-table mode Display the hardware forwarding table mode in the current boot and in the next boot. Syntax show hardware forwarding-table mode Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 509
Usage Information Related Commands This command takes effect only after reboot. On the C9010, OpenFlow supports only the scaled-l3-hosts hardware forwarding-table mode (UFT mode 3), providing a unified forwarding table (UFT) of: ● L2 MAC entries: 160K ● L3 host entries: 144K ● L3 route entries: 16K OpenFlow does not support the scaled-l3-routes forwarding-table mode (UFT mode 4) on the C9010.
PAGE 510
10 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
PAGE 511
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 512
Example Dell#clear control-traffic queue 2 counters Dell# control-plane-cpuqos To manage control-plane traffic, enter control-plane mode and configure the switch. C9000 Series Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 513
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Create a policy-map by associating a queue number with the qos-policy. Create QoS policies prior to enabling this command. qos-policy-input cpu-qos — creates a QoS input-policy map for CoPP. policy-map-input cpu-qos — creates an input-policy map for CoPP.
PAGE 514
show control-traffic protocol Display per-protocol counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic. C9000 Series Syntax show contol—traffic protocol [cp—switch | linecard slot-id portset portpipe | pe pe-id stack-unit unit-number portset port-pipe ] counters Parameters cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch to display counters for rate-limited traffic on the central switch (aggregated CoPP).
PAGE 515
GVRP 14988129080 ARP RESP/ARP REQ 29604578172 802.
PAGE 516
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.
PAGE 517
Usage Information Example: C9000 Series Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. This command displays the currently configured control-plane queue rate at the aggregated switch.
PAGE 518
Usage Information The show output displays information on CPU traffic flows for IPv4 protocols, including the ingress queue at which the traffic is queued and the CPU to which protocol traffic is sent with the applied rate limits (configured or default) in kilobits per second (kbps). The egress port queues on CPUs are abbreviated as: RP (Route Processor), CP (Control Processor), and LC (line card). Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 519
Usage Information The show output displays information CPU traffic flows for supported IPv6 protocols, including the ingress queue at which the traffic is queued and the CPU to which protocol traffic is sent with the applied rate limits (configured or default) in kilobits per second (kbps). The egress port queues on CPUs are abbreviated as: RP (Route Processor), CP (Control Processor), and LC (line card). Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 520
Example Dell#show mac Protocol Rate (kbps) -----------------ARP 100 FRRP 300 LACP 500 LLDP 500 GVRP 200 STP 150 ISIS 500 500 protocol-queue-mapping Destination Mac EtherType Queue EgPort --------------- --------- ----- ------ any 0x0806 Q1/Q8/Q2/Q9 CP/RP 01:01:e8:00:00:10/11 any Q19 LP 01:80:c2:00:00:02 0x8809 Q13 RP any 0x88cc Q6 CP 01:80:c2:00:00:21 any Q12 RP 01:80:c2:00:00:00 any Q13 RP 01:80:c2:00:00:14/15 any Q13 RP 09:00:2b:00:00:04/05 any Q13 RP show protocol
PAGE 521
STP Q13 1000 LLDP Q6 1000 1000 PVST Q12 1000 1000 LACP Q13 1000 1000 ARP Q1/Q8/Q2/Q9 800 800 GVRP Q12 1000 1000 FRRP Q19 1000 1000 ECFM Q13 1000 1000 ISIS Q13 3000 3000 L2PT Q13 1000 1000 v6 BGP Q13 2000 2000 v6 OSPF Q13 2000 2000 v6 VRRP Q13 2000 2000 MLD Q12 500 500 v6 MULTICAST CATCH ALL Q7 500 500 IPv6 DHCP Q6 2000 2000 v6 RAGUARD Q16 1000 1000 v6 ICMP NA Q2/Q9 1000 1000 v6 ICMP RA Q2/Q9 1000 1000 v6 ICMP NS Q1/Q8 1000 1000 v6 ICMP RS Q1/Q8 1000 1000 v6 ICMP Q4 2000 2000 BGP Q13 2000 2000 OSPF Q13 2000
PAGE 522
FTP Q3 3000 TELNET Q3 2000 2000 SSH Q3 2000 2000 VLT GARP Q3/Q10 3000 3000 VLT CTRL - CP CPU Q3 3000 3000 VLT CTRL - RP CPU Q10 3000 3000 VLT CTRL - CP & RP CPU Q3/Q10 3000 3000 VLT CTRL - HA Q10 3000 3000 VLT CTRL Q10 3000 3000 VLT IPM PDU Q3/Q10 3000 3000 VLT TTL1 Q0 500 500 HYPERPULL Q18 1000 1000 OPENFLOW Q5 1000 1000 FEFD Q6 1000 1000 TRACEFLOW Q16 500 500 FCoE Q12 2000 2000 L3 LOCAL TERMINATED Q3 5000 5000 L3 UNKNOWN/UNRESOLVED ARP Q7 3000 3000 L2 DST HIT/BROADCAST Q1/Q8 500 500 MULTICAST CATCH ALL Q
PAGE 523
TELNET Q3 2000 SSH Q3 2000 2000 VLT GARP Q3/Q10 3000 3000 VLT CTRL - CP CPU Q3 3000 3000 VLT CTRL - CP & RP CPU Q3/Q10 3000 3000 VLT IPM PDU Q3/Q10 3000 3000 L3 LOCAL TERMINATED Q3 5000 5000 2000 CP 400 400 CP 400 400 CP/RP 500 500 CP 2000 2000 CP/RP 2000 2000 CP/RP 500 500 CP 400 400 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) 523
PAGE 524
11 Data Center Bridging (DCB) Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking operating software commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
PAGE 525
Parameters Defaults pfc-queues Enter the pfc-queue range. To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. The range is from 1 or 2. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
PAGE 526
Related Commands pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop — configures to drop the unknown unicast packets flooding on lossless priorities. show hardware pfc-nodrop-priority — displays the packets drop count corresponding to the priority. clear pfc counters Clear the PFC TLV counters and PFC statistics on an interface or stack unit.
PAGE 527
Parameters Defaults policy-name Maximum: 32 alphanumeric characters. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. 9.0.
PAGE 528
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. If you apply an input policy with PFC disabled (no pfc mode on): ● You can enable link-level flow control on the interface. To delete the input policy, first disable link-level flow control. PFC is then automatically enabled on the interface because an interface is by default PFC-enabled. ● PFC still allows you to configure lossless queues on a port to ensure no-drop handling of lossless traffic.
PAGE 529
Version Description 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. pfc no-drop queues Configure the port queues that still function as no-drop queues for lossless traffic. C9000 Series Syntax pfc no-drop queues queue-range To remove the no-drop port queues, use the no pfc no-drop queues command.
PAGE 530
dot1p Value in Description heading the Incoming Frame 1 0 2 0 3 1 4 2 5 3 6 3 7 3 pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop Configure to drop the unknown unicast packets flooding on lossless priorities. Syntax pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop To disable the feature, use the no pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop command. Parameters l2-dlf Enter the keywords l2-dlf to drop flooding traffic on lossless priorities. drop Enter the keyword drop to enable the drop action.
PAGE 531
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. NOTE: Please note that Dell Networking do not recommend to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9.4.(0.0) release.
PAGE 532
DCB Status : Enabled PFC Port Count : 56 (current), 56 (configured) PFC Queue Count : 2 (current), 2 (configured) show hardware pfc-nodrop-priority View the packets drop count corresponding to the priority. Syntax show hardware pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drops stack-unit stack-unit-number port-set port-pipe Parameters stack-unit stack- Enter the keywords stack-unit and the stack unit number. The range is from 0 unit-number to 5. port-set portpipe Enter the keywords port-set and port-pipe number.
PAGE 533
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON.. 9.2.(0.0) Down status messages added. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. To clear the PFC TLV counters, use the clear pfc counters interface port-type slot/ port command.
PAGE 534
Field Description SCSI TLV Tx Status Example (Summary) Application Priority TLV: Local FCOE Priority Map Priority bitmap the local DCBX port uses in FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs. Application Priority TLV: Local ISCSI Priority Map Priority bitmap the local DCBX port uses in ISCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs. Application Priority TLV: Remote FCOE Priority Map Status of FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs from the remote peer port: enabled or disabled.
PAGE 535
Admin is enabled Remote is enabled Remote Willing Status is enabled Local is enabled Oper status is recommended PFC DCBX Oper status is Up State Machine Type is Feature TLV Tx Status is enabled PFC Link Delay 45556 pause quanta Application Priority TLV Parameters : -------------------------------------FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x10 Remote FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Remote ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x8 0 Input TLV pkts, 1 O
PAGE 536
show interface pfc statistics Display counters for the PFC frames received and transmitted (by dot1p priority class) on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax show interface port-type slot/port pfc statistics Parameters port-type Enter the port type. slot/port Enter the slot/port number. Enter the subport number if a 40G port is fanned-out into 10G ports. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 537
Te Te Te Te Te Te 10/0 10/0 10/0 10/0 10/0 10/0 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 Interface Priority Rx XOFF Frames Rx Total Frames Tx Total Frames -----------------------------------------------------------------------Te 10/1 P0 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P1 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P2 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P3 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P4 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P5 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P6 0 0 0 Te 10/1 P7 0 0 0 ETS Commands The following ETS commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 538
Usage Information By default, iSCSI is enabled on the unit and the flow control is enabled on all of the interfaces. It is also acts as defaults when the link-level flow control is enabled on one or more interfaces. To enable DCB, do one of the following: ● Apply the dcb-input policy command with the no pfc-mode command on to all the interfaces. ● Disable flow-control on all of the interfaces. Enables priority flow control or enhance transmission selection on interface.
PAGE 539
dcb-policy output Apply the output policy with the ETS configuration to an egress interface. C9000 Series Syntax dcb-policy output policy-name To delete the output policy, use the no dcb-policy output command. Parameters Defaults policy-name Enter the output policy name. none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 540
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. show interfaces ets Displays the ETS configuration applied to egress traffic on an interface, including priority groups with priorities and bandwidth allocation.
PAGE 541
Field Description Max Supported TC Group Maximum number of priority groups supported. Number of Traffic Classes Number of 802.1p priorities currently configured. Admin mode ETS mode: on or off. When on, the scheduling and bandwidth allocation configured in an ETS output policy or received in a DCBX TLV from a peer can take effect on an interface. Admin Parameters ETS configuration on local port, including priority groups, assigned dot1p priorities, and bandwidth allocation.
PAGE 542
4 5 6 7 - - Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco
PAGE 543
7 - - Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Error Reco TLV Pkts Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is
PAGE 544
Example (Detail) Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 0% ETS 2 0% ETS 3 0% ETS 4 0% ETS 5 0% ETS 6 0% ETS 7 0% ETS Priority# 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters: ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priori
PAGE 545
-----------------Admin is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) -----------------------------------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100 ETS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% % BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) TSA Burst(KB) --------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE 546
Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100 - - - - - ETS - Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down Reason: Port Shutdown State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled DCBX Commands The following DCBX commands are supported on the Dell N
PAGE 547
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. You can configure the transmission of more than one TLV type at a time; for example: advertise dcbx-tlv ets-conf ets-reco. You can enable ETS recommend TLVs (ets-reco) only if you enable ETS configuration TLVs (etsconf). To disable TLV transmission, use the no form of the command; for example, no advertise dcbx-tlv pfc ets-reco.
PAGE 548
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers. Configure DCBX operation at the INTERFACE level on a switch or globally on the switch. To verify the DCBX configuration on a port, use the show interface dcbx detail command. NOTE: The dcbx port-role command is not supported on cascade interfaces or extended ports.
PAGE 549
debug dcbx Enable DCBX debugging. Syntax debug dcbx {all | auto-detect-timer | config-exchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} To disable DCBX debugging, use the no debug dcbx command. Parameters Defaults {all | autodetect-timer | config-exchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} Enter the type of debugging, where: ● all: enables all DCBX debugging operations. ● auto-detect-timer: enables traces for DCBX auto-detect timers. ● config-exchng: enables traces for DCBX configuration exchanges.
PAGE 550
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. This command is available at the global level only. iscsi priority-bits Configure the iSCSI priority advertised for the iSCSI protocol in application priority TLVs.
PAGE 551
show interface dcbx detail Display the DCBX configuration on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show interface port-type slot/port dcbx detail port-type Enter the port type. slot/port Enter the slot/port number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 552
Field Description Local DCBX DCBX version configured on the port: CEE, CIN, IEEE v2.5, or Auto (port autoConfigured mode configures to use the DCBX version received from a peer). Peer Operating version DCBX version that the peer uses to exchange DCB parameters. Local DCBX TLVs Transmission status (enabled or disabled) of advertised DCB TLVs (see TLV code at Transmitted the top of the show command output). Local DCBX Status: DCBX Operational Version DCBX version advertised in Control TLVs.
PAGE 553
E-ETS Configuration TLV enabled e-ETS Configuration TLV disabled R-ETS Recommendation TLV enabled r-ETS Recommendation TLV disabled P-PFC Configuration TLV enabled p-PFC Configuration TLV disabled F-Application priority for FCOE enabled f-Application Priority for FCOE disabled I-Application priority for iSCSI enabled i-Application Priority for iSCSI disabled ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------Interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/3 Port Role is Auto-Upstream DCBX Oper
PAGE 554
dcb-map Create a DCB map to configure priority flow control (PFC) and enhanced transmission selection (ETS) on Ethernet ports that support converged Ethernet traffic. Apply the DCB map to an Ethernet interface. C9000 Series Syntax dcb-map map-name Parameters Defaults map-name Enter a DCB map name. The maximum number of alphanumeric characters is 32. None. There are no pre-configured PFC and ETS settings on S5000 Ethernet interfaces.
PAGE 555
Command Modes DCB MAP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S6000 platforms. PFC and ETS settings are not pre-configured on Ethernet ports. You must use the dcb-map command to configure different groups of 802.1p priorities with PFC and ETS settings. Using the priority-pgid command, you assign each 802.
PAGE 556
Usage Information Version Description 9.6(0.0) Added support to configure peak and committed rate on the S6000 platform. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S6000 platforms. Use the dcb-map command to configure priority groups with PFC and/or ETS settings and apply them to Ethernet interfaces. Use the priority-pgid command to map 802.1p priorities to a priority group. You can assign each 802.1p priority to only one priority group. A priority group consists of 802.
PAGE 557
dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size Configure the maximum amount of shared buffer size for PFC packets in kilobytes. You must configure the shared buffer size to be less than the total PFC buffer size. If the buffer size and DCB buffer threshold settings are applied on one or more ports, a validaiton is performed to determine whether following condition is satisfied: Shared-pfc-buffer-size <= (Total-pfc-buffer-size - Σpfc priority <> buffer-size on each port, priority).
PAGE 558
Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. When you enter the profile name, you enter the DCB buffer threshold configuration mode.
PAGE 559
Usage Information For each priority, you can specify the shared buffer threshold limit, the ingress buffer size, buffer limit for pausing the acceptance of packets, and the buffer offset limit for resuming the acceptance of received packets. When PFC detects congestion on a queue for a specified priority, it sends a pause frame for the 802.1p priority traffic to the transmitting device. You can use the priority command to set up both the administrative and peer-related PFC priorities.
PAGE 560
size Default Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 9. The default shared threshold weight is 10. The default size of the ingress buffer is 45 KB. The default buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer and recommences the sending of packets to the peer is 10 KB. The default threshold weight of the shared buffer space is 10. Command Modes DCB-BUFFER-THRESHOLD mode Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 561
Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. You can configure up to a maximum of four lossless (PFC) queues.
PAGE 562
show hardware stack-unit buffer-stats-snapshot View the buffer statistics tracking resource information with polling details and historical snapshots. Syntax show hardware stack-unit stack-unit-number buffer-stats-snapshot unit number resource X history Y Parameters stack-unit unit- number buffer-statssnapshot unit Unique ID of the stack unit to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to display a collection of data based on the option entered.
PAGE 563
following informational message is displayed on the console:%Info: Data for instance id id is not available. For example, if you configured 5 as the maximum instances with linear periodicity and a polling interval of 10 seconds, 1 as the multiplier, then 5 instances will be polled at 10, 20, 30, 40, and 50 seconds incrementally. If you attempt to enter the show command to display the fifth instance after 30 seconds of enabling polling, the aforementioned information message is shown.
PAGE 564
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 0 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 <… snip …> Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 104 (interface Te 0/124) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS -------
PAGE 565
Example: Number If only two instances are available when the show command is issued, only of instances two instances are displayed in the summary output.
PAGE 566
MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST Dell# 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 To determine the port that is congested and monitor all the unicast Queues on that port: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 queue ucast all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCA
PAGE 567
2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 1 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 5 (interface Fo 0/4) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS ----------------------------------
PAGE 568
PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 1 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 dcb pfc-total-buffer-size Configure the total buffer size for PFC in kilo
PAGE 569
The lossless queue limit per port is validated based on the dcb pfc-queues command. PFC queue configuration identifies the maximum number of queues a port can support. Although the queue limit per port is a baseline when dynamic buffering is enabled, the limit per port for queues depends on the availability of the buffer.
PAGE 570
Field Description pause-threshold- Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. value Example resumethreshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB. shared threshold weight Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system.
PAGE 571
-------------------------------------------------------------------------0 No 1 No 2 Yes 20 9 3 Yes 52 25 15 0 4 Yes 45 25 5 5 No 6 No 7 No Denotes dynamic buffering is enabled in respective queues On interface in which PFC is not enabled: Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 1/20 pfc buffer-threshold On interface in which PFC is not enabled: Dell#show interface gigabitethernet 1/20 pfc buffer-threshold On interface in which PFC is not enabled: Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 1/20/1 pfc buffer-thre
PAGE 572
dcb {ets | pfc} enable Enable priority flow control or enhanced transmission selection on interface. C9000 Series Syntax dcb {ets | pfc} enable ● To disable ETS on interface, use “no dcb ets enable” command. ● To disable PFC on interface, use “no dcb pfc enable” command. Defaults Enable Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3 (0.
PAGE 573
12 Debugging and Diagnostics Use the debugging and diagnostics commands described in this chapter to troubleshoot switch operation. This chapter contains the following sections: ● Offline Diagnostic Commands ● Hardware Commands Topics: • • Offline Diagnostic Commands Hardware Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands Use the offline diagnostics test suite to isolate faults and debug switch hardware. While tests are running, the system results are saved as a text file in the flash directory: TestReport-N.
PAGE 574
stack-unit unit- number Defaults Enter the stack-unit value to run offline diagnostic test on a specified stackunit. The stack-unit range is 0 to 7. alllevels Enter the keyword all levels to run the complete set of offline diagnostic tests. level0 Enter the keyword level0 to run Level 0 diagnostics. Level 0 diagnostics check for the presence of various components and perform essential path verifications. In addition, they verify the identification registers of the components on the board.
PAGE 575
At the end of offline diagnostic tests, a test report is generated. The filename of the report is TestReport{CP/LP/RP}-N.txt, where {CP/LP/RP}-N identifies the CPU and CPU ID on which the diagnostics were run: Route Processor 0, Control Processor 0, and a line-card CPU {0–2}. The report is stored at flash:// and ramdisk:/diagnostic. Offline diag test reports for port extender (PE) are stored in the following directory: flash:/default_diag_report_dir.
PAGE 576
offline system Place the switch in the offline state in order to run diagnostic tests. C9000 Series Syntax offline system Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 577
pe pe-id Enter the pe pe-id parameters to display the results only of the offline diagnostic tests run on the Port Extender (PE). The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only available when the feature extended bridge is enabled. stack-unit unit- Enter the stack—unit unit-number parameters to display the offline diagnostic test results of a specified stack-unit. number Defaults information Enter the keyword information to view the current diag information in the system.
PAGE 578
linecard is currently offline. linecard level0 diag issued at Wed Jan 08, 2014 04:39:57 AM. Current diag status : Card diags are in progress. Last notification received at Wed Jan 08, 2014 04:40:04 AM Last notification message : Testing ... rtcTest Example: After offline diagnostics are run on a line card Dell#show file TestReport-LP-0.
PAGE 579
ERROR: optic:13 is not present ERROR: optic:21 is not present opticPresenceTest ........................................... FAIL Starting test: pcieScanTest ...... 17 PCI devices installed out of 17 pcieScanTest ................................................ PASS rtcTest ..................................................... PASS sataSsdTest ................................................. PASS Starting test: showTemperature ...... +Board First Thermal Monitor Sensor[0] is 42.
PAGE 580
fanControllerSpeedGet: fanStatusLED: fanStatusMonitor: fePortLED: flashAccess: flashRW: gpioAccess: hotswapControllerAccess: i2cScan: i2cTool: InterruptStatus: ixiaSnake: macAccess: oneGAccess: oneGPhyExtLink: oneGPhyExtSpeed: oneGPhyRW: poeControllerPresence: poeControllerRW: poedetails: poeManagerPresence: poeManagerTemp: poeManagerVolt: poepLED: poepLoad: poeUARTStress: powerRailStatus: psuEepromAccess: psuEepromRW: psuEpsLEDStatus: psuEpsPresence: psuEpsStatusMonitor: psuFanAirFlowType: psuFanStatus: ps
PAGE 581
show diag information Display the status of offline diagnostic tests on a switch. C9000 Series Syntax show diag information From a PE console, use the show diag information command to view the current diag information in the system. Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 582
Linecard slot 5: No card diags executed yet (Card not Offline). Linecard slot 6: No card diags executed yet (Card not Offline). Linecard slot 7: Not present. Linecard slot 8: Not present. Linecard slot 9: Not present. Linecard slot 10: Not present. Linecard slot 11: No card diags executed yet (Card not Offline).
PAGE 583
partitioning. They perform status/self test for all the components on the board and test their registers for appropriate values. In addition, they perform extensive tests on memory devices (for example, SDRAM, flash, NVRAM, EEPROM, and CPLD) wherever possible. There are no tests on 10G links. At this level, ports are shut down automatically. level2 Defaults Enter the keyword level2 to display only the Level 2 diagnostic tests.
PAGE 584
pcieScanTest: rtcTest: sataSsdTest: showOpticsTemperature: showTemperature: slotInfoTest: spiFlashAccessTest: ssdFlashFileSystemStressTest: udfLinkStatus: xeLinkSpeedTest: xeLinkStatusTest: Example (pe) 584 ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN YES YES YES NO YES YES YES NO YES YES YES NO YES YES NO NO NO NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO -----------------------------
PAGE 585
sfpPlusPresence: snakeOneGMac: snakeOneGPhy: snakeSfpPlusMac: snakeSfpPlusPhy: snakeStackMac: snakeStackPhy: stackLED: stackPhyExtLink: stackPhyExtSpeed: stackPhyRW: systemInfo: systemReset: systemStatusLED: systemTempMonitorLEDTest: tsensorAccess: usbAccess: usbPowerEnable: usbRW: usbStatus: watchdogTimer: Example (PE Console) ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN YES NO NO N
PAGE 586
rtcFunctional: rtcPresence: rtcRollover: rtcRW: sevendigitStackLED: sfpPlusEepromAccess: sfpPlusEepromRW: sfpPlusPhyExtLink: sfpPlusPhyExtSpeed: sfpPlusPhyRW: sfpPlusPortLED: sfpPlusPresence: snakeOneGMac: snakeOneGPhy: snakeSfpPlusMac: snakeSfpPlusPhy: snakeStackMac: snakeStackPhy: stackLED: stackPhyExtLink: stackPhyExtSpeed: stackPhyRW: systemInfo: systemReset: systemStatusLED: systemTempMonitorLEDTest: tsensorAccess: usbAccess: usbPowerEnable: usbRW: usbStatus: watchdogTimer: ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
PAGE 587
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the ES-Series. clear hardware Clear statistics from a specified hardware component.
PAGE 588
● port all: Clear statistics on all party-bus internal ports. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe with a port extender (PE) ID to clear hardware statistics for a specified port extender. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the extended bridge feature is enabled. stack-unit unit- Enter the keyword stack-unit with a stack unit number to clear hardware statistics for a specified stack-unit number. The stack-unit number range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 589
NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the extended bridge feature is enabled. stack-unit unit- number port-set portpipe counters Defaults Enter the stack—unit unit—number parameters to specify the stack-unit for which you want to clear system-flow statistics. Enter the keywords port-set along with a port-pipe number, then the keyword counters to clear the system-flow counters on the selected port-pipe. The range of port-pipe numbers is: 0 to 2 on line card 0 and 0 to 3 on line cards 1 and 2.
PAGE 590
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Modified the drops keyword range, unit keyword range and added the buffer and cpu management statistics options. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.5 Added i2c statistics and sata-interfaces statistics. 8.3.11.4 Added user port information. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 591
● cpu data-plane: Displays data-plane statistics, including the HiGig port statistics with input/output counters to which the stacking module is connected. ● cpu i2c: Displays active i2c-interface statistics. ● cpu management: Displays management port counters. ● cpu sata-interface: Displays sata-interface error counter-statistics. cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch with a command option to display hardware statistics for control-plane and protocol control traffic.
PAGE 592
● bp-link-state: Displays the status of the backplane links on a specified line card. ● hg-stats unit unit-num port port-num: Displays input and output statistics for a HiGig port (NPU port number) on a specified line card. ● fpga registers Display the statistics from the FPGA registers. pe pe-id stack unit unit-number Enter pe pe-id stack-unit unit number parameters with a command option to display hardware statistics from the specified port extender (PE) and stack-unit.
PAGE 593
● system {bp-link-state}: Displays the statistics related to the backplane link state bit map. ● system {bp-link-state linKId range}: Displays the status of the specified link. LinKId range for the system is from 0 to 155. Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 594
Frames received = 2868 Bcast frames recvd = 24 Mcast frames recvd = 0 Control frames received = 0 Pause frames received = 0 FCS Errors = 0 Alignment errors = 0 Undersize frames recvd = 0 Oversize frames recvd = 0 Fragments = 0 Jabber = 0 Dropped Frames = 0 Under/oversized frames = 0 FLR frames = 0 RCDE frames = 0 RCSE frames = 0 Example (PartyBus Port: Statistics) Example (Linecard: Drops) Dell#show hardware party-bus port 0 statistics Party Bus Transmit Counters for port 0: Tx Octets = 231162055 Tx Drop
PAGE 595
Total Total Total Total Example (Linecard Unit: Drops) IngMac Drops Mmu Drops EgMac Drops Egress Drops : : : : 0 0 0 0 Dell#show hardware linecard 2 drops unit 0 UserPort PortNumber Ingress Drops Drops EgMac Drops Egress Drops 0 1 0 0 0 4 5 0 0 0 8 9 0 0 0 12 13 3258 0 0 16 17 0 0 0 17 18 0 0 0 18 19 0 0 0 19 20 0 0 0 20 21 0 0 0 21 22 0 0 0 22 23 0 0 0 23 24 0 0 0 24 25 0 0 0 28 29 0 0 0 32 33 0 0 0 36 37 0 0 0 40 41 0 0 0 44 45 0 0 0 Internal 50 0 0 0 Internal 51 0 0 0 Internal 52 0 0 0 Internal 53 0
PAGE 596
Example (Linecard Unit Port: Drops) Example (Linecard Unit: Port-Stats) 596 Dell#show hardware linecard 2 drops unit 0 port 12 Drops in UserPort 12: --- Ingress Drops --Ingress Drops IBP CBP Full Drops PortSTPnotFwd Drops IPv4 L3 Discards Policy Discards Packets dropped by FP (L2+L3) Drops Port bitmap zero Drops Rx VLAN Drops --- Ingress MAC counters--Ingress FCSDrops Ingress MTUExceeds --- MMU Drops --HOL DROPS(TOTAL) HOL DROPS on COS0 HOL DROPS on COS1 HOL DROPS on COS2 HOL DROPS on COS3 HOL DROPS on C
PAGE 597
1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 1550 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 16360 Example (Linecard Unit: Register) xe5 down 10G FD SW No Forward Tag F SFI xe6 down 10G FD SW No Forward Tag F SFI xe7 down 10G FD SW No Forward Tag F SFI xe8 up 10G FD SW No Forward Tag F SFI xe9 !ena 10G FD SW No Forward Tag F SFI xe10 !ena 10G FD SW No Forward Tag F SFI xe11 !ena 10G FD SW No Forward
PAGE 598
0x04000108 0x0400010a 0x04000140 0x04000142 0x04000143 0x0400010c 0x04000144 0x04000145 0x04000147 0x04000146 0x04000149 0x04000148 0x04000100 0x04000101 0x04000103 0x04000102 0x04000105 0x04000104 0x04000174 0x77000000 0x77010000 0x16004a00 0x16004b00 0x16004c00 0x16005300 0x0a009900 0x16004900 0x26001500 0x26001600 0x26001000 0x26001100 0x32000900 0x32000800 0x32000700 0x56002000 0x56002001 0x56002002 0x56002003 0x56002004 0x56002005 0x56002006 0x56002007 0x56002008 0x56002009 0x5600200a 0x5600200b 0x5600
PAGE 599
0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl6 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl7 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x12002000 CELL_LINK_MEM_DEBUG_TM.mmu0 = 0x00000000 0x1e001000 CFAPBANKFULL(0).mmu0 = 0x000007ff 0x1e001001 CFAPBANKFULL(1).mmu0 = 0x000007ff 0x1e001002 CFAPBANKFULL(2).mmu0 = 0x000007ff 0x1e001003 CFAPBANKFULL(3).mmu0 = 0x000007ff 0x1e001004 CFAPBANKFULL(4).mmu0 = 0x000007ff 0x1e001005 CFAPBANKFULL(5).mmu0 = 0x000007ff 0x1e001006 CFAPBANKFULL(6).
PAGE 600
Front End Link Status 0x00080800 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Front End Port Presence 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Backplane Link Status 0xc0000300 0x000c0000 ****************************************************** Link Status of all the ports in the Device - 0 The linkStatus of Front End Port 1 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 5 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 9 is FALSE The linkStatus of Front End Port 13 is TRUE The linkStat
PAGE 601
For Destination Mod For Destination Mod For Destination Mod For Destination Mod For Destination Mod For Destination Mod For Destination Mod For Destination Mod For Destination Mod For Destination Mod !-----------------Example (Linecard: TotalBuffer) Example (Linecard Unit Port: BufferInfo) Id 1 Destination Port is 50 Id 2 Destination Port is 50 Id 3 Destination Port is 50 Id 4 Destination Port is 50 Id 5 Destination Port is 50 Id 6 Destination Port is 50 Id 7 Destination Port is 50 Id 9 Destination Port is
PAGE 602
NpuId/PortId Example (Linecard: Backplane-link Status) 0/49 1/49 2/49 Dell#show hardware linecard 0 bp-link-state Total valid Links - 39 Valid Link bmp 0xfc0003f0-000fc000-3f0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Valid Link bmp State 0xf40003f0-000fc000-3d0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Example (Linecard Unit Port: HiGig Port Statistics) Example (Port Extender Statistics) 602 Dell#show hardware linecard 0 hg-stats unit 1 port 50 Higig Port Statistics: HiGigabitEthernet 0/1/50, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64
PAGE 603
txPkt(COS1 ) txPkt(COS2 ) txPkt(COS3 ) txPkt(COS4 ) txPkt(COS5 ) txPkt(COS6 ) txPkt(COS7 ) txPkt(COS8 ) txPkt(COS9 ) txPkt(COS10) txPkt(COS11) txPkt(UNIT0) :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 Dell>show hardware pe 0 stack-unit 0 drops user-port 1 Dell#sho hardware pe 255 stack-unit 3 drops user-port 47 Drops in Interface PeGi 255/3/47: --- Ingress Drops --Ingress Drops : 13049 IBP CBP Full Drops : 0 PortSTPnotFwd Drops : 13049 IPv4 L3 Discards : 0 Policy Discards : 0 Packets dropped by FP : 0 (L2+L3) Drop
PAGE 604
● For a 1–Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. ● For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigabitEthernet then the pe-id, stack-unit unit number, and port-id. The pe-id range is 0–255; the stack unit number range is 0–7; and the port-ID range is 0 –47.
PAGE 605
Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Qu
PAGE 606
pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. The range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the feature extended bridge feature is enabled. stack-unit unit- Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. The range is from 0 to 7. number port-set port- pipe Defaults Enter the keywords port-set port-pipe parameters to specify a port pipe (set of ports) on a line card. The range of port-pipe numbers is 0.
PAGE 607
slice=2, slice_idx=0x2, part =0 prio=0x1101, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, StageEgress IpFrag Offset: 7 Width: 2 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x00000001 IpType Offset: 192 Width: 4 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x0000000e L3Routable Offset: 156 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 185 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000005 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=Drop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 111 slice = 2 idx=4 entries=1}{Packets} Example Dell#show
PAGE 608
DATA=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004 MASK=0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000fdffffffffffff InPorts DATA=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004 MASK=0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000fdffffffffffff HiGig Offset: 320 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x00000001 Stage IpFrag Offset: 71 Width: 2 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 action={act=CopyToCpuCancel, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act
PAGE 609
Example Dell#show hardware ipv6 eg-acl linecard 0 port-set 0 EID 0x000013ce: gid=0xd, slice=0, slice_idx=0, part =0 prio=0x13ce, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, StageEgress slice=1, slice_idx=0, part =1 prio=0x13ce, flags=0x10204, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, Offset: 1 Width: 8 DATA=0x0000003a MASK=0x000000ff IpType Offset: 208 Width: 5 DATA=0x00000004 MASK=0x0000000c L3Routable Offset: 166 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 195 Width: 7 DATA=0x000000
PAGE 610
stack-unit unit-number port-set port-pipe-id counters | linecard slot-id port-set number }} Parameters eg-acl | in-acl Enter either the keyword eg-acl or the keyword in-acl to display ingress or egress ACL data. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify a line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 11. pe pe-id Enter the pepe-id parameters to specify a port extender (PE). The PE ID range is from 0 to 255.
PAGE 611
action={act=EtagNew, param0=65772(0x100ec), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics=NULL EID 0x00000bff: gid=0x5, slice=6, slice_idx=0x1, part =0 prio=0xbff, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, Stage InPort DATA=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001000000000 MASK=0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000fdffffffffffff InPorts DATA=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000001000000000 MASK=0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000fdffffffff
PAGE 612
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 613
EID 0x000003f9: gid=0xd, slice=11, slice_idx=0x7, part =0 prio=0x3f9, flags=0x10602, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=1024, Stage InPorts DATA=0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000c000000000000 MASK=0x00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000dffffffffffff HiGig Offset: 320 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x00000001 DstIp Offset: 105 Width: 32 DATA=0x7f080161 MASK=0xffffffff OuterVlanId Offset: 8 Width: 12 DATA=0x00000ffc MASK=0x00000fff action={act=CosQNew, param0=8(0x8), param1=0(0), pa
PAGE 614
Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to perform a dump on traffic processed by the Control Processor CPU. rp Enter the keyword rp to perform a dump on traffic processed by the Route Processor CPU. capture-duration Enter the time for packet capturing. The timer begins as soon as the command is enabled. The range is 20 to 9000 seconds. filter Specify the packet that will be dumped. If no filter is entered, all packets are dumped.
PAGE 615
To stop the TCP dump process running in the CP processor, enter the no tcpdump cp command; to stop the TCP dump process running in the RP processor, enter the no tcpdump rp command.
PAGE 616
13 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
PAGE 617
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Entering after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the binding table.
PAGE 618
Buffer logging: level debugging, 9 Messages Logged, Size (40960 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Logging to 10.10.10.4 Logging to 10.1.2.4 Logging to 172.31.1.4 Logging to 133.33.33.4 Logging to 172.16.1.
PAGE 619
Dell(conf-if-fo-2/0)#do show logging Syslog logging: enabled Console logging: level debugging Monitor logging: level debugging Buffer logging: level debugging, 5 Messages Logged, Size (40960 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Logging to 10.10.10.4 Logging to 10.1.2.4 Logging to 172.31.1.4 Logging to 133.33.33.4 Logging to 172.16.1.
PAGE 620
default-router Assign a default gateway to clients based on the address pool. C9000 Series Syntax default-router address [address2...address8] Parameters Defaults address Enter a list of routers that may be the default gateway for clients on the subnet. You may specify up to eight routers. List them in order of preference. none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 621
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dns-server Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults dns-server address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of DNS servers that may service clients on the subnet. You may list up to eight servers, in order of preference. none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 622
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. excluded-address Prevent the server from leasing an address or range of addresses in the pool. C9000 Series Syntax excluded-address [address | low-address high-address] Parameters Defaults address Enter a single address to be excluded from the pool.
PAGE 623
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. host-address For manual (rather than automatic) configurations, assign a host to a single-address pool.
PAGE 624
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You must be in INTERFACE mode in order to configure an interface to dynamically acquire an IP address from a DHCP server.
PAGE 625
Usage Information You can enter the ip address dhcp relay information and the vendor-class indentifier, for example: ip address dhcp relay information-option remote-id mac ip address dhcp relay information-option remote-id mac vendor-classidentifier Related Commands ip address dhcp — configures an interface to receive its IP address from the configured DHCP server. ip address dhcp vendor-class-identifier Include the vendor-class identifier option (option 60) in DHCP packets sent by the client.
PAGE 626
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z-Series. Dell(conf)#ip dhcp relay secondary-subnet ip dhcp server Enable DHCP server globally.
PAGE 627
ip helper-address Specify the address of a DHCP server so that DHCP broadcast messages are forwarded when the DHCP server is not on the same subnet as the client. C9000 Series Syntax ip helper-address ip-address To remove a DHCP server address, use the no ip helper-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 628
To delete the ipv6 helper address, use the [no] ipv6 helper-address [vrf vrf-name] ipv6address command. Parameters Default vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keywork vrf and then the name of the VRF through which the host address can be reached. ipv6-address Enter the keywordipv6–address through which the server address can be reached. Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 629
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. netbios-name-server Specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers, in order of preference, that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults netbios-name-server address [address2...address8] address Enter the address of the NETBIOS name server.
PAGE 630
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 631
Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 632
DHCPRENEW DHCPINFORM 0 0 show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] Parameters Defaults pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system. none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 633
Parameters Defaults address Display a particular conflict log entry. none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 634
show ip dhcp server statistics Display statistical information about a DHCP server. C9000 Series Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 635
Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 636
clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 637
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. Dell(conf)#ip dhcp relay information-option vpn ip dhcp relay source-interface Configure IPv4 DHCP relay source interface.
PAGE 638
Related Commands Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the C9010, MXL, FN IOM, S3100 series, S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, and Z9100–ON. ● ipv6 dhcp relay source-interface— Configure DHCP relay source IPv6 interface. ipv6 dhcp relay source-interface Configure DHCP relay source IPv6 interface.
PAGE 639
ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP snooping globally. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.
PAGE 640
lease time Defaults Enter the keyword lease then the amount of time the IP address are leased. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Enhanced the command to map multiple IP addresses to one MAC address. Enhanced to support DHCP snooping in a VLT setup. 9.10(0.
PAGE 641
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. C9000 Series Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 642
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 643
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 644
2. Save the running-config to the startup-config. 3. Reload the system. show ip dhcp binding Display the DHCP binding table. C9000 Series Syntax show ip dhcp binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 645
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. Range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigabitEthernet then the pe-id, stack-unit unit number, and port-id. The pe-id range is 0–255; the stack unit number range is 0–7; and the port—ID range is 0 –47. Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 646
14 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) supports multiple "best paths" in next-hop packet forwarding to a destination device. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • ecmp-group hash-algorithm ecmp hash-algorithm hg hash-algorithm hg-seed hash-algorithm seed ip ecmp-group ip ecmp weighted link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold link-bundle-monitor enable show config show link-bundle distribution ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle.
PAGE 647
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode. You can also enable on the 10–Gigabit Ethernet, 40–Gigabit Ethernet, and port-channel configuration using the CONFIGURATION ECMPGROUP command mode.
PAGE 648
xor2 | xor4 | xor8 ● crc32LSB: Use CRC32_LOWER — LSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 | xor16 } ● xor1: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1 ● xor2: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR2 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor2 ● xor4: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor4 ● xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor8 ● xor16: Use CR16 — 16-bit XOR hg-seed seed- value Enter the
PAGE 649
Usage Information Version Description 6.3.1.0 Added support for ECMP and LAG on TeraScale only. To ensure that CRC is not used for LAG, set the default hash-algorithm method. The hash value calculated with the hash-algorithm command is unique to the entire chassis. The hash algorithm command with the line card option changes the hash for a particular line card by applying the mask specified in the IPSA and IPDA fields.
PAGE 650
Defaults crc16 algorithm Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. hash-algorithm hg-seed Select the seed value used in HiGig hashing.
PAGE 651
port-set number Defaults Enter the keyword port-set then the linecard port-pipe number. 32–bit Chassis MAC Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 652
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information You must save the new ECMP settings to the startup-config (write-mem) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. Related Commands show ip cam linecard – Display content-addressable memory (CAM) entries for a set of ports on a line card. ip ecmp weighted Enables weighted ECMP calculations.
PAGE 653
To exit from ecmp group mode, use the exit command. Parameters percent Indicate the threshold value when traffic distribution starts being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. The range is from 1 to 90%. The default is 60%. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 654
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ECMP-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 655
15 FCoE Transit To enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping, use the following Dell Networking Operating System commands on the C9000 platform. In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
PAGE 656
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. C9000 Series Syntax clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type port/slot | interface port-channel port-channel-number] Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
PAGE 657
ipc Enter the keyword ipc for IPC-specific debugging. tx Enter the keyword tx for packet transmit-specific debugging. rx Enter the keyword rx for packet receive-specific debugging. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.x.x.
PAGE 658
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. Added the receive parameters packettype and interfaces and their options. feature fip-snooping Enable FCoE transit and FIP snooping on a switch. C9000 Series Syntax feature fip-snooping To disable the FCoE transit feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 659
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The maximum number of FCFs supported per FIP snooping-enabled VLAN is twelve. The maximum number of FIP snooping sessions supported per ENode server is 32 by default. You can configure up to 64 sessions. fip-snooping fc-map Configure the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses on all VLANs.
PAGE 660
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. fip-snooping port-mode fcf Configure the port for bridge-to-FCF links. C9000 Series Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcf To disable the bridge-to-FCF link on a port, use the no fip-snooping port-mode fcf command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 661
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. The maximum number of FCoE VLANs supported on the switch is eight. NOTE: This command is not supported on cascade interfaces or extended ports. show fip-snooping config Display the FIP snooping status and configured FC-MAP values. C9000 Series Syntax show fip-snooping config Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 662
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Inroduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show fip-snooping enode command shown in the following example.
PAGE 663
Field Description FCF Interface Slot/port number of the interface to which the FCF is connected. VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FC-MAP FC-Map value the FCF advertises. ENode Interface Slot/ number of the interface connected to the ENode. FKA_ADV_PERIO Time (in milliseconds) during which FIP keep-alive advertisements transmit. D Example No of ENodes Number of ENodes connected to the FCF. FC-ID Fibre Channel session ID the FCF assigns.
PAGE 664
Field Description FCoE MAC MAC address of the FCoE session the FCF assigns. FC-ID Fibre Channel ID the FCF assigns. Port WWPN Worldwide port name of the CNA port. Port WWNN Worldwide node name of the CNA port.
PAGE 665
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show fip-snooping statistics command shown in the following example. Field Description Number of VLAN Requests Number of FIP-snoop VLAN request frames received on the interface. Number of VLAN Notifications Number of FIP-snoop VLAN notification frames received on the interface.
PAGE 666
Field Description Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts Number of FCF discovery timeouts that occurred on the interface. Number of VN Port Session Timeouts Number of VN port session timeouts that occurred on the interface. Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config Number of session failures due to hardware configuration that occurred on the interface.
PAGE 667
Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of FDISC :0 FLOGO :0 Enode Keep Alive :0 VN Port Keep Alive :0 Multicast Discovery Advertisement :4451 Unicast Discovery Advertisement :2 FLOGI Accepts :2 FLOGI Rejects :0 FDISC Accepts :16 FDISC Rejects :0 FLOGO Accepts :0 FLOGO Rejects :0 CVL :0 FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 show fi
PAGE 668
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 669
16 FIPS Cryptography To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the commands described in this chapter. Topics: • • • • fips mode enable show fips status show ip ssh ssh fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. C9000 Series Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
PAGE 670
show fips status Displays the status of the FIPS mode. C9000 Series Syntax show fips status Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Example Command History Dell#show fips status FIPS Mode: Enabled Dell# This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 671
Example Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell# show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v1 and v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : aes256-ctr,aes256-cbc,aes192-ctr,aes192cbc,aes128-ctr,aes128-cbc,3des-cbc. SSH server macs : hmac-sha2-256,hmac-sha1,hmac-sha1-96,hmacmd5,hmac-md5-96. SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1,diffiehellman-group1-sha1,diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled.
PAGE 672
● aes128-ctr : Force ssh to use the aes192-ctr encryption cipher. ● aes128-cbc : Force ssh to use the aes192-cbc encryption cipher. ● 3des-cbc : Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher. With the FIPS mode enabled: ● ● ● ● ● ● ● aes256-ctr : Force ssh to use the aes256-ctr encryption cipher. aes256-cbc : Force ssh to use the aes256-cbc encryption cipher. aes192-ctr : Force ssh to use the aes192-ctr encryption cipher. aes192-cbc : Force ssh to use the aes192-cbc encryption cipher.
PAGE 673
show ip ssh client-pub-keys Usage Information Display the client-public keys. Both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing are supported. Inbound SSH supports accessing the system through the management interface as well as through a physical Layer 3 interface. NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. Example If FIPS mode is not enabled: Dell#ssh 10.11.8.
PAGE 674
17 Flex Hash and Optimized Boot-Up This chapter describes the Flex Hash and fast-boot enhancements. Topics: • • • • encapsulation dot1q lacp fast-switchover load-balance flexhash load-balance ingress-port enable encapsulation dot1q Configures lite-subinterfaces. This command is supported on the S6000 platform. Syntax encapsulation dot1q vlan-id To remove a previously configured lite-subinterface, use the no version of this command.
PAGE 675
Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. You can configure the optimal switchover functionality for LACP even if you do not enable the fast boot mode on the system. You must configure the long timeout mechanism for the LACP session to enable the fast boot capability to operate properly. This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only.
PAGE 676
Usage Information Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. With the introduction of various overlay technologies such as network virtualization using generic routing encapsulation (NVGRE) segments and Routable Remote Direct Memory Access (RRDMA) over Converged Ethernet (RRoCE), information related to a traffic flow is contained in the L4 header. The fields in the L2 and L3 headers are not sufficient to distinguish the flows.
PAGE 677
18 Force10 OS Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 OS resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode.
PAGE 678
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. The system requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
PAGE 679
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.
PAGE 680
disable Disable the resilient ring protocol. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 681
● Fast Ethernet interface: enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/port information. ● Port Channel interface: enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface: enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information ● 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface: enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information control-vlan vlan-id Defaults Enter the keyword control-vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 682
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 683
protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. C9000 Series Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters Defaults ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 684
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. The system requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
PAGE 685
To remove the timer, use the no timer {hello-interval [milliseconds]}| {deadinterval milliseconds} command. Parameters hello-interval milliseconds dead-interval milliseconds Defaults Enter the keyword hello-interval then the time, in milliseconds, to set the hello interval of the control packets. The milliseconds must be entered in increments of 50 millisecond; for example, 50, 100, 150, and so on. If an invalid value is entered, an error message is generated. The range is from 50 to 2000 ms.
PAGE 686
19 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The Dell Networking OS supports basic GVRP commands on the switch. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes. At the same time, based on received declarations or withdrawals, GARP handles attributes of other participants.
PAGE 687
• • • • show show show show config garp timers gvrp gvrp statistics clear gvrp statistics Clear GVRP statistics on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear gvrp statistics interface interface interface interface Defaults Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 688
pdu Defaults Enter the keyword pdu then one of the following Interface keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Disabled.
PAGE 689
protocol gvrp — access GVRP protocol. garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. C9000 Series Syntax garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command. Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. The range is from 100 to 147483647 milliseconds. The default is 200 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100.
PAGE 690
● Leave All Timer — The Leave All timer starts when a GARP application entity starts. When this timer expires, the entity sends a Leave-all message so that other entities can reregister their attribute information. Then the Leave-all time begins again. Related Commands show garp timers — displays the current GARP times. gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. C9000 Series Syntax gvrp enable To disable GVRP on the interface, use the no gvrp enable command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 691
Defaults normal Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 692
Related Commands disable — globally disables GVRP. show config Display the global GVRP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 693
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Dell# show garp timers GARP Timers Value (milliseconds) ---------------------------------------Join Timer 200 Leave Timer 600 LeaveAll Timer 10000 Dell# garp timers — sets the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration.
PAGE 694
Example Related Commands R3# show gvrp brief GVRP Feature is currently enabled. Port GVRP Status Edge-Port ---------------------------------------------Te 1/0 Disabled No Te 1/1 Disabled No Te 1/2 Enabled No Te 1/3 Disabled No Te 1/4 Disabled No Te 1/5 Disabled No Te 1/6 Disabled No Te 1/7 Disabled No Te 1/8 Disabled No R3# show gvrp brief show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP configuration statistics.
PAGE 695
● The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid attribute length. ● The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid GARP event. ● The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid VLAN ID. The valid range is from 1 to 4095. A failed registration can occur for the following reasons: ● Join requests were received on a port that was blocked from learning dynamic VLANs (GVRP Blocking state). ● An entry for a new GVRP VLAN could not be created in the GVRP database.
PAGE 696
20 High Availability (HA) High availability (HA) in the Dell Networking operating software is configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a route processor module (RPM) failure. In general, a protocol is defined as “hitless” in the context of an RPM failure/failover and not failures of a line card, SFM, or power module. A protocol is defined as hitless if an RPM failover has no impact on the protocol. You must specifically enable some protocols for HA.
PAGE 697
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series If you disable auto failover, enter the redundancy auto-failover-limit (without any parameters) to set auto failover to the default parameters (Count 3, Period 60 minutes). To view the redundancy status, use the show redundancy command.
PAGE 698
working Standby RPM or PE. If there is only one RPM or PE in the system, the failed RPM or PE does not recover and affects the system. Example: PE Dell(conf)#redundancy disable-auto-reboot pe 1 stack-unit redundancy force-failover Force the standby unit to become the primary or master unit. You can also use this command to upgrade the software on one unit from the other when the other has been loaded with the upgraded software.
PAGE 699
redundancy primary Set an RPM as the primary RPM. C9000 Series Syntax redundancy primary [rpm0 | rpm1] To delete a configuration, use the no redundancy primary command. Parameters Default rpm0 Enter the keyword rpm0 to set the RPM in slot R0 as the primary RPM. rpm1 Enter the keyword rpm1 to set the RPM in slot R1 as the primary RPM. The RPM in slot R0 is the Primary RPM. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 700
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#redundancy reset-counter pe 1 redundancy synchronize Manually synchronize data between the RPMs and PEs at any time. C9000 Series Syntax redundancy synchronize [full] Parameters Default full Enter the keyword full to synchronize all data. Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 701
From a PE console, use show redundancy to view the current high availability (HA) status for a specified port extender unit. Parameters pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID to display the current redundancy configuration of the specified port extender unit. Range is from 0 to 255 Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 702
Field Description RPM Failover Record Displays the following information: ● RPM failover counter (to reset the counter, use the redundancy resetcounter command) ● the time and date of the last RPM failover ● the reason for the last RPM failover Last Data Sync Record Displays the data sync information and the timestamp for the data sync: ● Start-up Config is the contents of the startup-config file. ● Line Card Config is the line card types configured and interfaces on those line cards.
PAGE 703
-- PEER pe Status ------------------------------------------------pe State: Standby Peer pe stack unit ID: 2 pe SW Version: 1-0(0-4098) -- pe Redundancy Configuration ------------------------------------------------Primary pe: mgmt-id 0 Auto Data Sync: Full Failover Type: Hot Failover Auto reboot pe: Disabled Auto failover limit: 3 times in 60 minutes -- pe Failover Record ------------------------------------------------Failover Count: 0 Last failover timestamp: None Last failover Reason: None Last failover
PAGE 704
21 ICMP Message Types This section lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. Table 3. ICMP messages and their definitions Symbol Type Code . 0 U 3 3 704 Error echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable . 2 protocol unreachable . 3 port unreachable .
PAGE 705
Table 3. ICMP messages and their definitions (continued) Symbol Type Code Description 0 time-to-live equals 0 during transit . 1 time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly . 12 Query Error parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request . 14 0 timestamp reply . 15 0 information request (obsolete) . 16 0 information reply (obsolete) . 17 0 address mask request . 18 0 address mask reply .
PAGE 706
22 Interfaces The Dell Networking OS supports the interface configuration commands described in this chapter.
PAGE 707
● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 708
To clear counters for a range of ports, you can enter a hyphenated range of one or more port range values separated with commas; for example, clear counters FortyGigE 1/0-4,7,9-11. To clear counters for any random number of ports, you can enter a comma-separated string of port numbers, for example clear counters FortyGigE 1/0/1,9,11 In a dual homing setup, you can use this command only from the primary VLT peer. You can use the vlan, learning-limit, and vrrp keyword options for multiple ports.
PAGE 709
clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults clear dampening [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number to clear counters from a specified interface: ● For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 710
Related Commands ● show interfaces dampening — displays interface dampening information. ● dampening — configures dampening on an interface. combo-port-type You can pre-provision the medium of combo ports as copper or fiber. Syntax combo-port-type{copper | fiber} Parameters Defaults copper Enter the keyword copper to provision the combo port as a copper port. fiber Enter the keyword fiber to provision the combo port as a fiber port.
PAGE 711
dampening Configure dampening on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppress-threshold]] [maxsuppress-time]] half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased. The penalty decreases half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. reuse-threshold Enter a number as the reuse threshold, the penalty value below which the interface state is changed to “up”.
PAGE 712
Related Commands ● clear dampening — clears the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. ● show interfaces dampening — displays interface dampening information. description Assign a descriptive text string to the interface. C9000 Series Syntax description desc_text To delete a description, use the no description command. Parameters Defaults desc_text Enter a text string up to 240 characters long.
PAGE 713
default interface Resets a physical interface to its factory-default settings. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults default interface interface slot/port-range interface slot/ port-range Enter one of the following interface types and port information to specify a single port or a range of ports. To specify a port range, you can enter a hyphenated range and/or individual port numbers separated with commas; for example, default interface tengigabitethernet 1/0-4,7,9-11.
PAGE 714
Dell#show running-config interface vlan 33 ! interface Vlan 33 private-vlan mode isolated no ip address shutdown Related Commands show running-config— displays the current configuration. encapsulation dot1q Configures lite-subinterfaces. Syntax encapsulation dot1q vlan-id To remove a previously configured lite-subinterface, use the no encapsulation dot1q vlan-id command. Parameters dot1q vlan-id Enter the keyword dot1q followed by the VLAN ID to which the host belongs. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 715
Defaults rx off Enter the keywords rx off to ignore the received flow control frames on this port. tx on Enter the keywords tx on to send control frames from the port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received. tx off Enter the keywords tx off so that flow control frames are not sent from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received.
PAGE 716
● Asymmetric flow control (rx on tx off, or rx off tx on) setting for the interface port less than 100 Mb/s speed is not permitted. The following error is returned: Can’t configure Asymmetric flowcontrol when speed <1G, config ignored ● The only configuration applicable to half duplex ports is rx off tx off.
PAGE 717
● For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the slot/port information. The range is from 1 to 4094. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48.
PAGE 718
Example Dell(conf)# int tengigabitethernet 0/0 Dell(conf-if-te-0/0)#exit Dell(conf)# Example peGigE Dell#show interfaces peGigE 0/0/0 peGigE 0/0/1 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is DellEth, address is a0:68:00:3f:92:bd Current address is a0:68:00:3f:92:bd Pluggable media not present Interface index is 536870919 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :a068003f92bd MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex Auto-mdix enabled, ARP t
PAGE 719
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Dell(conf)# interface loopback 1655 Dell(conf-if-lo-1655)# interface — configures a physical interface.
PAGE 720
Usage Information You cannot delete a Management port. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). To assign an IP address to the Management port, use the ip address command. If your system has two RPMs installed, use the show redundancy command to display which RPM is the Primary RPM. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# interface managementethernet 0/0 Dell(conf-if-ma-0/0)# management route — configures a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router.
PAGE 721
● ip unreachables — enables generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. interface range This command permits configuration of a range of interfaces to which subsequent commands are applied (bulk configuration). Using the interface range command, you can enter identical commands for a range of interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters interface range interface, interface,... interface, interface,...
PAGE 722
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 723
used with the bulk configuration feature of the interface range command. You cannot create virtual interfaces (VLAN, Port-channel) using the interface range command. NOTE: If a range has VLAN, physical, and port-channel interfaces, only commands related to physical interfaces can be bulk configured. To configure commands specific to VLAN or port-channel, only those respective interfaces should be configured in a particular range. Example (Single Range) This example shows a single range bulk configuration.
PAGE 724
Slot/Port information must contain a space before and after the dash. For example, interface range tengigabitethernet 0/1 - 5 is valid; interface range tengigabitethernet 0/1-5 is NOT valid. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 725
Dell(config)#interface range macro test Dell(config-if-range-te-0/0-3,te-1/0-47,te-2/0-89)# Related Commands ● interface range – configures a range of command (bulk configuration) ● interface range macro name – runs an interface range macro. interface range macro name Run the interface-range macro to automatically configure the pre-defined range of interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults interface range macro name name Enter the name of an existing macro.
PAGE 726
Parameters Defaults vlan-id Enter a number as the VLAN Identifier. The range is 1 to 4094. Not configured, except for the Default VLAN, which is configured as VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. For more information about VLANs and the commands to configure them, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section of the Layer 2 chapter.
PAGE 727
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you configure keepalive, the system sends a self-addressed packet out of the configured interface to verify that the far end of a WAN link is up.
PAGE 728
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For the management port, enter the keyword managementethernet then the slot (0 or 1) and the port (0). ● For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the slot/port. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 729
Example Key Description m Change the view from a single interface to all interfaces on the line card or visaversa. c Refresh the view. b Change the counters displayed from Packets on the interface to Bytes. r Change the [delta] column from change in the number of packets/bytes in the last interval to rate per second. l Change the view to the next interface on the line card, or if in line card mode, the next line card in the chassis.
PAGE 730
0 0 0 0 Fo 2/88 Down Fo 2/92 Down Fo 2/96 Down per sec 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m - Change mode b - Display bytes c - Clear screen r - Display pkts/bytes l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval interval q - Quit a - Page down t - Decrease refresh Dell# monitor interface Dell Networking operating system uptime is 9 minute(s) Monitor time: 00:00:00 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 731
Traffic statistics: Current Rate Delta Input bytes: 0 0 Bps 0 Output bytes: 42 0 Bps 0 Input packets: 6 0 pps 0 Output packets: 1 0 pps 0 64B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Over 64B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Over 127B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Over 255B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Over 511B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Over 1023B packets: 0 0 pps 0 Error statistics: 00:04:36: %RPM0-P:CP %CHMGR-5-PEM_INSERTED: Power entry module 3 of unit 0 is inserted Input underruns: 0 0 pps 0 Input giants: 0 0 pps 0 00:04:36: %RPM0-P:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_UP: Power supply
PAGE 732
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Reduced the maximum size of the maximum transmission unit (MTU) to 9216 bytes. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 733
portmode hybrid To accept both tagged and untagged frames, set a physical port or port-channel. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. C9000 Series Syntax portmode hybrid To return a port to accept either tagged or untagged frames (non-hybrid), use the no portmode hybrid command. Defaults non-hybrid Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 734
Example Example (Vlan) Related Commands Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# do show interfaces switchport Name: TenGigabitEthernet 2/0 802.
PAGE 735
Usage Information The output of the show interfaces command displays the configured rate interval, along with the collected traffic data. Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on physical and virtual interfaces. rate-interval (Configuration Mode) Configure the traffic sampling interval for all physical and logical port-channel interfaces globally.
PAGE 736
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 737
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf)# interface range tengigabitethernet 1/1 - 2 Dell(conf-if-range-te-1/1-2)# show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 no ip address switchport no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 no ip address switchport no shutdown Dell(conf-if-range-te-1/1-2)# show interfaces Display information on a specific physical or virtual interface, or the interfaces of the same type on a line card.
PAGE 738
linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify the switch ports on a line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 11. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.
PAGE 739
Line Description ● Wavelength, F10 unknown—Dell Force10 ID is present, but not able to determine the optics type ● Unknown, Non-qualified— if wavelength is reading error, and F10 ID is not present Dell Networking allows unsupported SFP and XFP transceivers to be used, but the system might not be able to retrieve some data about them.
PAGE 740
Example Usage Information Line Description Time since... Elapsed time since the last interface status change (hh:mm:ss format). Dell# show interfaces TenGigabitEthernet 2/0 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Current address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Pluggable media present, Media type is unknown Wavelength is 0.
PAGE 741
Pluggable media present, Media type is unknown Wavelength is 0.
PAGE 742
Interface— range of ports) Port is part of Port-channel 513 Hardware is DellEth, address is 34:17:eb:00:20:94 Current address is 34:17:eb:00:20:94 Pluggable media present, SFP+ type is 10GBASE-SR Medium is MultiRate, Wavelength is 850nm SFP+ receive power reading is -1.
PAGE 743
Time since last interface status change: 02:26:59 TenGigabitEthernet 6/3 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is DellEth, address is 34:17:eb:00:20:96 Current address is 34:17:eb:00:20:96 Pluggable media present, SFP+ type is 10GBASE-SR Medium is MultiRate, Wavelength is 850nm No power Interface index is 7340420 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :3417eb002096 Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 6/1-11 TenGigabitEthernet 6/1 is up, line protocol is up Por
PAGE 744
0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rat
PAGE 745
Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :3417eb002096 MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto Flowcontrol rx off tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 02:34:38 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttl
PAGE 746
Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 21 packets, 3300 bytes, 20 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:06:03 Example (PE Gigabit Ethernet Interface) Example (PE TenGigabit Ethernet Interface) 746 Interfaces Dell#show interfaces peGigE 0/0/1 peGigE 0/0/1 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is DellEth, address is a0:68:00:3f:92:bd Current address is a0:68:00:3f:92:bd Pluggable media not present Interface index is 536870919 Internet address is not set Mod
PAGE 747
Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 748
Current address is f8:b1:56:62:61:0a Pluggable media present, SFP+ type is 10GBASE-SR Medium is MultiRate, Wavelength is 850nm No power Interface index is 2103306 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed 10000 Mbit ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 6d20h19m Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 4062996 packets, 799504603 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 193370 over 64-b
PAGE 749
MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:00:00 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte
PAGE 750
Related Commands ● show interfaces configured – displays any interface with a non-default configuration. ● show interfaces switchport – displays Layer 2 information about the interfaces. ● show inventory (S-Series and Z-Series) – displays the S Series and Z-Series switch types, components (including media), Dell Networking OS version including hardware identification numbers, and configured protocols. ● show ip interface – displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces.
PAGE 751
Output Statistics: 753 packets, 65838 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 744 over 64-byte pkts, 1 over 127-byte pkts 1 over 255-byte pkts, 6 over 511-byte pkts, 1 over 1023-byte pkts 184 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 569 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 752
110 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 110 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 753
● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 754
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi 754 Interfaces 255/1/6 255/1/7 255/1/8 255/1/9 255/1/10 255/1/11 255/1/12 255/1/13 255/1/14 255/1/15 255/1/16
PAGE 755
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi Example show interfaces dampening detail Related Commands 255/2/38 255/2/39 255/2/40 255/2/41 255/2/42 255/2/43 255/2/44 255/2/45 255/2/46 255/2/47 255/2/48 255/3/1 255/3/2 255/3/3 255/3/4 255/3/5 255/3/6 255/3/7 2
PAGE 756
● show interfaces configured — displays any interface with a non-default configuration. show interfaces phy Display auto-negotiation and link partner information. C9000 Series Syntax show interfaces gigabitethernet slot/port phy Parameters gigabitethernet Enter the keyword gigabitethernet then the slot/port information. tengigabitethern et Enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot or port information. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 757
auto-negotiation. E-Series line cards support both full-duplex and half-duplex 1000BaseT. Phy Specific Control Values are: ● 0 - Manual MDI ● 1 - Manual MDIX ● 2 - N/A ● 3 - Auto MDI/MDIX Phy Specific Status Displays PHY-specific status information.
PAGE 758
Mode Status AutoNegComplete RemoteFault LinkStatus JabberDetect : : : : False False Down False AutoNegotiation Advertise 100MegFullDplx 100MegHalfDplx 10MegFullDplx 10MegHalfDplx Asym Pause Sym Pause : : : : : : True False True False False False AutoNegotiation Remote Partner's Ability 100MegFullDplx : False 100MegHalfDplx : False 10MegFullDplx : False 10MegHalfDplx : False Asym Pause : False Sym Pause : False AutoNegotiation Expansion ParallelDetectionFault : False 1000Base-T Control MasterSlave_Mo
PAGE 759
Sym Pause : False AutoNegotiation Expansion ParallelDetectionFault : False 1000Base-T Control MasterSlave_Mode 1000MegFullDplx 1000MegHalfDplx : Auto : True : False 1000Base-T Status Master/Slave Fault Master/Slave Local RX OK Remote RX OK Link Partner 1G FD Link Partner 1G HD Idle Err Cnt : : : : : : : PHY Extended Control MDI Crossover_mode : Enabled No Slave False False False False 0 Example Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual in
PAGE 760
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 761
Te 2/21 Te 2/22 Te 2/23 Fo 5/0 Fo 5/4 Fo 5/8 Fo 5/12 Fo 5/16 Fo 5/20 Te 6/0 Te 6/1 Te 6/2 Te 6/3 Te 6/4 Te 6/5 Te 6/6 Te 6/7 Te 6/8 Te 6/9 Te 6/10 Te 6/11 Te 6/12 Te 6/13 Te 6/14 Te 6/15 Te 6/16 Te 6/17 Te 6/18 Te 6/19 Te 6/20 Te 6/21 Te 6/22 Te 6/23 Fo 9/0 Fo 9/4 Fo 9/8 Fo 9/12 Fo 9/16 Fo 9/20 Te 10/0 Te 10/1 Te 10/2 Te 10/3 Te 11/0 Te 11/1 Te 11/2 Te 11/3 PeGi 255/1/1 PeGi 255/1/2 PeGi 255/1/3 PeGi 255/1/4 PeGi 255/1/5 PeGi 255/1/6 PeGi 255/1/7 PeGi 255/1/8 PeGi 255/1/9 PeGi 255/1/10 PeGi 255/1/11 PeGi 25
PAGE 762
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi 762 Interfaces 255/1/26 255/1/27 255/1/28 255/1/29 255/1/30 255/1/31 255/1/32 255/1/33 255/1/34 255/1/35 255/1/36 255/1/37 255/1/38 255/1/39 255/1/40
PAGE 763
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi Related Commands 255/3/2 255/3/3 255/3/4 255/3/5 255/3/6 255/3/7 255/3/8 255/3/9 255/3/10 255/3/11 255/3/12 255/3/13 255/3/14 255/3/15 255/3/16 255/3/17 255/3/18 255/3/19 255/3/20 255/3/21 255/3/22 255/3/23 255/3/24 255/3/25 255/3/26 255/3/27 255/3/28 255/3/29 255/3/30 255/3/
PAGE 764
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port (ports or port-range) information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port (ports or port-range) information. ● Enter the keyword backup to view the backup interface for this interface. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 765
Items Description Vlan membership Lists the VLANs to which the interface is a member. Example Dell#show interfaces switchport Codes: U - Untagged, T - Tagged x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Trunk i - Internal untagged, I - Internal tagged, v - VLT untagged, V - VLT tagged Name: TenGigabitEthernet 10/3 802.1QTagged: False Vlan membership: Q Vlans U 1 Name: peGigE 255/1/36 (Port-channel 111) 802.
PAGE 766
Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/40 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/45 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/47 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: Port-channel 22 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 222 Name: Port-channel 111 802.
PAGE 767
Related Commands ● ● ● ● interface — configures a physical interface on the switch. show ip interface — displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces transceiver — displays the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number.
PAGE 768
Usage Information The following describes the show interfaces transceiver command shown in the following example. Line Description Rx Power measurement type Output depends on the vendor, typically either “Average” or “OMA” (Receiver optical modulation amplitude). Temp High Alarm Factory-defined setting, typically in Centigrade. Value differs between SFPs and threshold SFP+. Voltage High Alarm threshold Displays the interface index number that SNMP uses to identify the interface.
PAGE 769
Line Description Power Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temperature Current temperature of the SFPs. If this temperature crosses Temp High alarm/ warning thresholds, the temperature high alarm/warning flag is set to true. Voltage Current voltage of the SFPs. If this voltage crosses voltage high alarm/warning thresholds, the voltage high alarm/warning flag is set to true. Tx Bias Current Present transmission (Tx) bias current of the SFP.
PAGE 770
Line Description Temperature High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Temperature value displayed above. Voltage High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Voltage value displayed above. Tx Bias High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Tx bias current value displayed above. Tx Power High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above.
PAGE 771
SFP 1 Bias High Alarm threshold = 17.000mA SFP 1 TX Power High Alarm threshold = 0.631mW SFP 1 RX Power High Alarm threshold = 1.259mW SFP 1 Temp Low Alarm threshold = -25.000C SFP 1 Voltage Low Alarm threshold = 2.700V SFP 1 Bias Low Alarm threshold = 1.000mA SFP 1 TX Power Low Alarm threshold = 0.067mW SFP 1 RX Power Low Alarm threshold = 0.010mW =================================== SFP 1 Temp High Warning threshold = 90.000C SFP 1 Voltage High Warning threshold = 3.
PAGE 772
SFP+ 0 Vendor SN SFP+ 0 Datecode SFP+ 0 CheckCodeExt = AQM1AHB = 131122 = 0xda SFP+ 0 Diagnostic Information =================================== SFP+ 0 Rx Power measurement type =================================== SFP+ 0 Temp High Alarm threshold SFP+ 0 Voltage High Alarm threshold SFP+ 0 Bias High Alarm threshold SFP+ 0 TX Power High Alarm threshold SFP+ 0 RX Power High Alarm threshold SFP+ 0 Temp Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 0 Voltage Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 0 Bias Low Alarm threshold SFP+ 0 TX Power Low A
PAGE 773
SFP+ 0x00 SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ 1 Transceiver Code 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 = 0x10 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 Encoding = 0x06 BR Nominal = 0x67 Length(SFM) Km = 0x00 Length(OM3) 2m = 0x00 Length(OM2) 1m = 0x08 Length(OM1) 1m = 0x03 Length(Copper) 1m = 0x00 Vendor Rev = 1 Laser Wavelength = 850 nm CheckCodeBase = 0xf9 Serial Extended ID fields Options = 0x00 0x1a BR max = 0 BR min = 0 Vendor SN = CD07FM0R0 Datecode = 130216 CheckCo
PAGE 774
SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ Related Commands ● ● ● ● 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Tx Bias High Warning Flag Tx Power High Warning Flag Rx Power High Warning Flag Temperature Low Warning Flag Voltage Low Warning Flag Tx Bias Low Warning Flag Tx Power Low Warning Flag Rx Power Low Warning Flag = = = = = = = = False False False False False False False True interface — configures a physical interface on the switch. show ip interface — displays Layer 3 information about the interface.
PAGE 775
show range Display all interfaces configured using the interface range command. C9000 Series Syntax show range Command Modes INTERFACE RANGE (config-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 776
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. ecmp-group — configures a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution. shutdown Disable an interface. C9000 Series Syntax shutdown To activate an interface, use the no shutdown command. Defaults The interface is disabled.
PAGE 777
show ip interface — displays the interface routing status. Add the keyword brief to display a table of interfaces and their status. speed (for 10/100/1000/10000 interfaces) Set the speed for 10/100/1000/10000 interfaces. Set both sides of a link to the same speed (10/100/1000/10000) or to auto or the link may not come up. Syntax speed {10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed {10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000} command.
PAGE 778
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command is found on the 10/100/1000/10000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces. When you enable auto, the system performs an automatic discovery to determine the optics installed and configure the appropriate speed. When you configure a speed for the 10/100/1000/10000 interface, confirm the negotiation auto command setting. Both sides of the link must have auto-negotiation either enabled or disabled.
PAGE 779
Usage Information This command is found on the Management interface only. Related Commands ● interface ManagementEthernet — configures the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM). ● management route — configures a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. switchport Place an interface in Layer 2 mode.
PAGE 780
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If an IP address or VRRP group is assigned to the interface, you cannot use the switchport command on the interface. To use the switchport command on an interface, only the no ip address and no shutdown statements must be listed in the show config output. When you enter the switchport command, the interface is automatically added to the default VLAN.
PAGE 781
Egress Interface Selection (EIS) Commands The following commands are Egress Interface Selection (EIS) commands. application Configure the management egress interface selection. C9000 Series Syntax application {all | application-type} To remove a management application configuration, use the no application {all | application-type} command. Parameters Defaults application-type Enter any of the following keywords: ● For DNS, enter the keyword dns. ● For FTP, enter the keyword ftp.
PAGE 782
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 783
Example Version Description 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Dell# show ip management-eis-route Destination Gateway ----------------10.11.0.0/16 ManagementEthernet 0/0 172.16.1.0/24 10.11.192.4 State ----Connected Active Route Source -----------Connected Static show management application pkt-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have taken the management route. C9000 Series Syntax show management application pkt-cntr Defaults None.
PAGE 784
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 785
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 786
group Group two LAGs in a supergroup (“fate-sharing group” or “failover group”). C9000 Series Syntax group group_number port-channel number port-channel number To remove an existing LAG supergroup, use the no group group_number command. Parameters group_number Enter an integer from 1 to 32 that uniquely identifies this LAG fate-sharing group. port-channel Enter the keywords port-channel then an existing LAG number. Enter this keyword/variable combination twice, identifying the two paired LAGs.
PAGE 787
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 788
minimum-links Configure the minimum number of links in a LAG (Port Channel) that must be in “oper up” status for the LAG to be also in “oper up” status. C9000 Series Syntax minimum-links number Parameters Defaults number Enter the number of links in a LAG that must be in “oper up” status. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 789
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This feature groups two LAGs to work in tandem as a supergroup.
PAGE 790
show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups. C9000 Series Syntax show interfaces port-channel [channel-number] [brief] Parameters channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display only the port channel number, the state of the port channel, and the number of interfaces in the port channel.
PAGE 791
Example (peGigE) Field Description LineSpeed Displays the interface’s line speed. For a port channel interface, it is the line speed of the interfaces in the port channel. Members in this... Displays the interfaces belonging to this port channel. ARP type:... Displays the ARP type and the ARP timeout value for the interface. Last clearing... Displays the time when the show interfaces counters were cleared. Queueing strategy. States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out.
PAGE 792
Output 676.00 Mbits/sec, 106216 packets/sec, 13.86% of line-rate Time since last interface status change: 00:01:41 Example Dell# show interfaces port-channel 20 Port-channel 20 is up, line protocol is up (Failover-group 1 is down) Hardware address is 00:01:e8:01:46:fa Port-channel is part of failover-group 1 Internet address is 1.1.120.
PAGE 793
O - OpenFlow Controller Port-channel A - Auto Port-channel I - Internally Lagged LAG 1 Related Commands Mode L3 Status down Uptime 00:00:00 Ports Te 11/1 (Down) show lacp — displays the LACP matrix. show port-channel-flow Display an egress port in a given port-channel flow.
PAGE 794
vlan vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan then the VLAN-id. The range is from 0 to 4094. ether-type Enter the keywords ether-type in the XX:XX format. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.
PAGE 795
HiGig Port Channel Commands High-Gigabit Ethernet (HiGig) port channels are used to transmit data between internal backplane ports on line-card (leaf) and switch fabric module (SFM - spine) network processing units (NPUs). You can configure an SNMP trap to be generated when traffic distribution in a HiGig port channel is uneven. NOTE: HiGig port channels on the backplane are also referred to as HiGig link bundles .
PAGE 796
0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions 0 wredDrops 0 Green WredDrops 0 Yellow WredDrops,
PAGE 797
hg-link-bundle-monitor rate-interval Specify the interval (in seconds) for polling traffic distribution in the member links of a HiGig link bundle. C9000 Series Syntax hg-link-bundle-monitor rate-interval seconds To restore the default value, use the no version of this command. Parameters Command Mode Command History seconds Polling interval in seconds. The valid values are from 10 to 299. CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 798
show hardware hg-stats Display the traffic statistics from internal ports in a HiGig link bundle/port channel on a line-card or switch fabric module (SFM) NPU. C9000 Series Syntax show hardware {sfm npu-id | linecard slot} hg-stats {port hg-port—number | unit npu-id port hg-port—number} Parameters sfm npu-id Specify a switch SFM (spine) NPU by entering the keyword sfm and SFM NPU ID. Valid SFM NPU IDs are 0 to 1.
PAGE 799
0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions 0 wredDrops 0 Green WredDrops 0 Yellow WredDrops, 0 Red WredDrops Rate info (interval 15 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 800
show hg-link-bundle-distribution Display the operational status and link utilization in a HiGig link bundle. C9000 Series Syntax show hg-link-bundle-distribution {sfm npu-id hg-port—channel hg-port— channel-id | slot slot npuUnit npu-id hg-port—channel 0} enable Parameters sfm npu-id hgport-channel hg- port-channel-id Specify a HiGig port channel on a switch SFM (spine) NPU by entering the keyword sfm and SFM NPU ID, then hg-port-channel and a HiGig port channel ID.
PAGE 801
HiGigabitEthernet Link Bundle 0/0/0, Utilization [In Percent] - 0 Alarm State - Inactive Interface Utilization [In Percent] 0/0:hg27 0 0/0:hg28 0 0/0:hg29 0 snmp-server enable traps hg-lbm Enable the generation of SNMP traps and notifications when HiGig link-bundle monitoring is enabled. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters snmp-server enable traps hg-lbm hg-lbm Enter the keyword hg-lbm to enable traps for HiGig link-bundle monitoring.
PAGE 802
Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 803
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7.0.0 Introduced on the S5000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 804
23 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
PAGE 805
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • isis ipv6 metric isis metric isis network point-to-point isis password isis priority is-type log-adjacency-changes lsp-gen-interval lsp-mtu lsp-refresh-interval max-area-addresses max-lsp-lifetime maximum-paths metric-style multi-topology net passive-interface redistribute redistribute bgp redistribute ospf router isis set-overload-bit show config show isis database show isis graceful-restart detail show isis hostname show isis interface show is
PAGE 806
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacencycheck is enabled by default.
PAGE 807
Usage Information Version Description 6.3.1.0 Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced You cannot disable leaking from one level to another; however, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another using an IP Prefix list. If you do not configure the IP Prefix list, all routes are leaked. You cannot enable leaking from Level 2 to Level 1, conditional route leaking can be enabled via IP prefix-list. You can find more information in IETF RFC 2966, Domain-wide Prefix Distribution with Two-Level IS-IS.
PAGE 808
clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared. C9000 Series Syntax clear isis [vrf vrf-name] [tag] {* | database | traffic} Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to restart the IS-IS process corresponding to that VRF. tag (Optional) Enter an alphanumeric string to specify the IS-IS routing tag area. * Enter the keyword * to clear all IS-IS information and restart the IS-IS process.
PAGE 809
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information To configure a shortcut name that you can use instead of entering a long string of numbers associated with an NSAP address, use this command.
PAGE 810
debug isis adj-packets Enable debugging on adjacency-related activity such as hello packets that are sent and received on IS-IS adjacencies. C9000 Series Syntax debug isis adj-packets [interface][vrf vrf-name] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis adj-packets [interface][vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the debug information on IS-IS for an adjacency tied to that VRF.
PAGE 811
all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging information that includes all the logs that are related to graceful-restart. events Enter the keyword events to enable debugging information that includes logs that are related to generated events. hello Enter the keyword hello to enable debugging information that includes restart TLV related information. states Enter the keyword states to enable debugging information that includes state machine related information.
PAGE 812
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 813
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis spf-triggers Enable debugging on the events that triggered IS-IS shortest path first (SPF) events for debugging purposes. C9000 Series Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spf-triggers To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spf-triggers command.
PAGE 814
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port/subport information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 815
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 816
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. router isis — Enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes. C9000 Series Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-list]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight command. Parameters Defaults weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source.
PAGE 817
distribute-list in Filter network prefixes received in updates. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates.
PAGE 818
To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp as number connected | ospf process-id | rip | static] command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected for directly connected routing process. ospf process-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ospf then the OSPF process-ID number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 819
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 820
Related Commands ● area-password — configures an IS-IS area authentication password. ● isis priority — configures the authentication password for an interface. graceful-restart ietf Enable graceful restart on an IS-IS router. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart ietf To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart ietf command. Parameters Defaults ietf Enter ietf to enable graceful restart on the IS-IS router. Graceful restart disabled.
PAGE 821
Parameters Defaults minutes Enter the graceful-restart interval minutes. The range is from 1 to 20 minutes. The default is 5 minutes. 5 minutes Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 822
Related Commands graceful-restart t3 — configures the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. graceful-restart t1 Set the graceful restart wait time before unacknowledged restart requests are generated. This wait time is the interval before the system sends a restart request (an IIH with RR bit set in Restart TLV) until the CSNP is received from the helping router.
PAGE 823
Parameters Defaults level-1, level-2 Enter the keywords level-1 or level-2 to identify the database instance type to which the wait interval applies. seconds Enter the gracefule-restart t2 time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 120 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 824
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The running router sets the remaining time value to the current adjacency hold time. You can override this setting by implementing this command. Override the default restart-wait time by entering the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. When you disable restart-wait, the current adjacency hold time is used.
PAGE 825
hostname dynamic Enables dynamic learning of hostnames from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the hostname in LSPs. C9000 Series Syntax hostname dynamic To disable this command, use the no hostname dynamic command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 826
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. IS-IS normally purges LSPs with an incorrect data link checksum causing the LSP source to regenerate the message. A cycle of purging and regenerating LSPs can occur when a network link continues to deliver accurate LSPs even though there is a link causing data corruption.
PAGE 827
Related Commands ● net — configures an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for the routing process. ● router isis — enables the IS-IS routing protocol. ipv6 router isis Enable the IPv6 IS-IS routing protocol and specify an IPv6 IS-IS process. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 router isis [tag] To disable IS-IS routing, use the no router isis [tag] command. Parameters Defaults tag (OPTIONAL) This parameter is a unique name for a routing process. A null tag is assumed if the tag option is not specified.
PAGE 828
Parameters Defaults level-1 You can form a Level 1 adjacency if there is at least one common area address between this system and neighbors. You cannot form Level 2 adjacencies on this interface. level-1-2 You can form a Level 1 and Level 2 adjacencies when the neighbor is also configured as Level-1-2 and there is at least one common area, if not, a Level 2 adjacency is established. This setting is the default.
PAGE 829
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 830
Usage Information Hello packets are held for a length of three times the value of the hello interval. To conserve bandwidth and CPU usage, use a high hello interval seconds. Use a low hello interval seconds for faster convergence (but uses more bandwidth and CPU resources). Related Commands isis hello-multiplier — specifies the number of IS-IS hello packets a neighbor must miss before the router declares the adjacency as down.
PAGE 831
isis hello padding Turn ON or OFF padding of hello PDUs from INTERFACE mode. C9000 Series Syntax isis hello padding To return to the default, use the no isis hello padding command. Defaults Padding of hello PDUs is enabled (ON). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 832
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.
PAGE 833
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics.
PAGE 834
Parameters Defaults encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. password Assign the interface authentication password. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 1. The router acts as a station router for Level 1 routing. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 2.
PAGE 835
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OSCommand Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 836
Usage Information The IS-IS protocol automatically determines area boundaries and are able to keep Level 1 and Level 2 routing separate. Poorly planned use of this feature may cause configuration errors, such as accidental area partitioning. If you are configuring only one area in your network, you do not need to run both Level 1 and Level 2 routing algorithms. You can configure the IS type as Level 1. log-adjacency-changes Generate a log messages for adjacency state changes.
PAGE 837
interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between LSP generations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. initial_wait_inter (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first LSP val seconds generation. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 1 second. second_wait_inte (OPTIONAL) Enter the wait interval, in seconds, between the first and second LSP rval seconds generation. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 838
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 839
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. The refresh interval determines the rate at which route topology information is transmitted preventing the information from becoming obsolete. The refresh interval must be less than the LSP lifetime specified with the max-lsp-lifetime command.
PAGE 840
max-lsp-lifetime Set the maximum time that link-state packets (LSPs) exist without being refreshed. C9000 Series Syntax max-lsp-lifetime seconds To restore the default time, use the no max-lsp-lifetime command. Parameters Defaults seconds The maximum lifetime of LSP in seconds. This value must be greater than the lsp-refresh-interval command. The higher the value the longer the LSPs are kept. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 1200.
PAGE 841
Defaults 4 Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 842
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. If you enter the metric-style wide command, the Dell Networking OS generates and accepts only new-style TLVs.
PAGE 843
net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start. C9000 Series Syntax net network-entity-title To remove a net, use the no net network-entity-title command. Parameters Defaults network-entitytitle Specify the area address and system ID for an IS-IS routing process. The first 1 to 13 bytes identify the area address. The next 6 bytes identify the system ID.
PAGE 844
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 845
Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 846
level-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level 2 routes only. This setting is the default. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) The value used for the redistributed route. Use a metric value that is consistent with the destination protocol. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 0. value metric-type {external| internal} (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain.
PAGE 847
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 848
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command. If the metric-style command is set for Narrow mode and the metric value in the redistribute ospf command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in LSPs is 63.
PAGE 849
● net — configures an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process. ● is-type — assigns a type for a given area. set-overload-bit Set the overload bit in zeroth fragment of non-pseudonode LSPs on the router.. This setting prevents other routers from using it as an intermediate hop in their shortest path first (SPF) calculations. C9000 Series Syntax set-overload-bit To return to the default values, use the no set-overload-bit command. Defaults Not set.
PAGE 850
Command Modes ● ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) ● CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 851
detail (OPTIONAL) Detailed link-state database information of each LSP displays when specified. If not specified, a summary displays. summary (OPTIONAL) Summary of link-state database information displays when specified. system-id (OPTIONAL) Display link-state database for system-id. lspid (OPTIONAL) Display only the specified LSP. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IS-IS link state database corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 852
Field Description state database. A value between brackets indicates the duration that the purged LSP stays in the database before being removed. Example ATT This value represents the Attach bit. This value indicates that the router is a Level 1-2 router and can reach other areas. Level 1-only routers and Level 1-2 routers that have lost connection to other Level 1-2 routers use the Attach bit to find the closest Level 1-2 router. They install a default route to the closest Level 1-2 router.
PAGE 853
Dell#show isis database detail IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num ATT/P/OL Dell.00-00 * 0x00000009 NLPID: 0xCC Area Address: 49.0000.0001 LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime 0x79D8 941 1/0/0 show isis graceful-restart detail Display detailed IS-IS graceful restart related settings.
PAGE 854
Restart ACK rcv count Restart Req rcv count Suppress Adj rcv count Restart CSNP rcv count Database Sync count : : : : : 0 0 0 0 0 (level-1), (level-1), (level-1), (level-1), (level-1), 0 0 0 0 0 (level-2) (level-2) (level-2) (level-2) (level-2) show isis hostname Display IS-IS host names configured or learned on the switch.
PAGE 855
● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 856
Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 --More-Dell>show isis int TenGigabitEthernet 1/7 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 37847070, Local circuit ID 1 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.01 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
PAGE 857
Parameters level-1 (OPTIONAL) Displays information about Level 1 IS-IS neighbors. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Displays information about Level 2 IS-IS neighbors. detail (OPTIONAL) Displays detailed information about neighbors. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 858
Example The bold sections below identify that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled. This command displays only one IP address per line. Dell#show isis neighbors System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Gi 7/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:01 TEST.02 ! Dell#show isis neighbors detail System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Gi 7/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:04 TEST.02 Area Address(es): 49.0000.0001 IP Address(es): 25.1.1.3* MAC Address: 0000.0000.
PAGE 859
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
PAGE 860
Multi Topology Routing is enabled in transition mode. Dell# Dell#show isis protocol IS-IS Router: System Id: F100.E120.0013 IS-Type: level-1-2 Manual area address(es): 49.0000.0001 Routing for area address(es): 49.0000.
PAGE 861
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show isis traffic command shown in the following example. Item Description Level-1/Level-2 Hellos (sent/ rcvd) Displays the number of Hello packets sent and received.
PAGE 862
spf-interval Specify the minimum interval between shortest path first (SPF) calculations. C9000 Series Syntax spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] To restore default values, use the no spf-interval [level-l | level-2] interval seconds [initial_wait_interval seconds [second_wait_interval seconds]] command. Parameters level-l (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level-1 to apply the configuration to Level-1 SPF calculations.
PAGE 863
down and there are no triggers for two times the maximum interval, fast behavior is restored (the initial wait time).
PAGE 864
24 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) IGMP and IGMP snooping commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the switch. This chapter contains the following sections: ● IGMP Commands ● IGMP Snooping Commands Topics: • • IGMP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands The system supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376.
PAGE 865
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 866
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. This command displays packets for IGMP and IGMP snooping. ip igmp access-group Specify access control list for packets in access-group. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp access-group access-list To remove the feature, use the no ip igmp access-group access-list command.
PAGE 867
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 868
Usage Information Querier normally sends some group-specific queries when a leave message is received for a group prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require immediate deletion of a group from the membership database. This command provides a way to achieve the immediate deletion. In addition, this command provides a way to enable immediate-leave processing for specified groups.
PAGE 869
ip igmp querier-timeout Change the interval that must pass before a multicast router decides that there is no longer another multicast router that should be the querier. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp querier-timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp querier-timeout command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds the router must wait to become the new querier. The range is from 60 to 300. The default is 125 seconds.
PAGE 870
Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 871
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 872
Version Description Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Mapping applies to both v1 and v2 IGMP joins; any updates to the ACL are reflected in the IGMP groups. You may not use extended access lists with this command. When you configure a static SSM map and the router cannot find any matching access lists, the router continues to accept (*,G) groups.
PAGE 873
● Only one mode (include or exclude) is permitted per multicast group per interface. To configure another mode, all sources belonging to the original mode must be unconfigured. ● If a static configuration is present and a packet for the same group arrives on an interface, the dynamic entry completely overwrites all the static configuration for the group. Related Commands show ip igmp groups — displays IGMP group information. ip igmp version Manually set the version of the router to IGMPv2 or IGMPv3.
PAGE 874
show ip igmp groups View the IGMP groups. C9000 Series Syntax show ip igmp groups [group-address [detail] | detail | interface [groupaddress [detail]]] Parameters group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format to view information on that group only. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and slot/port information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 875
Example Example (VLT) Dell#show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Uptime Expires 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.1 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.2 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.0.0.
PAGE 876
● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 877
Parameters group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the form A.B.C.D to display the list of sources to which this group is mapped. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 878
● IGMP snooping reacts to Layer 2 topology changes multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP) triggers by sending a general query on the interface that comes in the FWD state. Important Points to Remember for IGMP Querier ● The IGMP snooping Querier supports version 2. ● You must configure an IP address to the VLAN interface for IGMP snooping Querier to begin.
PAGE 879
debug ip igmp snooping Enable debugging of IGMP snooping packets on interfaces and groups. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] ● To disable debugging of IGMP snooping, use the no debug ip igmp snooping [group address | interface] command. ● To disable all debugging, use the undebug all command. Parameters snooping Enter the keyword snooping to enable debugging of IGMP snooping. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 880
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 881
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Queriers normally send some queries when a leave message is received prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require a fast deletion of a group.
PAGE 882
ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval The last member query interval is the maximum response time inserted into Group-Specific queries sent in response to GroupLeave messages. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval command. Parameters Defaults milliseconds Enter the interval in milliseconds. The range is from 100 to 65535. The default is 1000 milliseconds.
PAGE 883
Parameters interface interface Defaults Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 1 to 128. Not configured.
PAGE 884
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 885
Example Related Commands Dell#show ip igmp snooping mrouter Interface Router Ports Vlan 2 Te 1/3, Po 1 Dell# ● ip igmp snooping mrouter — configures a static connection to the multicast router. ● show ip igmp groups — view groups. show ip igmp snooping groups Display snooping related information for all the IGMP groups and interfaces or a single group belonging to a specified interface.
PAGE 886
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500. This command displays the IGMP database, including configured entries for either all groups on all interfaces, all groups on specific interfaces, or specific groups on specific interfaces. The following describes the show ip igmp groups command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Group Address Lists the multicast address for the IGMP group.
PAGE 887
25 Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: ● Authentication Headers (AH) — connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
PAGE 888
Defaults ahauthentication Enter the keywords ah-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic. ● md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication. ● sha1 — Use Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) authentication. ● null — Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface.
PAGE 889
Parameters Defaults name Enter the name for the crypto policy set. seq-num Enter the sequence number assigned to the crypto policy entry. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 890
match Apply a match filter to the crypto policy. C9000 Series Syntax match seq-num tcp [sourceip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] To remove the match filter for the crypto map, use the no match seq-num tcp [source ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] command. Parameters seq-num Enter the match command sequence number.
PAGE 891
session-key Specify the session keys used in the crypto policy entry. C9000 Series Syntax session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah spi hex-key-string | esp spi encrypt hex-key-string auth hex-key-string To delete the session key information from the crypto policy, use the no session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah | esp} command. Parameters Defaults name Enter the name for the transform set. inbound Specify the inbound session key for IPSec. outbound Specify the outbound session key for IPSec.
PAGE 892
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 893
Outound ESP Encry Key : [96]::a5b6b42009d47895b420a5b6789509d 4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4b420a5b6789509d4 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : : : : 0 tcp IPv6 a::1 /128 0 a::2 /128 23 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source
PAGE 894
Parameters Defaults transform-setname Enter the name for the crypto policy transform set. none Command Modes CONFIG-CRYPTO-POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. 894 Version Descrption 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
PAGE 895
26 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the switch.
PAGE 896
• • show ip traffic show tcp statistics arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). C9000 Series Syntax arp [vrf vrf-name]ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters Defaults vrf vrf-name Enter a VRF name to configure an ARP entry for that VRF. Use the VRF option after the keyword arp to configure a static arp on that particular VRF.
PAGE 897
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.0) when creating a static ARP. Zero MAC addresses (00:00:00:00:00:00) are also invalid.
PAGE 898
Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP. C9000 Series Syntax arp learn-enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
PAGE 899
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Retries are 20 seconds apart. Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults arp timeout minutes minutes Enter the number of minutes. The range is from 0 to 35790. The default is 4 hours (240 minutes).
PAGE 900
clear arp-cache Clear the dynamic ARP entries from a specific interface or optionally delete (no-refresh) ARP entries from the content addressable memory (CAM). C9000 Series Syntax clear arp-cache [interface | ip ip-address] [no-refresh] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0.
PAGE 901
Version Description 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear host name name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 902
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information To clear Layer 3 CAM inconsistencies, use this command. Related Commands show ip fib linecard — shows FIB entries on a specified stack-unit. CAUTION: Executing this command causes traffic disruption. clear ip route Clear one or all routes in the routing table.
PAGE 903
clear ip traffic Clear IP traffic statistics on the switch CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip traffic {cp | rp} cp Clear ip traffic statistics on the Control Processor CPU. rp Clear ip traffic statistics on the Route Processor CPU. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 904
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show tcp statistics — displays TCP traffic statistics. debug arp View information on ARP transactions.
PAGE 905
Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 906
Example Related Commands Dell#debug ip dhcp 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, teaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:26 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 5, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, teaddr = 0.0.0.
PAGE 907
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id/stack-unit/port information. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE.
PAGE 908
debug ip packet View a log of IP packets sent and received. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] command. Parameters access-group name Enter the keyword access-group then the access list name (maximum 16 characters) to limit the debug output based on the defined rules in the ACL. count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value.
PAGE 909
Usage Information Example Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. The following describes the debug ip packet command in the following example. Field Description s= Lists the source address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) that received the packet. d= Lists the destination address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) through which the packet is being sent out on the network.
PAGE 910
The access-group option pertains to: ● IP protocol number: from 0 to 255 ● Internet control message protocol (icmp) but not the ICMP message type (from 0 to 255) ● Any internet protocol (ip) ● Transmission Control Protocol (tcp) but not on the rst, syn, or urg bits ● User Datagram Protocol (udp) If an ambiguous access control list rules, the debug ip packet access-control command is disabled. A message appears identifying the error (refer to the following Example).
PAGE 911
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 912
Defaults secondary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword secondary to designate the IP address as the secondary address. dhcp Enter the keyword dhcp to configure an interface to receive its IP address from the configured DHCP server. Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 913
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. ip domain-list Configure ip domain names to complete unqualified host names. C9000 Series Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command. Parameters Defaults name Enter an ip domain name to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 914
ip domain-lookup Enable dynamic host-name to address resolution (that is, DNS). C9000 Series Syntax ip domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 915
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 916
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. Usage Information This command disables the hop field increments when boot requests are relayed to a DHCP server through the system. If the incoming boot request already has a non-zero hops field, the message is relayed with the same value for hops.
PAGE 917
ip max-frag-count Set the maximum number of fragments allowed in one packet for packet re-assembly. C9000 Series Syntax ip max-frag-count count To place no limit on the number of fragments allowed, use the no ip max-frag-count command. Parameters Defaults count Enter a number for the number of fragments allowed for re-assembly. The range is from 2 to 256. No limit is set on number of fragments allowed. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 918
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 919
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip interface — displays the interface routing status and configuration. ip route Assign a static route to the switch. C9000 Series Syntax ip route {destination mask {ip-address | interface [slot/port] | [tunnel tunnel-id] [distance] | [permanent] | tag tag-value}}[vrf vrf-name ] To delete a specific static route, use the no ip route destination mask command.
PAGE 920
permanent (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permanent to specify that the route must not be removed even if the interface assigned to that route goes down. The route must be currently active to be installed in the routing table. If you disable the interface, the route is removed from the routing table. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number to assign to the route. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF.
PAGE 921
● ● ● ● When When When When the interface goes down, Dell Networking OS withdraws the route. the interface comes up, Dell Networking OS re-installs the route. recursive resolution is “broken,” Dell Networking OS withdraws the route. recursive resolution is satisfied, Dell Networking OS re-installs the route. You can specify a weight for an IPv4 or IPv6 static route. If the weight value of a path is 0, then that path is not used for forwarding when weighted ECMP is in effect.
PAGE 922
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip unreachables Enable the generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. C9000 Series Syntax ip unreachables To disable the generation of ICMP messages, use the no ip unreachables command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 923
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. Route prefixes stored in the L3 host table are managed using ECMP next-hop forwarding. A warning message is displayed after you enter the command stating that this setting takes effect for existing routes only when IPv4 route prefixes are cleared from the LPM routing table (RTM). To enable storage of IPv4 route prefixes in the LPM table, disable this setting by entering the no ipv4 unicast-host-route command.
PAGE 924
Defaults IP 4-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, Source Port, Destination Port) Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 925
Defaults fortyGigE Enter the keyword fortyGigE to specify a forty Gigbit Ethernet interface. vlan Enter the keyword vlan to specify a vlan interface. gigbitethernet Enter the keyword gigabitethernet to specify a one Gigabit Ethernet interface. tengigabitethern et Enter the keyword tengigabitethernet to specify a ten Gigabit Ethernete interface. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 926
cpu rp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cpu rp to display the ARP entries learned on the Route Processor. interface To specify an interface, enter one of the following interface types and slot/port or number information: ● For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096.
PAGE 927
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display local ARP entries learned from private VLANs (PVLANs). 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Use the show arp command to display the ARP entries learned on the Control Processor and Route Processor.
PAGE 928
Usage Information The following describes the show arp summary command shown in the following example. Field Description Total Entries Lists the total number of ARP entries in the ARP table. Static Entries Lists the total number of configured or static ARP entries. Dynamic Entries Lists the total number of learned or dynamic ARP entries. CPU Lists which CPU the entries are stored on.
PAGE 929
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6 addresses. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 930
Related Commands traceroute — views the DNS resolution. ip host — configures a host. show ip cam linecard View CAM entries for a port pipe on a line card.. C9000 Series Syntax show ip cam linecard number port-set pipe-number [ip-address mask [longerprefixes] | index index-number | summary | vrf vrf instance] Parameters number Enter the number of the line card. pipe-number Enter the number of the line card’s port-pipe. The range is from 0 to 1.
PAGE 931
Example Field Description EC Displays the number of equal cost multipaths (ECMP) available for the default route for non-Jumbo line cards. For Jumbo line cards, displays 0,1 when ECMP is more than eight. CG Displays 0. V Displays a 1 if the entry is valid and a 0 if the entry is for a line card with Catalog number beginning with LC-EF. C Displays the CPU bit. 1 indicates that a packet hitting this entry is forwarded to the CP or RP2, depending on Egress port.
PAGE 932
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell>show ip fib linecard 2 Destination Gateway First-Hop Mac-Addr Port VId EC ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------- -----------1.1.32.140/32 via 1.1.32.140, PeGigE PE‐ID/Slot/Port 1.1.32.
PAGE 933
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow.
PAGE 934
brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a brief summary of the interfaces and whether an IP address is assigned. configured (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword configured to display the physical interfaces with non-default configurations only. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 935
Split Horizon is enabled Poison Reverse is disabled ICMP redirects are not sent ICMP unreachables are not sent IP unicast RPF check is not supported TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is not set IP MTU is 1500 bytes Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled Proxy ARP is enabled Split Horizon is enabled Poison Reverse is disabled ICMP redirects are not sent ICMP unreachables are not sent IP unicast RPF check is not supported TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 is down, line protocol is
PAGE 936
TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is 10.10.10.1/24 Broadcast address is 10.10.10.255 Address determined by config file IP MTU is 1500 bytes Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled Proxy ARP is enabled Split Horizon is enabled Poison Reverse is disabled ICMP redirects are not sent ICMP unreachables are not sent IP unicast RPF check is not supported --More-Usage Information The following describes the show ip interface brief command shown in the following example.
PAGE 937
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 938
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C- and E-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 939
Capable of ROUTE_REFRESH For Address Family IPv4 Unicast BGP table version is 0, main routing table version 0 Distance: external 20 internal 200 local 200 Neighbor(s): Address : 20.20.20.2 Filter-list in : foo Route-map in : foo Weight : 0 Address : 5::6 Weight : 0 Dell# show ip route View information, including how they were learned, about the IP routes on the switch.
PAGE 940
● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.
PAGE 941
----------*S 0.0.0.0/0 ------via 10.10.91.9, Te 1/2 ----------- ----------1/0 3d2h show ip route list Display IP routes in an IP prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip route list prefix-list prefix-list Enter the name of a configured prefix list. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 942
show ip route summary View a table summarizing the IP routes in the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show ip route summary Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 943
Related Commands show ip route — displays information about the routes found in the switch. show ip traffic View IP traffic statistics related to switch CPUs, including ICMP, UDP, TCP and ARP counters. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Default show ip traffic {all | cp | rp} all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view IP traffic statistics from all processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view only IP traffic statistics from the Control Processor.
PAGE 944
Keyword Definition ... reassembled Number of IP fragments that were reassembled. ... timeouts Number of times a timer expired on a reassembled queue. ... too big Number of invalid IP fragments received. ... couldn’t fragment Number of packets that could not be fragmented and forwarded. ...encapsulation failed Counts packets which could not be forwarded due to ARP resolution failure. The system sends an ARP request prior to forwarding an IP packet.
PAGE 945
Related Commands clear ip traffic — clears IP traffic statistics. show tcp statistics Display statistical information about TCP traffic transmitted on Z9500 CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show tcp statistics {all | cp | rp} all Enter the keyword all to view all TCP statistics on the switch CPUs. cp Enter the keyword cp to view TCP statistics only from the Control Processor. rp Enter the keyword rp1 to view TCP statistics only from the Route Processor.
PAGE 946
Field Description 0 packets after close Displays the number of packet received after the TCP connection was closed. 0 window probe packets... Displays the number of window probe and update packets received. 41 dup ack... Displays the number of duplicate acknowledgement packets and acknowledgement packets with data received. 10184 ack... Displays the number of acknowledgement packets and bytes received. Sent: Displays the total number of TCP packets sent and the number of urgent packets sent.
PAGE 947
Related Commands clear tcp statistics — clears TCP traffic statistics.
PAGE 948
27 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, see the cam-acl command. Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 949
nlbclusteracl number | ipv4pbr number | iscsioptaclnumber | openflow number | vrfv4ac numberl ]}} Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings and set the CAM as follows: ● L3 ACL (ipv4acl): 4 ● L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 ● IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 ● L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 2 ● L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 ● OpenFlow: 0 (disabled) ● FCoE (fcoeacl): 0 (disabled) ● iSCSI Optimization (iscsioptacl): 0 (disabled) ● L2 PT : 0 ● IP-MAC ACL : 0 ● Vman QoS : 0 ● ECFM ACL: 0 ● IPv4 PBR : 0 ● VRFv4 ACL : 0 ● FedGov ACL : 0 ● NLB C
PAGE 950
fedgovacl number nlbclusteracl number Enter fedgovacl and the FP block number for Fed Gov ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to . Enter nlbclusteracl and the FP block number for NLB Cluster ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. ipv4pbr number Enter ipv4pbr and the FP block number for IPv4 PBR ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. iscsioptacl Enter iscsioptacl and the FP block number for ISCSI optimization ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6.
PAGE 951
cam-acl-egress Allocate space for IPv6 egress ACLs. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl 1-3 ipv4acl 1-3 ipv6acl 0-2} default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: ● L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 ● L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 ● IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 l2acl 1-3 ipv4acl 1- 3 ipv6acl 0-2 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the allocation amount. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2.
PAGE 952
clear counters ipv6 access-group Erase all counters maintained for the IPv6 access lists. C9000 Series Syntax clear counters ipv6 access-group [access-list-name] Parameters access-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 953
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
PAGE 954
the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. You can enter a threshold in the range of 1-100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. You can enter an interval in the range of 1-10 minutes.
PAGE 955
● Use the no deny tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
PAGE 956
[port]] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: ● Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number ● Use the no deny udp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command Parameters log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 957
ipv6 access-list Configure an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 access-list access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ipv6 access-list access-list-name command. Parameters Defaults access-list-name Enter the access list name as a string, up to 140 characters. All access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped.
PAGE 958
CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 959
Usage Information Version Description 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 960
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 961
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introducued on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.
PAGE 962
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 963
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 964
EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 The show cam-usage command is updated to display ECMP group count information. 9.5.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL. The following regions must be provided in the show cam-usage output: ● L3AclCam ● L2AclCam ● V6AclCam The following table describes the output fields of the show cam-usage command. Table 5.
PAGE 965
| IN-V6-SysFlow | | IN-V6-McastFib | | OUT-L2 ACL | | OUT-L3 ACL | | OUT-V6 ACL 1 | 1 | IN-L2 ACL | | | IN-L2 FIB | | IN-L3 ACL | | IN-L3 FIB | | IN-L3-SysFlow --More-Example 2: Output of the show cam-usage acl Command | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 1024 | 0 | 1024 | 1024 | 0 | 1024 | 0 | 0 | 0 320 | 0 | 320 | 32768 | 1136 | 31632 | 12288 | 2 | 12286 | 262141 | 14 | 262127 | 2878 | 44 | 2834 Dell#show cam-usage acl Stackunit|Portpipe| CAM Partition | To
PAGE 966
Defaults out Enter the keyword out to display information for an ipv6 egress access-list attached to an interface. interface Enter the keyword interface to display information for an ipv6 access-list for a specific interface. None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 967
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Field Description “Ingress IPv6...
PAGE 968
! ip access-list standard four seq 5 permit any count bytes seq 10 deny any count seq 20 deny host 2.2.2.
PAGE 969
28 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 970
Defaults LPM CAM is not partitioned with Partition 1. IPv6 /65 to /128 prefixes are not converted to /64 prefixes and saved in the LPM table. All the packets for extended IPv6 route prefixes are transmitted using the default route path. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 971
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. clear ipv6 mld_host Clear the IPv6 MLD host counters and reset the elapsed time. C9000 Series Syntax clear ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 972
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port-channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel with a portchannel number. The range of port-channel numbers is from 1 to 4096. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keywordvlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel.
PAGE 973
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support on the management Ethernet port. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. ● If two addresses are configured, delete an existing address before configuring a new address.
PAGE 974
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.1.(0.0) Updated Usage Information section. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Infomation ● SAA can configure up to two addresses. If any preferred prefix or valid timers time out, the corresponding address are deprecated or removed.
PAGE 975
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced. This command allows you to create an EUI64 address based on the specified prefix and MAC address only. Prefixes may be configured on the interface using the ipv6 nd prefix command without creating an EUI64 address.
PAGE 976
Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 977
ipv6 name-server Enter up to six IPv6 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 name-server ipv6-address [ipv6-address2... ipv6-address6] To remove a name server, use the no ipv6 name—server ipv6–address command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the name server to be used. Note: The :: notation specifics successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. ipv6-address2...
PAGE 978
INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 979
infinite Defaults Enter the keyword infinite to specify that the RDNSS lifetime does not expire. Not Configured Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.
PAGE 980
Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 981
● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48 ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 982
ipv6 route Establish a static IPv6 route. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 route ipv6-address prefix-length {ipv6-address | interface | interface ipv6-address} [distance] [tag value] [permanent][weight weight-value [vrf vrf-name] To remove the IPv6 route, use the no ipv6 route ipv6-address prefix-length {ipv6address | interface | interface ipv6-address} [distance] [tag value] [permanent][weight weight-value [vrf vrf-name] command.
PAGE 983
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF.
PAGE 984
Defaults Enabled; by default, extended IPv6 route prefixes are stored only in the L3 host table. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000. Use this command to enable programming of extended IPv6 (/65 to /128) route prefixes in the L3 host table.
PAGE 985
configuration. Whenever unicast routing is disabled or re-enabled, the system generates a syslog message indicating the action.
PAGE 986
Parameters Defaults slot-id Displays the cam entries for the mentioned linecard id. port-set Enter the keyword port-set and specify the port-set number. The port-set number value is 0. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed and the name of the VRF to display IPv6 CAM entries corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, IPv6 CAM entries corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address or host name.
PAGE 987
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example show ipv6 fib linecard Display all forwarding information base (FIB) entries for a line card.
PAGE 988
::/0 2::/64 2::3/128 fe80::/10 fe80::2ff:eff:fe3f:a1/128 ::, Te 10/1 ::1 ::, Nu 0 ::1 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP CP CP BLK HOLE CP 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 show ipv6 flowlabel-zero Display the flow label zero setting. C9000 Series Syntax show ipv6 flowlabel-zero Default Disabled Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 989
● ● ● ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel. For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48.
PAGE 990
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). If necessary, use the ipv6 address command to assign an IPv6 address to the Management port.
PAGE 991
Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:8 ff02::1:ffff:6f08 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 27000 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds ND router advertisements are sent every 200 to 600 seconds ND router advertisements live for 1800 seconds ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 ho
PAGE 992
Example Field Description Leaves The number of Multicast leaves that have been sent. MLDv1 queries The number of MLDv1 queries that have been received. MLDv2 queries The number of MLDv2 queries that have been received. Malformed Packets The number of MLDv1 and MLDv2 packets that do not match the requirement for a valid MLD packet.
PAGE 993
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. When you issue the show ipv6 neighbors without specifying any options, it will display all IPv6 neighbor addresses stored on the control processor (CP).
PAGE 994
show ipv6 route Displays the IPv6 routes. C9000 Series Syntax show ipv6 route [ipv6-address prefix-length] [hostname] [all] [bgp as number] [connected] [isis tag] [list prefix-list name] [ospf process-id] [vrf vrf-name] [rip] [static] [summary] Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 995
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The following describes the show ipv6 route command shown in the following examples.
PAGE 996
Total 5 0 Total 5 active route(s) using 952 bytes 996 IPv6 Basics
PAGE 997
29 iSCSI Optimization Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on a switch. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands.
PAGE 998
iscsi aging time Set the aging time for iSCSI sessions. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi aging time time To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters Defaults time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. The range is from 5 to 43,200 minutes. 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 999
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. By default, iSCSI flows are assigned to dot1p priority 4. iscsi enable Globally enable iSCSI optimization.
PAGE 1000
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. iscsi profile-compellant Configure the auto-detection of Dell Compellent arrays on a port. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi profile-compellent Defaults Dell Compellent disk arrays are not detected. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1001
Usage Information Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. You can configure up to 16 target TCP ports on the switch in one command or multiple commands. When you use the no iscsi target port command and the TCP port you want to delete is one bound to a specific IP address, the IP address value must be included in the command. show iscsi Display the currently configured iSCSI settings.
PAGE 1002
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Dell# show isci session Session 0: -----------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.
PAGE 1003
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Dell# show isci session detailed Session 0 : --------------------------------------------------Target:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia:ixload:iscsi-TG1 Initiator:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia.ixload:initiator-iscsi-2c Up Time:00:00:01:28(DD:HH:MM:SS) Time for aging out:00:00:09:34(DD:HH:MM:SS) ISID:806978696102 Initiator Initiator Target Target Connection IP Address TCP Port IP Address TCPPort ID 10.10.0.44 33345 10.10.0.
PAGE 1004
30 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: ● MAC Addressing Commands ● Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands ● Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) Topics: • • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses.
PAGE 1005
vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1006
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.1.0 On the E-Series, available in INTERFACE VLAN context, reduced the minimum aging time in the INTERFACE VLAN context from 10 seconds to 1 second. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mac learning-limit — sets the MAC address learning limits for a selected interface. show mac-address-table aging-time — displays the MAC aging time.
PAGE 1007
● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1008
mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change. C9000 Series Syntax [no] mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1009
interval seconds Defaults Enter the keyword interval with the interval (in seconds). The range is from 1 to 60. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History Usage Information The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C1048P.
PAGE 1010
Defaults vlan vlan-id E-Series only: Enter the keyword then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to allow aging of MACs even though a learning limit is configured. station-moveviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords station-move to allow a station move on learned MAC addresses. ● On S-Series, the default behavior is dynamic. NOTE: “Static” means manually entered addresses, which do not age.
PAGE 1011
mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation Configure an action for a MAC address learning-limit violation. C9000 Series Syntax mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation {log | shutdown} To return to the default, use the no mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation {log | shutdown} command. Parameters Defaults log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a learning-limit violation. shutdown Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down the port on a learning-limit violation.
PAGE 1012
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1013
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit reset Reset the MAC address learning-limit error-disabled state.
PAGE 1014
Usage Information Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the C9010, MXL, FN IOM, S3100 series, S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, and Z9500. Only if you enable the port security, you will be able to configure MAC address learning limit configurations on the interface level. When you disable the port security, all the interface level configurations are reset.
PAGE 1015
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1016
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 1017
Column Heading Description ● fo — 40-Gigabit Ethernet then a slot/port. State Example Usage Information Lists if the MAC address is in use (Active) or not in use (Inactive).
PAGE 1018
show mac-address-table aging-time Display the aging times assigned to the MAC addresses on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show mac-address-table aging-time [vlan vlan-id] Parameters vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1019
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 1020
Occasionally, while sending broadcast traffic over multiple Layer 3 VLANs, the VRRP state of a VLAN interface may continually switch between Master and Backup. NOTE: For more information, refer to VLAN Stacking and VLAN-related commands, such as portmode hybrid in the Interfaces chapter. default vlan-id Specify a VLAN as the Default VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax default vlan-id vlan-id To remove the default VLAN status from a VLAN and VLAN 1 does not exist, use the no default vlan-id vlan-id syntax.
PAGE 1021
default-vlan disable Disable the default VLAN so that all switchports are placed in the Null VLAN until they are explicitly configured as a member of another VLAN. C9000 Series Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1022
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To display information about a named VLAN, enter the show vlan command with the name parameter or the show interfaces description command. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN.
PAGE 1023
show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | name vlan-name] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the following information: ● VLAN ID ● VLAN name (left blank if none is configured) ● Spanning Tree Group ID ● MAC address aging time ● IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id and VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094 to display the configuration of the specified VLAN.
PAGE 1024
Example Column Heading Description Status Displays the word Inactive for inactive VLANs and the word Active for active VLANs. Q ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Ports Displays the type, slot, and port information.
PAGE 1025
T Po20(Te 1/81) T Fo 2/0 Example (Brief) Example (Name) Dell#show vlan brief VLAN Name ---- -------------------------------1 10 20 30 STG ---0 0 0 0 MAC Aging --------1800 1800 1800 1800 IP Address -----------------unassigned unassigned 2.3.3.3/24 2.1.1.
PAGE 1026
is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. Defaults All interfaces in Layer 2 mode are untagged. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.
PAGE 1027
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1028
is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. Defaults All interfaces in Layer 2 mode are untagged. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1029
packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of FEFD to view information on packets sent and received. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1030
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When you enter no fefd for an interface and fefd-global, FEFD is enabled on the interface because the no fefd command is not retained in the configuration file. To keep the interface FEFD disabled when the global configuration changes, use the fefd reset command.
PAGE 1031
To return to the default value, use the no fefd interval command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. The range is from 3 to 255 seconds. The default is 15 seconds. 15 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Related Commands The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1032
Related Commands ● fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode. C9000 Series Syntax fefd reset [interface] Parameters Defaults interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1033
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ● fefd — enables far-end failure detection. ● fefd-global — enables FEFD globally on the system. fefd-global Enable FEFD globally on the system.
PAGE 1034
show fefd View FEFD status globally or on a specific interface. C9000 Series Syntax show fefd [interface] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1035
Te 1/5 Te 1/6 Te 1/7 Te 1/8 Te 1/9 Te 1/10 Te 1/11 Dell# Related Commands ● ● ● ● Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive NA Aggressive 10 10 10 10 10 NA 10 Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Locally disabled Err-disabled fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd disable — disables FEFD on an interface only. fefd-global — enables FEFD globally on the system.
PAGE 1036
31 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software. NOTE: For static LAG commands, refer to Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
PAGE 1037
Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). C9000 Series Syntax debug lacp {config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]} To disable LACP debugging, use the no debug {config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]} command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug the LACP event information.
PAGE 1038
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session. C9000 Series Syntax lacp long-timeout To reset the timeout period to a short timeout (1 second), use the no lacp long-timeout command.
PAGE 1039
To return to the default setting, use the no lacp port-priority priority-value command. Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768. 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1040
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. port-channel mode Configure the LACP port channel mode. C9000 Series Syntax port-channel number mode [active] [passive] [off] Parameters number Enter the keywords number then a number. active Enter the keyword active to set the mode to the active state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. passive Enter the keyword passive to set the mode to the passive state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information.
PAGE 1041
port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port. C9000 Series Syntax port-channel-protocol lacp To disable LACP on a LAN port, use the no port-channel-protocol lacp command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1042
Example (Port-ChannelNumber) Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show lacp Port-channel 1 Actor System Partner System 1 admin up, oper up, mode lacp ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.a12b ID:Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1043
32 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) Link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: ● LLPD Commands ● LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
PAGE 1044
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added the vlan-name option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally.
PAGE 1045
advertise interface-port-desc Advertise port descriptor. Syntax advertise interface-port-desc {description | port-id} To remove the advertised port descriptor, use the no advertise interface—port—desc {description | port-id} command. Parameters Defaults description Enter the keyword description then the interface description. port-id Enter the keyword port-id then the port-id. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1046
Dell(conf-if-pegi-0/0/0-lldp)#advertise dot3-tlv power-via-mdi Dell(conf-if-pegi-0/0/0-lldp)# advertise management-tlv Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value). C9000 Series Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | systemname} command.
PAGE 1047
advertise management-tlv (Interface) Advertise management type, length, values (TLVs) to the specified interface. C9000 Series Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | system-description | systemname} command.
PAGE 1048
● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 1049
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1050
Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13.0.0 Enhanced to display organizational specific unrecognized LLDP TLVs. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1051
Defaults Enabled, that is no disable. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1052
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. management-interface Enable and configure LLDP protocol parameters on the management interface. C9000 Series Syntax management-interface To remove LLDP configuration on a management interface, use the no management-interface command. Command Modes LLDP (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1053
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. multiplier Set the number of consecutive misses before LLDP declares the interface dead.
PAGE 1054
protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax protocol lldp To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION(conf-lldp) CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1055
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Before LLDP can be configured on an interface, it must be enabled globally from CONFIGURATION mode. This command places you in LLDP mode on the interface; it does not enable the protocol.
PAGE 1056
Usage Information Example Example (Detail) Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1.(0.0) Modified output of detail parameter to display remote management IP addresses. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1057
OrgUnknownTLVList: --------------------------------------------------------------------------Remote Chassis ID Subtype: Mac address (4) Remote Chassis ID: 00:00:00:00:00:02 Remote Port Subtype: Interface name (5) Remote Port ID: TenGigabitEthernEt 1/40 Local Port ID: TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Locally assigned remote Neighbor Index: 2 Remote TTL: 120 Information valid for next 43 seconds Time since last information change of this neighbor: 00:01:17 UnknownTLVList: ( 9, 4) ( 10, 4) ( 11, 4) ( 12, 4) ( 13, 4) ( 1
PAGE 1058
Example (Detail) for a single interface DellEMC(conf)#do show lldp neighbors interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 detail ======================================================================== Local Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 has 3 neighbors Total Frames Out: 4 Total Frames In: 8 Total Neighbor information Age outs: 0 Total Multiple Neighbors Detected: 0 Total Frames Discarded: 0 Total In Error Frames: 0 Total Unrecognized TLVs: 1056 Total TLVs Discarded: 0 Next packet will be sent after 16 seconds The
PAGE 1059
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1060
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S8420T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1061
As defined by ANSI/TIA-1057, LLDP-MED provides organizationally specific TLVs (Type Length Value), so that endpoint devices and network connectivity devices can advertise their characteristics and configuration information. The Organizational Unique Identifier (OUI) for the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA) is 00-12-BB. ● LLDP-MED Endpoint Device — any device that is on an IEEE 802 LAN network edge, can communicate using IP, and uses the LLDP-MED framework.
PAGE 1062
show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med guest-voice-signaling To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user when the guest voice control packets use a separate network policy than the voice data, configure the system.
PAGE 1063
To return to the default, use the no advertise med location-identification {coordinate-based value | civic-based value | ecs-elin value} command. Parameters coordinate-based Enter the keywords coordinate-based then the coordinated based location in value hexadecimal value of 16 bytes. civic-based value Enter the keywords civic-based then the civic based location in hexadecimal format. The range is from 6 to 255 bytes.
PAGE 1064
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Advertise extended power via MDI TLVs to all ports that are connected to the 802.1ab powered endpoint devices.
PAGE 1065
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1066
show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration. advertise med video-conferencing To advertise dedicated video conferencing and other similar appliances that support real-time interactive video, configure the system.
PAGE 1067
advertise med video-signaling To advertise video control packets that use a separate network policy than video data, configure the system. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med video-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1068
layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. number Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1069
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1070
33 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system. This chapter contains the following sections: ● IPv4 Multicast Commands NOTE: Dell Networking OS supports Multicast routing only on default VRFs . Topics: • • IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv6 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table.
PAGE 1071
Related Commands show ip pim tib — shows the PIM tree information base. mtrace Trace a multicast route from the source to the receiver. Syntax Parameters mtrace [vrf vrf-name] {source-address/hostname} [destination-address/ hostname] [group-address/hostname] vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. If VRF name is not mentioned, the default VRF will be used. Mtrace is not supported for management VRF.
PAGE 1072
The mtrace command traverses the path of the response data block in the reverse direction of the multicast data traffic. The mtrace command traverses the reverse path to the source from the destination. As a result, the tabular output of the mtrace command displays the destination details in the first row, followed by the RPF router details along the path in the consequent rows, and finally the source details in the last row.
PAGE 1073
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. E-Series legacy command Related Commands show ip mroute — displays the routing table. ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults ip multicast-limit [vrf vrf-name] limit limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The range is from 1 to 16000. The default is 4000.
PAGE 1074
ip multicast-routing Enable IP multicast forwarding. C9000 Series Syntax ip multicast-routing To disable multicast forwarding, use the no ip multicast-routing command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1075
Version Description 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1076
vlt (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlt to view multicast routes with a spanned incoming interface. Enter a multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to limit the information displayed to the multicast routes for a specified multicast group and optionally a source multicast address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to limit the information displayed for a specified multicast source. Enter the keyword count to display the total number of multicast routes with the spanned IIF.
PAGE 1077
(*, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Vlan 30 (50.1.1.2, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Usage Information The following describes the show ip mroute command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the forwarding entry in the multicast route table.
PAGE 1078
Example Dell#show ip rpf RPF information for 10.10.10.9 RPF interface: Gi 3/4 RPF neighbor: 165.87.31.4 RPF route/mask: 10.10.10.9/255.255.255.255 RPF type: unicast IPv6 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv6 multicast commands. clear ipv6 mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table.
PAGE 1079
9.11.3.0 Introduced on the C9000, S3048–ON, S3100, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000– ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON and Z9100–ON. Usage Information After you enable multicast, you can enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. In INTERFACE mode, enter the ip pim sparse-mode command to enable IGMP and PIM on the interface. Related Commands ● ip pim sparse-mode — enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. show ipv6 mroute View the IPv6 multicast routing table.
PAGE 1080
Incoming interface: Vlan 1001 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 401 (2001:140:3:1::11, ff0e:225:0:1::1), uptime 18:01:13 Incoming interface: Vlan 1001 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 401 Dell# show ipv6 multicast-cam Display the content addressable memory (CAM) size and the portions allocated for IP multicast traffic.
PAGE 1081
Usage Information Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the C9000, S3048–ON, S3100, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S6000– ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON and Z9100–ON. Network administrators use static mroutes to control the reach-ability of the multicast sources. If a PIM-registered multicast source is reachable using static mroute as well as unicast route, the distance of each route is examined and the route with shorter distance is the one the PIM selects for reach-ability.
PAGE 1082
34 Multicast Listener Discovery Protocol The Multicast Listener Discovery (MLD) protocol is used by IPv6 routers to discover multicast listeners on a directly attached link. Similar to the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP), which handles multicast group memberships in IPv4 networks, MLD is used for multicast management on IPv6 networks.
PAGE 1083
debug ipv6 mld Enable debugging on IPv6 MLD packets. Syntax debug ipv6 mld [vrf vrf-name] {group-address | interface} To turn off debugging, use the no debug ipv6 mld {group-address | interface} command. Parameters Defaults vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 1084
To return to the default, use the no ipv6 mld last-member-query-interval {milliseconds} command. Parameters Defaults milliseconds Enter the last member query interval in milliseconds. The range is from 100 to 65535. 1000 milliseconds. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(3.
PAGE 1085
ipv6 mld version Configure the MLD version on the system. Syntax ipv6 mld version {1 | 2} Defaults MLD version 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F–ON, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, S3100, and C9010.
PAGE 1086
Example Dell#show ipv6 mld groups Total Number of Groups: 1 MLD Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Mode Reporter Ff08::12 Vlan 10 MLDv2 Uptime 00:00:12 Expires Last 00:02:05 1::2 show ipv6 mld interface View the configured MLD interfaces. Syntax show ipv6 mld [vrf vrf-name] interface [interface] Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF.
PAGE 1087
clear ipv6 mld snooping groups Clear entries from the group cache table. Syntax Parameters Defaults clear ipv6 mld snooping groups [interface | group-address] interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1088
ipv6 mld snooping Enable MLD snooping on a VLAN. Syntax ipv6 mld snooping To disable MLD snooping, use the no ipv6 mld snooping command. Defaults Enabled on all VLAN interfaces. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.
PAGE 1089
ipv6 mld snooping mrouter Configure a Layer 2 port as a multicast router port. Syntax Parameters Defaults ipv6 mld snooping mrouter interface {interface interface} interface Enter the keyword interfaceto indicate the next-hop interface to the multicast router. interface Enter one of the following keywords and the interface information: ● For a null interface, enter the keyword null then the slot/port information. The Null interface number is 0.
PAGE 1090
Parameters group-address (Optional) Enter the multicast group addresss in the X:X:X:X::X format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display a summary of groups. interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1091
MLD protocol processing disabled Current MLD snooping version is 2 MLD snooping is enabled on this interface MLD snooping querier is disabled and is currently inactive MLD snooping last member query response interval is 1000 ms MLD snooping explicit tracking is disabled show ipv6 mld snooping mrouter Display information on the MLD snooping router.
PAGE 1092
35 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections.
PAGE 1093
Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1094
Parameters Defaults group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). rejected-sa Enter the keyword rejected-sa to clear the cache source-active entries that are rejected because the RPF check failed, an SA filter or limit is configured, the RP or MSDP peer is unreachable, or because of a format error. local Enter the keyword local to clear out local PIM advertised entries.
PAGE 1095
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp cache-rejected-sa Enable an MSDP cache for the rejected source-active entries.
PAGE 1096
To remove the default peer, use the no ip msdp default-peer {peer address} list name command. Parameters Defaults peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) list name Enter the keywords list name and specify a standard access list that contains the RP address that should be treated as the default peer. If no access list is specified, then all SAs from the peer are accepted. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1097
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer. C9000 Series Syntax ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command. Parameters Defaults name Enter a string of up to 16 characters long for as the mesh group name. peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Not configured.
PAGE 1098
● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1099
sa-limit number Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache. The range is from 1 to 500000. The default it 500000. As described in the Parameters section. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.
PAGE 1100
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced Modifications to the ACL do not have an immediate effect on the sa-cache. To apply the redistribute filter to entries already present in the SA cache, use the clear ip msdp sa-cache local command.
PAGE 1101
ip msdp sa-limit Configure the upper limit of source-active (SA) entries in SA-cache. C9000 Series Syntax ip msdp sa-limit number To return to the default, use the no ip msdp sa-limit number command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache. The range is from 0 to 40000. 50000 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1102
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP.
PAGE 1103
Defaults sa-cache Enter the keywords sa-cache to display the Source-Active cache. summary Enter the keyword summary to display an MSDP peer summary. Not configured. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1104
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 1104 Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.
PAGE 1105
36 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s.
PAGE 1106
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1107
forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. C9000 Series Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the number of seconds the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transiting to the Forwarding State. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1108
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1109
Related Commands forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. C9000 Series Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command. Parameters Defaults range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 40. The default is 20.
PAGE 1110
Parameters msti instance Enter the MSTP iInstance. The range is from zero (0) to 63. vlan range Enter the keyword vlan then the identifier range value. The range is from 1 to 4094. bridge-priority priority Enter the keywords bridge-priority then a value in increments of 4096 as the bridge priority. The range is from zero (0) to 61440. Valid priority values are: 0, 4096, 8192, 12288, 16384, 20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 36864, 40960, 45056, 49152, 53248, 57344, and 61440. All other values are rejected.
PAGE 1111
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information For two MSTP switches to be within the same MSTP region, the switches must share the same region name (including matching case). Related Commands msti — maps the VLAN(s) to an MST instance.
PAGE 1112
Related Commands disable — disables multiple spanning tree. revision The revision number for the multiple spanning tree configuration. C9000 Series Syntax revision range To return to the default values, use the no revision command. Parameters Defaults range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1113
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1114
Example Dell#show spanning-tree mst configuration MST region name: CustomerSvc Revision: 2 MSTI VID 10 101-105 Dell# show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance. C9000 Series Syntax show spanning-tree msti [instance-number [brief]] [guard] Parameters instance-number (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance.
PAGE 1115
Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.82 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e802.35:06 Designated port id is 128.82, designated path cost Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU (Mrecords): sent 1109, received 0 The port is not in the portfast mode Port 88 (TenGigabitEthernet 2/6) is root Forwarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.
PAGE 1116
BPDU (MRecords): sent 21, received 9 The port is not in the Edge port mode Usage Information Example (Guard) The following describes the show spanning-tree msti 5 guard command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Name MSTP interface. Instance MSTP instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard).
PAGE 1117
spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults spanning-tree msti instance {cost cost | priority priority} msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST instance number. The range is from zero (0) to 63. cost cost (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
PAGE 1118
shutdownonviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1119
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced By default, the system implements an optimized flush mechanism for MSTP. This mechanism helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes. However, if a standards-based flush mechanism is needed, this knob command can be turned on to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1120
37 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 1121
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. count value Defaults Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is infinity. None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.
PAGE 1122
hop–limit Enable the verification of the advertised hop count limit. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax hop-limit {maximum | minimum limit} To reset the hop count limit, use the no hop-limit {maximum | minimum limit} command. Parameters Defaults maximum limit Enter the keyword maximum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254. minimum limit Enter the keyword minimum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254.
PAGE 1123
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. ● show ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — display the configuration applied on all the RA guard policies or a specific RA guard policy. ipv6 nd ra–guard enable Allow you to configure the RA guard related commands. Syntax ipv6 nd ra-guard enable To disable the RA guard, use the no ipv6 nd ra-guard enable command.
PAGE 1124
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. ● ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. managed-config-flag Set the managed address configuration flag. Syntax managed-config-flag {on | off} To clear the flag, use the no managed-config-flag {on | off} command. Parameters Defaults on Enter the keyword on to set the managed-config-flag value as ON.
PAGE 1125
ipv6–macaccess-list name Defaults Enter the keywords ipv6–mac-access-list then the mac-access-list name. The mac-access-list name allows a maximum of 140 characters. None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.
PAGE 1126
other–config–flag Enable the verification of the advertised other configuration parameter. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax other-config-flag {on | off} To reset the other configuration parameter, use the no other-config-flag {on | off} command. Parameters Defaults on Enter the keyword on to set the other-config-flag value as ON. off Enter the keyword off to set the other-config flag value as OFF.
PAGE 1127
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. ● ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ● ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. retrans-time Enable the verification of the configured retransmission timer value in the received RA packets.
PAGE 1128
Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9000 switches. ● ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands.
PAGE 1129
show config Display the RA guard policy mode configurations. Syntax show config Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History Example Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1130
Parameter policy policy- name Enter the keyword policy then the policy name. The policy name allows a maximum of 140 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.
PAGE 1131
Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1132
38 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6 protocols. Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
PAGE 1133
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Dell#debug track all 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-STATE: track 6 - Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 line-protocol DOWN 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-NOTIF: VRRP notification: resource ID 6 DOWN delay Configure the time delay used before communicating a change in the status of a tracked object to clients.
PAGE 1134
● track interface line-protocol – configures object tracking on the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface. ● track ip route metric threshold – configures object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric. ● track ip route reachability – configures object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route. description Enter a description of a tracked object. C9000 Series Syntax description {text} To remove the description, use the no description {text} command.
PAGE 1135
Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Dell#show running-config track track 1 ip route 23.0.0.
PAGE 1136
resolution (OPTIONAL) Display information on the configured resolution values used to scale protocol-specific route metrics. The range is 0 to 255. brief (OPTIONAL) Display a single line summary of the tracking information for a specified object, object type, or all tracked objects. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) E-Series only: Display information on only the tracked objects that are members of the specified VRF instance. The maximum is 32 characters.
PAGE 1137
5 changes, last change 00:02:16 Metric threshold down 255 up 254 First-hop interface is TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 Tracked by: VRRP TenGigabitEthernet 2/3/4 IPv6 VRID 1 Track 3 IPv6 route 2050::/64 reachability Reachability is Up (STATIC) 5 changes, last change 00:02:16 First-hop interface is TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 Tracked by: VRRP TenGigabitEthernet 2/3/4 IPv6 VRID 1 Example (Brief) Related Commands Dell>show track brief ResId Resource Parameter State LastChange 1 IP route reachability 10.16.0.
PAGE 1138
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Determine the UP/DOWN state of a tracked route by the threshold for the current value of the route metric in the routing table. To provide a common tracking interface for different clients, route metrics are scaled in the range 0 to 255, where 0 is connected and 255 is inaccessible.
PAGE 1139
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1140
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Use this command to create an object that tracks the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface by monitoring its operational status (UP or DOWN). When the link-level status goes down, the tracked object status is considered to be DOWN; if the link-level status is up, the tracked object status is considered to be UP.
PAGE 1141
always considers a lower value to have priority over a higher value. The resulting scaled value is compared against the configured threshold values to determine the state of a tracked route as follows: ● If the scaled metric for a route entry is less than or equal to the UP threshold, the state of a route is UP. ● If the scaled metric for a route is greater than or equal to the DOWN threshold or the route is not entered in the routing table, the state of a route is DOWN.
PAGE 1142
If the next-hop address in the ARP cache ages out for a route tracked for its reachability, an attempt is made to regenerate the ARP cache entry if the next-hop address appears before considering the route DOWN. Related Commands ● show track – displays information about tracked objects, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the object. ● track ip route metric threshold – configures object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric.
PAGE 1143
Parameters Defaults object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is from 1 to 500. isis resolution- value Enter the resolution used to convert the metric in the routing table for ISIS routes to a scaled metric. ospf resolutionvalue Enter the resolution used to convert the metric in the routing table for OSPF routes to a scaled metric. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1144
show track ipv6 route Display information about all tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current tracked state (UP or DOWN), and the clients which are tracking an object. C9000 Series Syntax show track ipv6 route [brief] Parameters brief (OPTIONAL) Display a single line summary of information for tracked IPv6 routes. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1145
Example Dell#show track ipv6 route Track 2 IPv6 route 2040::/64 metric threshold Metric threshold is Up (STATIC/0/0) 5 changes, last change 00:02:30 Metric threshold down 255 up 254 First-hop interface is TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 Tracked by: VRRP TenGigabitEthernet 2/4/1 IPv6 VRID 1 Track 3 IPv6 route 2050::/64 reachability Reachability is Up (STATIC) 5 changes, last change 00:02:30 First-hop interface is TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 Tracked by: VRRP TenGigabitEthernet 2/4/1 IPv6 VRID Example (Brief) Dell#sh
PAGE 1146
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1147
A tracked IPv6 route is considered to match an entry in the routing table only if the exact IPv6 address and prefix length match a table entry. For example, when configured as a tracked route, 3333:100:200:300:400::/80 does not match routing table entry 3333:100:200:300::/64. If no route-table entry has the exact IPv6 address and prefix length, the status of the tracked route is considered to be DOWN.
PAGE 1148
A tracked route is considered to match an entry in the routing table only if the exact IPv6 address and prefix length match a table entry. For example, when configured as a tracked route, 3333:100:200:300:400::/80 does not match routing table entry 3333:100:200:300::/64. If no route-table entry has the exact IPv6 address and prefix length, the tracked route is considered to be DOWN.
PAGE 1149
track resolution ipv6 route Configure the protocol-specific resolution value used to scale an IPv6 route metric. C9000 Series Syntax track resolution ipv6 route {isis resolution-value | ospf resolution-value} To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters Defaults object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is from 1 to 500.
PAGE 1150
39 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors. The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) are the same for OSPFv2 and OSPFv3.
PAGE 1151
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1152
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. area range Summarize routes matching an address/mask at an area border router (ABR).
PAGE 1153
Usage Information Only the routes within an area are summarized, and that summary is advertised to other areas by the ABR. External routes are not summarized. Related Commands area stub — creates a stub area. router ospf — enters ROUTER OSPF mode to configure an OSPF instance. area stub Configure a stub area, which is an area not connected to other areas. C9000 Series Syntax area area-id stub [no-summary] To delete a stub area, use the no area area-id stub command.
PAGE 1154
auto-cost Specify how the OSPF interface cost is calculated based on the reference bandwidth method. C9000 Series Syntax auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw] To return to the default bandwidth or to assign cost based on the interface type, use the no autocost [reference-bandwidth] command. Parameters Defaults ref-bw (OPTIONAL) Specify a reference bandwidth in megabits per second. The range is from 1 to 4294967. The default is 100 megabits per second. 100 megabits per second.
PAGE 1155
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults clear ip ospf process-id vrf vrf-name statistics [interface name {neighbor router-id}] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared.
PAGE 1156
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf statistics — displays the OSPF statistics. debug ip ospf Display debug information on OSPF. Entering the debug ip ospf commands enables OSPF debugging for the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1157
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the debug ip ospf command shown in the Example below. Field Description 8:14 Displays the time stamp. OSPF Displays the OSPF process ID: instance ID. v: Displays the OSPF version. The system supports version 2 only.
PAGE 1158
Example Field Description bdr: Displays the IP address of the Border Area Router. Dell#debug ip ospf 1 packet OSPF process 90, packet debugging is on Dell# 08:14:24 : OSPF(100:00): Xmt. v:2 t:1(HELLO) l:44 rid:192.1.1.1 aid:0.0.0.1 chk:0xa098 aut:0 auk: keyid:0 to:Te 1/3 dst:224.0.0.5 netmask:255.255.255.0 pri:1 N-, MC-, E+, T-, hi:10 di:40 dr:90.1.1.1 bdr:0.0.0.0 default-information originate To generate a default external route into an OSPF routing domain, configure the system.
PAGE 1159
Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPF. default-metric Change the metrics of redistributed routes to a value useful to OSPF. Use this command with the redistribute command. C9000 Series Syntax default-metric number To return to the default values, use the no default-metric [number] command. Parameters Defaults number Enter a number as the metric. The range is from 1 to 16777214. Disabled.
PAGE 1160
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1161
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distance ospf Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes. C9000 Series Syntax distance ospf [external dist3] [inter-area dist2] [intra-area dist1] To delete these settings, use the no distance ospf command. Parameters Defaults external dist3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword external then a number to specify a distance for external type 5 and 7 routes.
PAGE 1162
distribute-list in Apply a filter to incoming routing updates from OSPF to the routing table. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1163
Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. bgp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bgp to specify that BGP routes are distributed. NOTE: BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the C-Series. BGP, ISIS, and RIP routes are not available on the S-Series. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to specify that connected routes are distributed. isis (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword isis to specify that IS-IS routes are distributed.
PAGE 1164
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1165
graceful-restart grace-period Specifies the time duration, in seconds, that the router’s neighbors continue to advertise the router as fully adjacent regardless of the synchronization state during a graceful restart. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart grace-period seconds To disable the grace period, use the no graceful-restart grace-period command. Parameters Defaults seconds Time duration, in seconds, that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPF terminates the process.
PAGE 1166
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Restart role enabled on the S-Series (Both Helper and Restart roles now supported on S-Series). Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1167
graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart role [helper-only | restart-only] To disable graceful restart role, use the no graceful-restart role command. Parameters Defaults role helper-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords helper-only to specify the OSPF router is a helper only during graceful restart.
PAGE 1168
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf authentication-key Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface.
PAGE 1169
ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf cost cost To return to default value, use the no ip ospf cost command. Parameters Defaults cost Enter a number as the cost. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default cost is based on the reference bandwidth. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1170
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1171
Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network. Related Commands ip ospf dead-interval — sets the time interval before a router is declared dead. ip ospf message-digest-key Enable OSPF MD5 authentication and send an OSPF message digest key on the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf message-digest-key keyid md5 key To delete a key, use the no ip ospf message-digest-key keyid command. Parameters Defaults keyid Enter a number as the key ID.
PAGE 1172
ip ospf mtu-ignore Disable OSPF MTU mismatch detection upon receipt of database description (DBD) packets. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf mtu-ignore To return to the default, use the no ip ospf mtu-ignore command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1173
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf priority To determine the designated router for the OSPF network, set the priority of the interface.
PAGE 1174
ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 1175
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1176
maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. C9000 Series Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters Defaults number Specify the number of paths. The range for OSPFv2 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv2 is 4 paths. The range for OSPFv3 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv3 is 8 paths.
PAGE 1177
NOTE: If the area ID is smaller than 65535, it is converted to a decimal value. For example, if you use an area ID of 0.0.0.1, it is converted to 1. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1178
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1179
redistribute Redistribute information from another routing protocol throughout the OSPF process. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute {connected | rip | static} [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | isis | rip | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed.
PAGE 1180
redistribute bgp Redistribute BGP routing information throughout the OSPF instance. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute bgp as number [metric metric-value] | [metric-type type-value] | [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute bgp as number [metric metric-value] | [metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters as number Enter the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 1181
redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routing information throughout the OSPF instance. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metricvalue | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute isis [tag] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type type-value] [route-map mapname] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the IS-IS routing process.
PAGE 1182
router-id To configure a fixed router ID, use this command. C9000 Series Syntax router-id ip-address To remove the fixed router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the router ID in the IP address format. none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1183
router ospf To configure an OSPF instance, enter ROUTER OSPF mode. C9000 Series Syntax router ospf process-id [vrf {vrf name}] To delete an OSPF instance, use the no router ospf process-id command. Parameters Defaults process-id Enter a number for the OSPF instance. The range is from 1 to 65535. vrf-name Enter the VRF process identifier to tie the OSPF instance to the VRF. All network commands under this OSPF instance are then tied to the VRF instance. Not configured.
PAGE 1184
show config Display the non-default values in the current OSPF configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1185
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added output for LSA throttling timers. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.9.1.0 Added support for VRF on E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.8.1.0 Added the process-id option, in support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1186
show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF. C9000 Series Syntax show ip ospf process-id | vrf vrf-name asbr Parameters Defaults process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to view all ASBR routers visible to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF.
PAGE 1187
show ip ospf database Display all LSA information. If you do not enable OSPF on the switch, no output is generated. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view LSA information on OSPF processes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 1188
11.1.2.1 11.1.2.1 673 0x80000005 0x707e 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.1 676 0x80000097 0x1035 192.68.135.2 192.68.135.2 1419 0x80000294 0x9cbd Link ID 10.2.3.2 10.2.4.2 Link ID 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.1 10.1.1.0 10.1.2.0 10.2.2.0 10.2.3.0 10.2.4.0 11.1.1.0 11.1.2.0 12.1.2.0 13.1.1.0 13.1.2.0 172.16.1.0 Dell> Related Commands 2 2 1 Network (Area 0.0.0.0) ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum 13.1.1.1 676 0x80000003 0x6592 192.68.135.2 908 0x80000055 0x683e Type-5 AS External ADV Router Age Seq# 192.68.135.2 908 0x80000052 192.68.135.
PAGE 1189
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1190
LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 104.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000010 Checksum: 0x4198 Length: 28 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database external Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs. C9000 Series Syntax show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name ] database external [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1191
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database external command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: ● TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
PAGE 1192
Checksum: 0xa00e Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 1 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 701 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information. C9000 Series Syntax show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] database network [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1193
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: ● TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
PAGE 1194
show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information. C9000 Series Syntax show ip ospf [process-id { vrf vrf-name] database nssa-external [linkstate-id] [adv-router ip-address] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to view a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1195
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to view opaque-area LSA information corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1196
Example Item Description Opaque Type Displays the Opaque type field (the first 8 bits of the Link State ID). Opaque ID Displays the Opaque type-specific ID (the remaining 24 bits of the Link State ID). Dell>show ip ospf 1 database opaque-area OSPF Router with ID (3.3.3.3) (Process ID 1) Type-10 Opaque Link Area (Area 0) LS age: 1133 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-10 Opaque Link Area Link State ID: 1.0.0.1 Advertising Router: 10.16.1.
PAGE 1197
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1198
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database router Display the router (type 1) LSA information.
PAGE 1199
Usage Information Example Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database router command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: ● TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
PAGE 1200
TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.130.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.130.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.142.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.142.2 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.141.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.141.
PAGE 1201
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1202
TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 9 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.32.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x987c Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 7 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1203
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.
PAGE 1204
Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5 Hello due in 00:00:02 Neighbor Count is 1, Adjacent neighbor count is 1 Adjacent with neighbor 192.168.253.1 (Backup Designated Router) TenGigabitEthernet 1/23 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.0.1/24, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.2, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DROTHER, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.5, Interface address 192.168.0.
PAGE 1205
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip ospf process-id neighbor command shown in the following example. Item Description Neighbor ID Displays the neighbor router ID. Pri Displays the priority assigned neighbor. State Displays the OSPF state of the neighbor. Dead Time Displays the expected time until the system declares the neighbor dead. Address Displays the IP address of the neighbor. Interface Displays the interface type slot/port information.
PAGE 1206
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. This command is useful in isolating routing problems between the OSPF and the RTM. For example, if a route is missing from the RTM/FIB but is visible from the display output of this command, the problem is with downloading the route to the RTM. This command has the following limitations: ● The display output is sorted by prefixes; intra-area ECMP routes are not displayed together.
PAGE 1207
Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1208
Example Error Type Description Non-Dr Received packets with a destination address of ALL_DRS even though SELF is not a designated router. Self-Org Receive the self originated packet. Wrong_Len The received packet length is different to what was indicated in the OSPF header. Invld-Nbr LSA, LSR, LSU, and DDB are received from a peer which is not a neighbor peer. Nbr-State LSA, LSR, and LSU are received from a neighbor with stats less than the loading state.
PAGE 1209
Version No-Buffer Q-OverFlow 0 0 0 AreaMis Seq-No Unknown-Pkt 0 0 0 Conf-Issues Socket RtidZero 0 0 0 Error packets (Transmit statistics) Socket Errors 0 Usage Information Example (Statistics) The show ip ospf process-id statistics command displays the error packet count received on each interface as: ● The hello-timer remaining value for each interface ● The wait-timer remaining value for each interface ● The grace-timer remaining value for each interface ● The packet count received and transmitte
PAGE 1210
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.
PAGE 1211
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. To isolate problems with inter-area and external routes, use this command. In OSPF inter-area and external routes are calculated by adding LSA cost to the cost of reaching the router. If an inter-area or external route is not of correct cost, the display can determine if the path to the originating router is correct or not. Dell#show ip ospf 1 topology Router ID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.
PAGE 1212
With the not-advertise parameter configured, you can use this command to filter out some external routes. For example, if you want to redistribute static routes to OSPF, but you don't want OSPF to advertise routes with prefix 1.1.0.0, you can configure the summary-address 1.1.0.0 255.255.0.0 notadvertise to filter out all the routes fall in range 1.1.0.0/16. Related Commands area range — summarizes routes within an area.
PAGE 1213
timers spf 2 5 Dell(conf-router_ospf-1)# end timers throttle lsa all Configure LSA transmit intervals. C9000 Series Syntax timers throttle lsa all {start-interval | hold-interval | max-interval} To return to the default, use the no timers throttle lsa command. Parameters Defaults start-interval Set the minimum interval between initial sending and resending the same LSA. The range is from 0 to 600,000 milliseconds. hold-interval Set the next interval to send the same LSA.
PAGE 1214
Parameters Defaults arrival-time Set the interval between receiving the same LSA repeatedly, to allow sufficient time for the system to accept the LSA. The range is from 0 to 600,000 milliseconds. 1000 msec Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1215
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1216
The required lengths of a non-encrypted or encrypted key are: 3DES - 48 or 96 hex digits; DES - 16 or 32 hex digits; AES-CBC -32 or 64 hex digits for AES-128 and 48 or 96 hex digits for AES-192. authenticationalgorithm key-encryptiontype key Specifies the authentication algorithm to use for encryption. Valid values are MD5 or SHA1. (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the authentication key is encrypted. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). Text string used in authentication.
PAGE 1217
area nssa Specify an area as a not so stubby area (NSSA). Syntax area area-id nssa [default-information-originate] [no-redistribution] [nosummary] To delete an NSSA, use the no area area-id nssa command. Parameters area-id Specify the OSPF area by entering a number from zero (0) to 65535. no-redistribution (OPTIONAL) Specify that the redistribute command does not distribute routes into the NSSA.
PAGE 1218
auto-cost Specify how the OSPF interface cost is calculated based on the reference bandwidth method. C9000 Series Syntax auto-cost [reference-bandwidth ref-bw] To return to the default bandwidth or to assign cost based on the interface type, use the no autocost [reference-bandwidth] command. Parameters Defaults ref-bw (OPTIONAL) Specify a reference bandwidth in megabits per second. The range is from 1 to 4294967. The default is 100 megabits per second. 100 megabits per second.
PAGE 1219
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 route {* | ipv6-address prefix-length }[vrf vrf-name] * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 1220
● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then a number. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 1220 Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1221
debug ipv6 ospf events Display debug information and interface types on OSPF IPv6 events. Syntax Parameters debug ipv6 ospf events [interface] [vrf vrf-name] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1222
Lines Beginning With or Including Description ● 4 - link state update ● 5 - link state acknowledgement Length: Displays the OSPFv3 packet length. Router ID: Displays the OSPFv3 router ID. Area ID: Displays the OSPFv3 area ID. Chksum: Displays the OSPFv3 checksum. debug ipv6 ospf packet Display debug information and interface types on OSPF IPv6 packets.
PAGE 1223
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version.. type: Displays the type of packet sent: ● 1 - Hello packet ● 2 - database description ● 3 - link state request ● 4 - link state update ● 5 - link state acknowledgement Length: Displays the OSPFv3 packet length. Router ID: Displays the OSPFv3 router ID.
PAGE 1224
Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version.. Example default-information originate Configure the system to generate a default external route into an OSPFv3 routing domain.
PAGE 1225
graceful-restart grace-period Enable OSPFv3 graceful restart globally by setting the grace period (in seconds) that an OSPFv3 router’s neighbors continues to advertise the router as adjacent during a graceful restart. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart grace-period seconds To disable OSPFv3 graceful restart, enter no graceful-restart grace-period. Parameters Defaults seconds Time duration, in seconds, that specifies the duration of the restart process before OSPFv3 terminates the process.
PAGE 1226
Defaults OSPFv3 graceful restart supports both planned and unplanned failures. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.
PAGE 1227
● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 1228
ipv6 ospf area Enable IPv6 OSPF on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 ospf process id areaarea id To disable OSPFv6 routing for an interface, use the no ipv6 ospf process-id area area-id command. Parameters Defaults process-id Enter the process identification number. area area-id Specify the OSPF area. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1229
For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1230
multiplier value Enter the keyword multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. The range is from 3 to 50. The default is 3. role [active | passive] Enter the role that the local system assumes: ● Active — The active system initiates the BFD session. Both systems can be active for the same session. ● Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system.
PAGE 1231
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. In general, the path cost is calculated as: 10^8 / bandwidth Using this formula, the default path cost is calculated as: ● 10-Gigabit Ethernet—Default cost is 1 ● 40-Gigabit Ethernet — Default cost is 1 ipv6 ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router.
PAGE 1232
ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 ospf encryption {null | ipsec spi number esp encryption-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key athentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key}} Parameters null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
PAGE 1233
Usage Information Before you enable IPsec encryption on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable IPv6 unicast routing globally, configure an IPv6 address and enable OSPFv3 on the interface, and assign the interface to an area. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router. Configure the same encryption policy (same SPI and key) on each OSPFv3 interface in a link.
PAGE 1234
ipv6 ospf hello-interval Specify the time interval between the hello packets sent on the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 ospf hello—interval seconds To return to the default time interval, enter no ipv6 ospf hello—interval. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter the time interval in seconds as the time between hello packets. The range is from 1 to 65525 seconds. 10 seconds (Ethernet). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1235
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Setting a priority of 0 makes the router ineligible for election as a Designated Router or Backup Designated Router. Use this command for interfaces connected to multi-access networks, not point-to-point networks.
PAGE 1236
maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. C9000 Series Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters Defaults number Specify the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 8 paths. 8 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1237
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1238
route-map map- name tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPFv3. The range is from 0 to 4294967295 The default is 0. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1239
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address for each router. However, each router ID must be unique.
PAGE 1240
Table 6. show crypto ipsec policy Command Description (continued) Field Description Policy refcount Number of interfaces on the router that use the policy Inbound ESP SPI The encapsulating security payload (ESP) security policy index (SPI) for inbound and outbound links. Outbound ESP SPI Inbound ESP Auth Key Outbound ESP Auth Key Inbound ESP Cipher Key Outbound ESP Cipher Key The ESP authentication key for inbound and outbound links. The ESP encryption key for inbound and outbound links.
PAGE 1241
show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Display the IPsec security associations (SAs) used on OSPFv3 interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 [interface interface] interface interface (OPTIONAL) Displays information about the SAs used on a specified OSPFv3 interface, where interface is one of the following values: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter port-channel number. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter TenGigabitEthernet slot/ port.
PAGE 1242
Table 7. show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Command Description (continued) Field Description spi Security policy index number used to identify the policy. transform Security algorithm that is used to provide authentication, integrity, and confidentiality. in use settings Transform that the SA uses (only transport mode is supported). replay detection support Y: An SA has enabled the replay detection feature. N: The replay detection feature is not enabled.
PAGE 1243
replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE show ipv6 ospf interface View OSPFv3 interface information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name][interface] process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 1244
Usage Information Example If you enable BFD at the global level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD provisioning. If you enable BFD at the interface level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD interval timers. Dell#show ipv6 ospf 3 interface gigabitethernet 1/2 GigabitEthernet 1/2 is up, line protocol is up Link Local Address fe80::201:e8ff:fe17:5bbd, Interface ID 67420217 Area 0, Process ID 1, Instance ID 0, Router ID 11.1.1.
PAGE 1245
databasesummary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword database-summary to view a summary of database LSA information. external (OPTIONAL): Enter the keyword external to display the external link states. grace-lsa (OPTIONAL): Enter the keyword grace-lsa to display the Type-11 Grace LSAs sent and received on an OSPFv3 router. inter-area-prefix (OPTIONAL): Enter the keyword inter-area-prefix to display the inter area prefix link states.
PAGE 1246
Example (databasesummary) Example (external) DellEMC# show ipv6 ospf database external OSPFv3 Router with ID (10.160.3.37) (Process ID 6) AS External Link States (Area 0) LS Age: 1651 LS Type: OSPFv3 AS external LSA Link State ID: 0.0.0.1 Advertising Router: 10.130.254.101 LS Seq Number: 0x80000001 Checksum: 0xF038 Length: 36 Prefix: 9001::/64 Prefix Options: 0x10 ( DN ) Metric Type: 2 Metric: 20 Example (nssaexternal) DellEMC#show ipv6 ospf 10 database nssa-external OSPFv3 Router with ID (1.1.1.
PAGE 1247
● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1248
Defaults None. Command Modes IPv6 ROUTER OSPF Command History Usage Information Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5048F-ON, S6000, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, Z9500, S6000–ON, C9010, MXL, and FN IOM.
PAGE 1249
40 PE Console Commands To configure a C1048P port extender from an attached PE console, you can use the following commands. Use these commands when the port extender cannot connect to a C9010. You can also enter the PE console commands to debug an error condition in a PE stack.
PAGE 1250
• • • • • • • • diag offline online power-cycle show control-bridge status show system telnet-peer-stack-unit upgrade system diag Run offline diagnostics on all stack-units. C9000 Series Syntax diag {stack-unit unit-number} [alllevels | level0 | level1 | level2] [interactive] [testname name] [terminate] Parameters stack-unit unit- number Defaults Enter the stack-unit value to run offline diagnostic test on a specified stackunit. The stack-unit range is 0 to 7.
PAGE 1251
The PE unit goes offline and reboots automatically after the test is completed. Once the test is finished, the diag report is generated, and it is stored in the PE flash. To view the diag report, use the show diag pe pe-id stack-unit unit-number command from C9000 system. The show diag pe command uploads the TestReport from the PE to the C9000. The filename of the TestReport is:TestReport-SU-Stack-Unit-Number-PE-pe-idYear_Month_Day_Unique-Tag.
PAGE 1252
Parameters Defaults stack-unit slot-id Enter the keyword stack-unit and specify the stack-unit number. The stackunit number range is from 0 to 7. none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1253
Diagnostics Proceed with Diags [confirm yes/no]: yes Dell#Jun 25 05:15:14: %PE-UNKN-C1048P:3 %DIAGAGT-6-DA_DIAG_STARTED: Starting diags on stack-unit 3 14:19:49 : Approximate time to complete the Diags (level0)... 2 Mins Related Commands ● diag — run diagnostic tests on an offline switch. ● offline — places the stack-unit in the offline state to run the diagnostics tests.
PAGE 1254
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C1048P.
PAGE 1255
Example (PE Console) Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 The Boot Flash field displays the code level for boot code 2.8.1.1 and newer, while older boot codes display as "Present". 7.7.1.0 Added Master Priority field. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Dell#show system stack-unit 1 -- Unit 1 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C1048P - 48-port GE (VE) Current Type : C1048P - 48-port GE (VE) Master priority : 2 Hardware Rev : 5.
PAGE 1256
Interface Connection --------------------1/50 1/51 Example (show system stack unit – disabled ports) Example (show system brief) Example (S6000) Dell#show system Stack MAC : 90:b1:1c:f4:9b:79 Reload-Type : normal-reload [Next boot : normal-reload] -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 4.
PAGE 1257
Example (S4810) Dell#show system stack-unit 0 -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 4.0 Num Ports : 128 Up Time : 21 min, 8 sec Dell Networking OS Version : 9-4(0-168) Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : no FIPS Mode : disabled Boot Flash : 3.1.1.2 Boot Selector : 3.1.0.
PAGE 1258
Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Piece Part ID PPID Revision Service Tag Expr Svc Code Auto Reboot Burned In MAC No Of MACs : : : : : : : : : : : : NA NA NA NA N/A 0 disabled 00:00:00:00:00:00 3 -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) --------------------------------------------------------------1 1 up AC up 18528 1 2 absent absent 0 -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan1 Speed Fan2 Speed -------------------------------------
PAGE 1259
reset show telnet-peer-stack-unit stack-unit Example Reset selected card PE Show running system information Open a telnet connection to the peer Dell#telnet-peer-stack-unit Trying Unit 2... Connected to Unit 2. Exit character is '^]'. Login: admin Password: Jun 24 10:14:11: %PE-UNKN-UNIT2-S:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user admin on line vty0 ( Unit 3 ) Dell(standby)>en Dell(standby)#exit Session terminated for user admin on line vty 0 ( Unit 3 ) Closed connection.
PAGE 1260
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Added support for the SSD on the Z9000 only. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for TFTP and SCP. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. You can specify the source location and can choose usbflash: or flash: as a source location. You can choose rmpA (for partition A) or rpm B (for partition B) as your destination.
PAGE 1261
41 PE Stacking Use the commands in this chapter to configure and manage C1048P port-extender (PE) stacking. Stacking is not supported on C9010 switches. For information about using the PE stacking feature, see the “Port Extender (PE) Stacking” chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for the C9000 Series. You can use the commands to pre-configure a port extender, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to the chassis.
PAGE 1262
reset Reset or reboot the linecard, RPM, PE and PE stack-unit. C9000 Series Syntax reset {linecard slot-id | rpm slot id [hard] | pe pe-id [stack-unit unitnumber]} From a PE console, use reset stack-unit unit-number [hard] to reset the stack-unit. Parameters linecard slot-id Enter the keyword linecard and the slot-id number to specify the set of linecard ports for reset. The slot ID range is from 0 to 11.
PAGE 1263
0 (type C9000LC0640, 24 ports) Jun 24 15:28:24: %RPM1-P:CP %CHMGR-5-LINECARD_UP: linecard 0 Jun 24 15:28:28: %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: inserted in slot 0 port 0 Jun 24 15:28:28: %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: inserted in slot 0 port 4 Jun 24 15:28:28: %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: inserted in slot 0 port 16 Example: pe stack-unit Related Commands is up Optics QSFP Optics QSFP Optics QSFP Dell#reset stack-unit 2 Dell#Jun 24 15:19:52: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5
PAGE 1264
show pe system Display information on all the system components of a port extender on a stack. C9000 Series Syntax show pe pe-id system [ brief | stack-port [status | topology] | stack-unit unit number ] Parameters pe-id Enter the port extender ID pe-id to view the port extender system status and details. Range is from 0 to 255. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a short summary of the port extender system status.
PAGE 1265
No Of MACs : 3 -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type ---- ---- ------- -------1 0 up AC 1 1 absent -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus ----- ---- ---------1 0 up FanStatus ---------NA NA Fan0 -----up Speed -----9056 FanSpeed(rpm) -------------NA NA Fan1 ----up Speed -------9056 Speed in RPM Dell# Dell#show pe 1 system brief Stack MAC : 6c:c0:00:43:09:90 -- Stack Info -Unit UnitType Status ---- ---------- -----------0 Standby not present 1 Management online 2 Member not present 3 Member not presen
PAGE 1266
3/2 4/1 4/2 5/1 5/2 6/1 6/2 7/1 7/2 Example: stack port topology Example: stackunit unit-number 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up Dell#show pe 253 system stack-ports topology Topology: Ring Interface Connection --------- ----------0/1 2/51 0/2 1/50 1/50 0/51 1/51 2/50 2/50 1/51 2/51 0/50 Dell#show pe 1 system stack-unit 1 -- Unit 1 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Current Type : C1048P - 48
PAGE 1267
show hardware pe Display input and output traffic statistics and other operational information about a specified hardware component. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show hardware pe pe-id stack-unit unit number {cpu | drops | stack-port | unit} pe pe-id stack unit unit-number Enter pe pe-id stack-unit unit number parameters with a command option to display hardware statistics from the specified port extender (PE) and stack-unit.
PAGE 1268
Example (Port Extender Statistics) Example (PE Stack-Port: Drops) 1268 PE Stacking Dell>show hardware pe 0 stack-unit 0 cpu data-plane statistics bc pci driver statistics for device: rxHandle :15451 noMhdr :0 noMbuf :0 noClus :0 recvd :15451 dropped :0 recvToNet :15451 rxError :0 rxFwdError :0 rxDatapathErr :0 rxPkt(COS0 ) :0 rxPkt(COS1 ) :0 rxPkt(COS2 ) :0 rxPkt(COS3 ) :0 rxPkt(COS4 ) :0 rxPkt(COS5 ) :0 rxPkt(COS6 ) :9304 rxPkt(COS7 ) :3 rxPkt(COS8 ) :6144 rxPkt(COS9 ) :0 rxPkt(COS10) :0 rxPkt(COS11) :
PAGE 1269
HOL DROPS on COS3 HOL DROPS on COS4 HOL DROPS on COS5 Related Commands : 0 : 0 : 0 clear hardware system-flow — clears the statistics from selected hardware components. show system — displays the current status of all the stack members or a specific member. stack unit Pre-provision the specified port-extender stack unit.
PAGE 1270
N2024-PE N2024P-PE N2048-PE N2048P-PE N3024-PE N3024F-PE N3024P-PE N3048-PE N3048P-PE Dell(conf-pe-201)# Example (stack unit type) 28-port 28-port 52-port 52-port 28-port 28-port 28-port 52-port 52-port GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE Dell(conf-pe-5)#stack-unit 4 type C1048P Dell(conf-pe-5)# show config ! pe provision 5 stack-unit 4 type C1048P Related Commands ● redundancy force-failover — Force the standby unit to become the primary or master unit ● reset — Reset or reboot the l
PAGE 1271
stack-unit 1 access-ports 1 stack-unit 3 type N2024P-PE cascade interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 PE Stacking 1271
PAGE 1272
42 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line.
PAGE 1273
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1274
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Dell(conf-pvst)#do show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 brief VLAN 5 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32773, Address 0001.e832.
PAGE 1275
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 8.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1276
guard Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on a PVST interface and the current port state. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.
PAGE 1277
Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ----------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 Root 128.130 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P No Te 1/1 Altr 128.131 128 20000 BLK 20000 P2P No Te 1/16 Desg 128.146 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes Te 1/17 Desg 128.147 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes Example Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 VLAN 2 Root Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.
PAGE 1278
Example (EDS/ PVID) Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 interface tengigabitethernet 1/0 TenGigabitEthernet 1/0 of VLAN 2 is PVID_INC discarding Edge port:no (default) port guard :none (default) Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter:disable (default) Bpdu guard :disable (default) Bpdus sent 1, received 0 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID --------------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.
PAGE 1279
Defaults loopguard Enter the keyword loopguard to enable loop guard on a PVST+ port or portchannel interface. rootguard Enter the keyword rootguard to enable root guard on a PVST+ port or portchannel interface. Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1280
● Spanning-tree with bpdu guard shutdown-on-violation is enabled by default ● No spanning tree command is valid. This command is not visible and issuing this command on VP-LAG ports results in a failure.
PAGE 1281
tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. C9000 Series Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1282
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before the system transitions to the Forwarding state. vlan hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs.
PAGE 1283
Related Commands vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan hello-time Set the time interval between generation of PVST+ 7 BPDUs. C9000 Series Syntax vlan vlan-range hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no vlan hello-time command.
PAGE 1284
vlan max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the PVST+ bridge. C9000 Series Syntax vlan vlan-range max-age seconds To return to the default, use the no vlan max-age command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-age seconds Enter the keywords max-age then the time interval, in seconds, that the system waits before refreshing configuration information.
PAGE 1285
43 PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) The protocol-independent multicast source-specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 PIM Commands IPv4 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands IPv4 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv4 PIM-SM, IPv4 PIM-SSM, and PIM-DM.
PAGE 1286
Usage Information If you use this command on a local VLT node, all multicast routes from the local PIM TIB, the entire multicast route table, and all the entries in the data plane are deleted. The local VLT node sends a request to the peer VLT node to download multicast routes learned by the peer. Both local and synced routes are removed from the local VLT node multicast route table. The peer VLT node clears synced routes from the node.
PAGE 1287
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim dr-priority priority-value To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ip pim dr-priority command. Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number. The range is from 0 to 4294967294. The default is 1.
PAGE 1288
ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} To remove the restriction, use the no ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} command. Parameters Defaults access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Maximum 16 characters. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1289
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1290
Field Description ● v2 = PIM version 2 ● S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of PIM neighbors discovered over this interface. Query Intvl Displays the query interval for Router Query messages on that interface (configured with ip pim query-interval command). DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (use the ip pim dr-priority command). DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface.
PAGE 1291
Example Field Description Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), on which the PIM neighbor was found. Uptime/expires Displays the amount of time the neighbor has been up then the amount of time until the neighbor is removed from the multicast routing table (that is, until the neighbor hold time expires). Ver Displays the PIM version number. ● v2 = PIM version 2 DR prio/Mode Displays the Designated Router priority and the mode.
PAGE 1292
Example Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the multicast PIM database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM route table. expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires and is removed from the database. RP Displays the IP address of the RP/source for this entry.
PAGE 1293
IPv4 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands The following IPv4 PIM-source specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands are supported: ● ip pim ssm-range ● show ip pim ssm-range ip pim ssm-range Specify the SSM group range using an access list. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults ip pim ssm-range {access_list_name} access_list_name Enter the name of the access list. Default SSM range is 232/8 and ff3x/32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1294
When you configure the SSM range, Dell Networking OS supports SSM for configured group range as well as the default SSM range. When you remove the SSM ACL, PIM SSM is supported for the default SSM range only. show ip pim ssm-range Display the non-default groups added using the SSM range feature. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim ssm-range Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1295
44 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast sparse-mode (PIM-SM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv6 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1296
clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip pim tib [group] Parameters group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1297
● in: to view incoming packets ● out: to view outgoing packets register (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register to view PIM register address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view PIM state changes. timer [assert | (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers.
PAGE 1298
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. This command is applied to the subsequent PIM-BSR. Existing BSR advertisements are cleaned up by time-out.
PAGE 1299
Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.1.1.0 Added support for the VLAN interface. ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface.
PAGE 1300
ip pim graceful-restart This feature permits configuration of non-stop forwarding (NSF or graceful restart) capability on a PIM enabled router. Syntax ip pim graceful-restart {nsf [restart-time | stale-entry-time]} Parameters nsf Enter the keyword nsf to configure the non-stop forwarding capability. NOTE: ip pim graceful-restart nsf is applicable for the entire multicast sub-system.
PAGE 1301
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Removed the in and out parameters. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1302
Example Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard map1 Dell(config-std-nacl)# permit 224.0.0.1/24 Dell(config-std-nacl)#exit Dell(conf)#int tengig 1/1 Dell(config-if-te-1/1)# ip pim ingress-interface-map map1 ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature.
PAGE 1303
To return to the default value, use the no ip pim query-interval seconds command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number as the number of seconds between router query messages. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 30 seconds. 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1304
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced The access name is an extended IP access list that denies PIM register packets to RP at the source DR based on the multicast and group addresses.
PAGE 1305
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. First-hop routers use this address by to send register packets on behalf of source multicast hosts. The RP addresses are stored in the order in which they are entered. RP addresses learned using BSR take priority over static RP addresses.
PAGE 1306
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Priority is stored at BSR router when receiving a Candidate-RP-Advertisement. ip pim sparse-mode Enable PIM sparse mode and IGMP on the interface.
PAGE 1307
ip pim spt-threshold To switch to the shortest path tree when the traffic reaches the specified threshold value, configure the PIM router. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim spt-threshold [infinity] To return to the default value, use the no ip pim spt-threshold [infinity] [vrf vrfname] command. Parameters Defaults infinity (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword infinity to never switch to the source-tree. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1308
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and added support for VRF. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 1309
Example Dell#show ip pim bsr-router PIMv2 Bootstrap information This system is the Bootstrap Router (v2) BSR address: 7.7.7.7 (?) BSR Priority: 0, Hash mask length: 30 Next bootstrap message in 00:00:08 This system is a candidate BSR Candidate BSR address: 7.7.7.7, priority: 0, hash mask length: 30 show ip pim snooping neighbor Display information on PIM neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping.
PAGE 1310
Example Dell#show ip pim snooping neighbor Neighbor Interface Address 165.87.32.2 Vl 2 [Te 1/13 ] 165.87.32.10 Vl 2 [Te 1/11 ] 165.87.32.12 Vl 2 [Te 41/20 ] Uptime/Expires 00:04:03/00:01:42 00:00:46/00:01:29 00:00:51/00:01:24 Ver v2 v2 v2 DR Prio 1 0 0 show ip pim interface View information on the interfaces with IP PIM enabled. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim interface Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1311
Example Dell#show ip pim interface Address Interface Ver/ Mode 172.21.200.254 Te 0/9 v2/S 172.60.1.2 Te 0/11 v2/S 192.3.1.1 Te 0/16 v2/S 192.4.1.1 Te 1/5 v2/S 172.21.110.1 Te 1/6 v2/S 172.21.203.1 Te 1/7 v2/S Nbr Count 0 0 1 0 0 0 Query Intvl 30 1 30 1 30 1 30 1 30 1 30 1 DR DR Prio 172.21.200.254 172.60.1.2 192.3.1.1 192.4.1.1 172.21.110.1 172.21.203.1 show ip pim neighbor View PIM neighbors.
PAGE 1312
Example Dell#show ip pim neighbor↵ Neighbor Interface Uptime/Expires Ver DR↵ Address Prio/Mode↵ 127.87.3.4 Te 1/16 09:44:58/00:01:24 v2 1 / S↵ show ip pim rp View all multicast groups-to-RP mappings. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim rp [mapping | group-address] Parameters mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learnt.
PAGE 1313
RP: 50.40.4.4, v2 Dell# Example (Address) Dell#show ip pim rp 229.1.2.1 Group RP 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 show ip pim snooping interface Display information on VLAN interfaces with PIM-SM snooping enabled. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip pim snooping interface [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about a specified VLAN configured for PIM-SM snooping. The valid VLAN IDs range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1314
show ip pim summary View information about PIM-SM operation. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim summary [vrf vrf-name] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1315
2582/2583 Joins sent/received 5/0 Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 State-Refresh messages sent/received 0/0 MSDP updates sent/received 0/0 Null Register messages sent/received 0/0 Register-stop messages sent/received Data path event summary: 0 no-cache messages received 0 last-hop switchover messages received 0/0 pim-assert messages sent/received 0/0 register messages sent/received show ip pim tib View the PIM tree information base (TIB).
PAGE 1316
Field Description ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● S = PIM Sparse Mode C = directly connected L = local to the multicast group P = route was pruned R = the forwarding entry is pointing toward the RP F = Dell Networking OS is registering this entry for a multicast source T = packets were received via Shortest Tree Path J = first packet from the last hop router is received and the entry is ready to switch to SPT ● K = acknowledge pending state Example Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) interfac
PAGE 1317
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.
PAGE 1318
To disable IPv6 PIM debugging, use the no debug ipv6 pim [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IP PIM debugging messages corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. bsr (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bsr to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM Candidate RP/BSR activities. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to invoke debugging of IPv6 PIM events.
PAGE 1319
ipv6 pim bsr-candidate To join the Bootstrap election process, configure the PIM router as a bsr-candidate. Syntax ipv6 pim [vrf vrf-name] bsr-candidate interface [hash-mask-length] [priority] To return to the default value, use the no ipv6 pim bsr-candidate [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters Defaults vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf then the name of the VRF to configure the PIM router on a VRF.
PAGE 1320
Usage Information Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the Z9100-ON, S4048-ON, S6000-ON, S6100-ON, S4048T-ON, S3100, S6010-ON, S3048-ON, and C9010. The router with the largest value assigned to an interface becomes the designated router. If two interfaces contain the same designated router priority value, the interface with the largest interface IP address becomes the designated router. ipv6 pim query-interval Change the frequency of IPv6 PIM router-query messages.
PAGE 1321
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the Z9100-ON, S4048-ON, S6000-ON, S6100-ON, S4048T-ON, S3100, S6010-ON, S3048-ON, and C9010.
PAGE 1322
Usage Information Priority is stored at BSR router when receiving a Candidate-RP-Advertisement. ipv6 pim sparse-mode Enable IPv6 PIM sparse mode and MLD on the interface. Syntax ipv6 pim sparse-mode To disable IPv6 PIM sparse mode and MLD on the interface, use the no ipv6 pim sparse-mode command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1323
ipv6 pim spt-threshold Specifies when a PIM leaf router should join the shortest path tree. Syntax ipv6 pim [vrf vrf-name] spt-threshold {infinity} To return to the default value, use the no ipv6 pim spt-threshold command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IP PIM debugging messages corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF.
PAGE 1324
show ipv6 pim interface Display IPv6 PIM enabled interfaces. Syntax show ipv6 pim [vrf vrf-name] interface Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IP PIM debugging messages corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1325
Example Version Description 9.11.3.0 Introduced on the Z9100-ON, S4048-ON, S6000-ON, S6100-ON, S4048T-ON, S3100, S6010-ON, S3048-ON, and C9010. DellEMC#show ipv6 pim neighbor Neighbor Interface Uptime/Expires Address fe80::201:e8ff:fe02:140f Te 1/11 01:44:59/00:01:16 fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Te 1/12 01:45:00/00:01:16 DellEMC# Ver v2 v2 DR Prio/Mode 1 / S 1 / DR show ipv6 pim rp View all IPv6 multicast groups-to-rendezvous point (RP) mappings.
PAGE 1326
Example (Mapping) DellEMC#show ipv6 pim rp mapping PIM Group-to-RP Mappings Group(s): ff0e::225:1:1:1/128 RP: 100::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, expires: 00:01:50 RP: 150::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, expires: 00:01:50 RP: 200::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, expires: 00:01:57 Group(s): ff0e::225:1:1:2/128 RP: 100::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, expires: 00:01:50 RP: 150::1, v2 Info source: 200::1, via bootstrap, expires: 00:01:50 RP: 200::1, v2 Info source: 20
PAGE 1327
24/0 (S,G,Rpt) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 8 PIM nexthops 1 RPs 7 sources 30 Register states Message summary: 47132/53793 Joins/Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 MSDP updates sent/received 243746/0 Null Register messages sent/received 0/973809 Register-stop messages sent/received Data path event summary: 222 no-cache messages received 281 last-hop switchover messages received 26260/2958 pim-assert messages sent/received 0/0 register messages sen
PAGE 1328
RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 2/11 (25::1, ff0e::225:1:2:2), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/11 (25::2, ff0e::225:1:2:2), uptime 00:09:54, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: TenGigabitEthernet 1/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 1/11 (25::1, ff0e::226:1:2:1), uptime 00:
PAGE 1329
45 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS).
PAGE 1330
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. You can apply any number of redirect-groups to an interface. A redirect list can contain any number of configured rules. These rules include the next-hop IP address where the incoming traffic is redirected. If the next hop address is reachable, traffic is forwarded to the specified next hop.
PAGE 1331
permit Configure a permit rule. A permit rule excludes the matching packets from PBR classification and routes them using conventional routing. C9000 Series Syntax permit {ip-protocol-number | protocol-type} {source mask | any | host ipaddress} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operators] To remove the rule, use one of the following: ● If you know the filter sequence number, use the no seq sequence-number syntax command.
PAGE 1332
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. redirect Configure a rule for the redirect list.
PAGE 1333
Defaults source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. operator (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only.
PAGE 1334
permit Enter the keyword permit assign the sequence to the permit list. redirect Enter the keyword redirect to assign the sequence to the redirect list. ip-address Enter the keyword IP address of the forwarding router. tunnel Enter the keyword tunnel to configure the tunnel setting. tunnel-id Enter the keyword tunnel-id to redirect the traffic. track Enter the keyword track to enable the tracking. track Enter the keyword track to track object-id.
PAGE 1335
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. show cam pbr Display the PBR CAM content.
PAGE 1336
show ip redirect-list View the redirect list configuration and the interfaces it is applied to. C9000 Series Syntax show ip redirect-list redirect-list-name Parameters redirect-listname Enter the name of a configured Redirect list. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1337
46 Port Extenders (PE) To configure a C1048P port extender (PE) attached to a C9010, use the commands in this chapter from the C9010 console. Important Points to Remember ● You can perform the following tasks using the commands described in this chapter: ○ Provisioning a Port Extender ○ Managing a Port Extender ○ PE Stacking ● You must configure the feature extended-bridge command to turn on support for PE configuration on a C9010. ● The GVRP and FRRP protocols are not supported on the PE ports.
PAGE 1338
Parameters interface interface slot/port-range Enter interface and specify the interface supported on the switch. The TenGigabit Ethernet interface is the only interface type supported for this feature. Enter the slot/port-range to specify a linecard and either a single port number, a port range, or a combination of both for auto-LAG configuration. Slot number range is from 0 to 9. In linecard slots 0 to 9, the range of port numbers is from 0 to 23.
PAGE 1339
clear pe statistics Delete the statistics related to a specified port extender. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Default clear pe pe-id statistics pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. statistics Enter the keyword statistics to delete the statistics related to a specified PE from the system. None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1340
Password: DellPE> feature extended-bridge Enable 802.1BR (bridge port extender) support on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax [no] feature extended-bridge To disable 802.1BR support on the switch, use the no feature extended-bridge command. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1341
Parameters interface interface linecard slot-id Enter the keyword linecard and the slot ID. The linecard slot-id range is from 0 to 9. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the PE ID. The range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. The range is from 0 to 7. number Default Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1342
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. The pe pe-id command adds a pre-provisioned PE. The port extender ID (pe-id) range is from 0 to 255. You can add a port extender stack-unit using stack-unit unit number keyword.
PAGE 1343
extender (PE) even when the PE is not physically connected to the switch. The port extender ID (pe-id) range is from 0 to 255. After provisioning a PE using the pe provision pe-id , you can provision a stack unit using the stack-unit command. You can also add a PE description and stack-unit description using the description name and the stack-unit 0 description name commands respectively. You can provision a port extender connected in a Dual-Homing setup from the Configuration Terminal Batch mode.
PAGE 1344
reset pe schedule Configure the PEs to reset or reboot at a specified period of time. Syntax reset pe schedule {after HHHH:MMMM | at [HHHH:MMMM-DD:MM:YR | HHHH:MMMM]} {range pe-id-pe-id} Defaults None. Parameters after HHHH:MMMM Enter the keyword after followed by the amount of time in hours and minutes after which the PEs should reboot. at HHHH:MMMM Enter the keyword at followed by the exact time on the current date at which the PEs should reboot.
PAGE 1345
Example Version Description 9.13(0.0) Added the range keyword to the command. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. The following command resets all the PEs within range 1 to 5: reset pe range 1-5 no-confirm. The following command resets all the PEs within range 5 to 10 and also the pe-ids 1 and 3: reset pe range 1,3,5-10 no-confirm. reset pe schedule show Display a list of PEs that are scheduled to be rebooted. Syntax reset pe schedule show Defaults None.
PAGE 1346
show config Display the PE provision configuration details. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes PE CONFIG (conf-pe-pe-id) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1347
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.14(0.0) Added the SVP (Source Virtual Port) information also along with E-Channel identifier (ECID) information. 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010.
PAGE 1348
peGigE 255/0/46 peGigE 255/0/47 peGigE 255/0/48 peTenGigE 255/0/49 peTenGigE 255/0/50 peGigE 255/1/1 peGigE 255/1/2 peGigE 255/1/3 peGigE 255/1/4 peGigE 255/1/5 peGigE 255/1/6 peGigE 255/1/7 peGigE 255/1/8 peGigE 255/1/9 peGigE 255/1/10 peGigE 255/1/11 peGigE 255/1/12 peGigE 255/1/13 peGigE 255/1/14 peGigE 255/1/15 peGigE 255/1/16 peGigE 255/1/17 peGigE 255/1/18 peGigE 255/1/19 peGigE 255/1/20 peGigE 255/1/21 peGigE 255/1/22 peGigE 255/1/23 peGigE 255/1/24 peTenGigE 255/1/25 peTenGigE 255/1/26 peGigE 255/7/
PAGE 1349
Parameters Default pe-id (Optional) Enter the port extender ID number pe-id to display the status and details of a specified port extender. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to display all the port extender information in brief. statistics (Optional) Enter the keyword statistics to display all the port extender statistics. None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1350
PE Discovery Status: Provisioned PE User Configured Cascade Ports: Te 0/16(A) Cascade LAG: Po 259, Local Status: Up, Remote Status: Down PE Configuration: Local Status: Present, Remote Status: Not Present -------------------------------------------------------------------------------Stack-id Status Reason Type UnitMac No.
PAGE 1351
ISE - IPC Setup Error, CVE - Card Validation Error PE-ID assigned: 1 Status: online System Mac: f8:b1:56:73:a2:91 PE Up Time: 03:00:27 PE Description: PE Discovery Status: Provisioned PE User Configured Cascade Ports: Te 0/16(A) Cascade LAG: Po 259, Local Status: Up, Remote Status: Down PE Configuration: Local Status: Present, Remote Status: Not Present -----------------------------------------------------------------------------Stack-id Status Reason Type UnitMac No.
PAGE 1352
show pe errors Display the port extender error logs. C9000 Series Syntax show pe errors Default None Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privileged Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1353
Dual Homing Use the commands in the following section to setup the configurations on a port extender connected in a dual-homing environment. batch-write-memory Saves the running configuration in both the VLT peers. Syntax batch-write-memory Parameters None Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1354
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information The Configuration Terminal Batch mode is used to setup common configurations on a port extender connected in a dual-homing environment. Use the commit command to apply the configuration changes. In the Configuration Terminal Batch mode, you can continue to commit the changes without exiting the batch mode.
PAGE 1355
changes. It also saves the running configuration to the startup configuration in both VLT peers. In the Configuration Terminal Batch mode, you can continue to commit the changes without exiting the batch mode. NOTE: If the commit write command fails on one VLT peer, your configuration is not applied on both VLT peers.
PAGE 1356
Example The following example shows the configurations being discarded: Dell(conf-b)#interface vlan 2000 Dell(conf-b-if-vl-2000)#tagged peGigE 184/0/1 Dell(conf-b-if-vl-2000)#show config interface vlan 2000 tagged peGigE 184/0/1 Dell(conf-b-if-vl-2000)#discard Dell(conf-b)#show config Dell(conf-b)#exit Dell# import peer-config Use import peer-config to import the common configurations from the peer chassis.
PAGE 1357
show running-config local Use show running-config local to view the local configurations. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config local Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1358
! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/5 no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/6 no ip address no shutdown ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/7 no ip address no shutdown ! show running-config common Use show running-config common to view the common configurations in the local system. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config common Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1359
show config Display the configuration in the batch mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show config [common | user | local] common Displays the common configuration in the batch mode. user Displays the configuration done in the batch mode in an order entered by the user. local Displays the local configuration in the batch mode. Command Modes CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1360
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. You can use the write memory local command to write only the local configurations to startup configuration. Debugging Use the commands in this section to debug the port extender hardware. clear hardware system-flow pe Clear the system-flow statistics from the specified port extender hardware component.
PAGE 1361
1019 1018 1017 1016 1014 1013 1011 1010 1009 1008 1007 1006 1005 1004 1003 1002 1001 1000 999 998 997 996 995 994 993 992 991 990 989 988 987 986 985 984 983 982 981 980 979 978 977 976 975 974 973 IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 4 PE CPU IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 5 PE CPU IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 6 PE CPU IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 7 PE CPU ECP traffic forwarded to next PE CPU ECP traffic destined to PE CPU LLDP traffic forwarded to next PE CPU LLDP traffic destined to PE CPU
PAGE 1362
Defaults service-d (Optional) Enter the keyword option service-id to display the statistics with a specified service or module ID. pq-stats Enter the keyword pq-stats to display a summary of priority queue (PQ) based statistics. High (Optional) Enter the keyword High to display the statistics for the high priority queue. Medium (Optional) Enter the keyword Medium to display the statistics for the medium priority queue.
PAGE 1363
AVG 1 AVG 1 Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x14e EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : PEMGR MType : 0xb9f2 EnQCount 486 packets Messages in Q : 486 packets : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : AVG 3 AVG 3 Serivce Name : IFMGR MType : 0x1771 EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 pa
PAGE 1364
AVG Proc Time 0 ticks : 0 ticks Serivce Name : IFMGR : Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : MType : 0x2a3d EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : AVG 0 AVG 0 Serivce Name : IFMGR MType : 0x2a32 EnQCount 1 packets Messages in Q : 1 packets : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time :
PAGE 1365
Serivce Name : PEMGR Service Id : 0x14e EndPoint : CB DeQCount : MType : 0x1771 EnQCount 4 packets Messages in Q : 4 packets : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x10 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : AVG 0 AVG 0 Serivce Name : CLI MType : 0xb9f4 EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id
PAGE 1366
Example: show software pemgr pe pe-id pq-stats Dell#show software pemgr pe-id 1 pq-stats Priority Queue Based Statistics ------------------------------End_Point Priority PE LOW PE 0 MEDIUM 880 880 0 PE HIGH 180 180 0 CB LOW 0 0 0 CB MEDIUM 1146 1145 1 CB HIGH 769 769 0 messages messages messages messages Enqueued Dequeued Enqueued Dequeued from from from from CB CB PE PE End End End End Point Point Point Point :1917 :1916 :1060 :1060 packets packets packets packets Del
PAGE 1367
MType : 0x1771 EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks AVG 0 AVG 0 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x21 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : SYSADMTSK MType : 0x1c29 EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x14e EndPoint : CB DeQCount :
PAGE 1368
EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q AVG 0 AVG 0 : 0 packets DeQCount : : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : IFMGR MType : 0x2a3b EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : AVG 0 AVG 0 Serivce Name : IFMGR MTy
PAGE 1369
0 packets Messages in Q AVG 0 AVG 0 : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x10 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : CLI MType : 0xb9f4 EnQCount 0 packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x21 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : AVG 0 AVG 0 Serivce Name : SYSADMTSK MType : 0x1771 EnQCount 0 packets M
PAGE 1370
AVG 0 AVG 0 Q Proc Time : ticks Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 ticks Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0xfb EndPoint : CB Serivce Name : POEMGR MType Example: show software pemgr pe-id 1 pq-stats (PE Console) Dell#show software pemgr pe-id 1 pq-stats Priority Queue Based Statistics ------------------------------End_Point Priority Enqueue count Packets Dequeue count Packets Outstanding count Packets PE LOW 0 0 0 PE MEDIUM 880 880 0 PE HIGH 180 180 0 CB LOW 0 0 0
PAGE 1371
SFL_CP 195 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 POEMGR 251 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Power over Ethernet (PoE) Use the commands in this section to configure the Power over Ethernet (PoE) feature on a C1048P port-extender (PE). PoE is not supported on C9010 switches. To manage PoE on port-extender ports, the C1048P uses two types of power supplies: the main internal, fixed AC power supply and an external DC power supply. Each power supply provides 1000W, of which up to 850W is used for PoE.
PAGE 1372
advertise med power-via-mdi Configure the system to advertise IEEE 802.1ab extended power-via— MDI TLV. C9000 Series Syntax [no] advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Parameters Defaults power-via-mdi Enter the keyword power—via-mdi to advertise IEEE 802.1ab MED Extended power-via-mdi TLV.
PAGE 1373
Usage Information Example Related Commands The on-disable transmit shutdown command allows transmission of LLDP shutdown frames when the LLDP protocol is disabled in the interface mode. Dell#sh running-config interface tengigabitethernet 0/1 ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 no ip address switchport switchport mode private-vlan host ! protocol lldp on-disable transmit shutdown no shutdown show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1374
Power Available Consumed Consumed Threshold Available Allocated Consumed Remaining (Watts) (Watts) (Watts) (%) (Watts) (Watts) (Watts) (Watts) --------- ---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------------------0/0 1000 150 0 99 841 0 0 841 Related Command show power detail power inline Enable inline power and configure maximum power allocation with priority for the powered device connected to an interface.
PAGE 1375
Example Dell(conf)#int peGigE 0/0/0 Dell(conf-if-pegi-0/0/0)#power inline 30000 Dell(conf-if-pegi-0/0/0)#power inline priority critical Dell(conf-if-pegi-0/0/0)# Dell#show power inline pe 0 stack-unit 0 Global inline power Threshold : 99 Power Reserved for inline Power : 841W Total Inline Power Consumed : 0W Remaining inline power Available : 841W Power Management Mode : Static Interface LLDP Support -----------------PeGi 0/0/0 0 Inline Power Max / Alloc (Watts) ------------ Inline Power Class Consumed
PAGE 1376
power inline mode Configures PoE power management mode for a specified port extender. C9000 Series Syntax power inline mode {pe pe-id stack-unit unit number class | static } Parameters pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and port extender ID. Range is 0–255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. Range is 0–7. number Defaults class Enter the keyword class to configure the class mode for the specified port extender.
PAGE 1377
-----PeGi 0/0/0 0 30.00/0.00 0.00 NO_PD - low power inline restore pe Enable the temporarily suspended PoE power supply to all the ports in a port extender unit. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters power inline restore pe pe-id stack-unit unit number pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack-unit number. Range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1378
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. The power inline suspend pe command temporarily disables PoE power supply to all the ports in a port extender (PE) unit. You can use the power inline restore pe command to restore or enable the PoE power supply to the PE unit.
PAGE 1379
stack-unit unit number interface interface Defaults Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number Range is from 0 to 7. Enter the interface keyword, and specify one of the following interface types: ● For a PE Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE. You must specify a pe-id/Unit/Port for the interface. ● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information.
PAGE 1380
Interface LLDP Support -----------------PeGi 255/0/0 0 Inline Power Max / Alloc (Watts) ------------ Inline Power Class Consumed (Watts) ------------ 30.00/21.40 21.50 ------- Device PoE Port Type Priority ------ -------- 4 2 low show power detail Display the inline power consumption details for a port extender. C9000 Series Syntax show power detail {pe pe-id stack-unit unit number} Parameters Defaults pe Enter the keywordpe and the port externder ID. Range is 0–255.
PAGE 1381
stack-unit unit- number Defaults Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P.
PAGE 1382
47 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember ● Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). ● The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1383
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. monitor session — enables a monitoring session.
PAGE 1384
monitor session Create a session for monitoring traffic with port monitoring. C9000 Series Syntax monitor session session-ID (type { rpm | erpm }) To delete a session, use the no monitor session session-ID command. To delete all monitor sessions, use the no monitor session all command. Parameters Defaults session-ID Enter a session identification number. The range is from 0 to 65535. type rpm | erpm Specifies one of the following type: ● rpm: to create remote port monitoring session.
PAGE 1385
show config Display the current monitor session configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Defaults none Command Modes MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1386
Command Modes ● CONFIGURATION ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced the support for GRE Protocol and FC Monitor in the command output. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1387
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1388
● For a remote VLAN interface, enter the keyword Remote-VLAN and a vlan-id number. Range is from 1 to 4094 ● For a port channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel and a portchannel ID. NOTE: You cannot configure VLAN 4092 and 4093. These VLANs are reserved for internal use. Defaults range Enter the keyword range to specify the list of interfaces. destination Enter the keyword destination to specify the destination interface.
PAGE 1389
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet peGigE port as a source port in the source (port monitoring) command and monitor traffic flow on this port. You cannot configure a cascade port as a destination port.
PAGE 1390
48 Private VLAN (PVLAN) The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software. Private VLANs extend the system security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, see the following commands. The command output is augmented in the Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1391
ip local-proxy-arp Enable/disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip local-proxy-arp To disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN, use the no ip localproxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the primary VLAN. To disable Layer 3 communication in a particular secondary VLAN, use the no ip local-proxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the selected secondary VLAN.
PAGE 1392
primary Defaults Enter the keyword primary to configure the VLAN as a primary VLAN. none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1393
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The list of secondary VLANs can be: ● Specified in comma-delimited or hyphenated-range format.
PAGE 1394
Usage Information Version Description 9.13.0.1P1 Introduced peTenGigE interface support on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. This command has two types of display — a list of all PVLAN interfaces or for a specific interface. Examples of both types of output are shown below.
PAGE 1395
interface interface Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface and specify the interface type and slot/port numbers or port-channel number to display the PVLAN configuration for a member interface. The valid values are: ● For a port channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel and a portchannel ID. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1396
Example (All) Dell# show vlan private-vlan Primary Secondary Type Active ------- --------- --------- -----10 primary Yes 100 isolated Yes 101 community Yes 20 primary Yes 200 201 202 Example (Primary) Example (Isolated) Example (Community) Example (Interface) Example (Mapping) isolated Yes community No community Yes Ports ----------Te 2/1,3 Te 2/2 Te 2/10 Po 10, 12-13 Te 1/1 Te 1/2,4-6 Te 1/11-12 Dell# show vlan private-vlan primary Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- --
PAGE 1397
10 Primary 102 Related Commands Yes Isolated Yes Po 1 Te 0/2 Te 0/4 private-vlan mode – sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. show interfaces private-vlan – displays type and status of PVLAN interfaces. switchport mode private-vlan – sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. switchport mode private-vlan Set PVLAN mode of the selected port.
PAGE 1398
Dell(conf)#interface port-channel 10 Dell(conf-if-te-2/3)#switchport mode private-vlan promiscuous Related Commands 1398 ● private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. ● private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to primary and then associates the secondary VLANs to it. ● show interfaces private-vlan — displays type and status of PVLAN interfaces.
PAGE 1399
49 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control.
PAGE 1400
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced. By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields. These fields are overhead; only the fields from MAC destination address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to enable the QoS rate adjustment in a dualhoming setup.
PAGE 1401
service-class dot1p-mapping Configure a service-class criterion based on a dot1p value. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults service-class dot1p-mapping {dot1p0 value | dot1p1 value | dot1p2 value | dot1p3 value | dot1p4 value| dot1p5 value | dot1p6 value | dot1p7 value} dot1p0 value ... dot1p7 value Enter a dot1p list number and value. The list number range is from 0 to 7. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1402
Table 8. Default Mapping dot1p Queue ID 0 1 1 0 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 Command Modes INTERFACE CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1403
service-class wred backplane After you create a WRED profile with ECN functionality, specify per-queue granularity for backplane ports and include the WRED profile in a service class. Using this command, you can enable or disable queue-specific settings and specify minimum and maximum buffer thresholds in the WRED profile applied to each packet color-code. Also, you can specify the maximum drop rate percentage for yellow and green profiles.
PAGE 1404
service-pool wred Configure a global buffer pool that serves as a shared buffer accessed by multiple queues when the minimum guaranteed buffers for a queue are consumed. The switch supports four global service-pools in the egress direction. Two service pools are used—one for lossy queues and the other for lossless (priority-based flow control (PFC)) queues. You can enable WRED and ECN operation on the global service-pools.
PAGE 1405
Dell(conf)#service-pool wred green pool0 thresh-1 pool1 thresh-2 Dell(conf)#service-pool wred yellow pool0 thresh-3 pool1 thresh-4 Dell(conf #service-pool wred weight pool0 11 pool1 4 service-class wred ecn backplane Apply ECN marking on backplane port-queues in a service class. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Default [no] service-class wred ecn queue-list backplane service-class Define the mapping between the service class and policy-based QoS or routing.
PAGE 1406
show qos dot1p-queue-mapping Displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show qos dot1p-queue-mapping Defaults ● dot1p Priority: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ● Queue: 0 0 0 1 2 3 3 3 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1407
Defaults dot1p Queue Number 7 7 none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1408
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1409
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured. Related Commands rate-shape — shapes traffic output as part of the designated policy. Policy-Based QoS Commands Policy-based traffic classification is handled with class maps.
PAGE 1410
buffer-stats-snapshot Enable the buffer statistics tracking utility and enter the Buffer Statistics Snapshot configuration mode. You must enable this utility to be able to configure the parameters for buffer statistics tracking. C9000 Syntax [No] buffer-stats-snapshot To disable the buffer statistics tracking utility, enter the disable command from the BUFFER-STATSSNAPSHOT mode. Default By default, buffer statistics tracking is disabled.
PAGE 1411
Defaults match-any Determines how packets are evaluated when multiple match criteria exist. Enter the keywords match-any to determine that the packets must meet at least one of the match criteria in order to be a member of the class. class-map-name Enter a name of the class for the class map in a character format (32 character maximum). layer2 Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3.
PAGE 1412
clear qos statistics Clear Matched Packets through class maps applied to inbound ports C9000 Series Syntax clear qos statistics interface-name Parameters Defaults interface-name Enter one of the following keywords: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1413
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. policy-map-output — creates an output policy map. qos-policy-input — creates an input QoS-policy on the router.
PAGE 1414
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. For class-map match-any, a maximum of five ACL match criteria are allowed. For class-map match-all, only one ACL match criteria is allowed. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map.
PAGE 1415
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast. Added the DSCP Marking option support on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria.
PAGE 1416
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Added support for the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added the keyword multicast.
PAGE 1417
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. Use this command to match an IP class-map against a single VLAN ID . Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map.
PAGE 1418
match mac dot1p Configure a match criterion for a class map based on a dot1p value. C9000 Series Syntax match mac dot1p {dot1p-list} Parameters Defaults dot1p-list Enter a dot1p value. The range is from 0 to 7. none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1419
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. You can match against only one VLAN ID. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps.
PAGE 1420
policy-map-input Create an input policy map. C9000 Series Syntax policy-map-input policy-map-name [layer2] [cpu-qos] To remove an input policy map, use the no policy-map-input policy-map-name [layer2] [cpu-qos] command. Parameters Defaults policy-map-name Enter the name of the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3.
PAGE 1421
policy-map-output Create an output policy map. C9000 Series Syntax policy-map-output policy-map-name To remove a policy map, use the no policy-map-output policy-map-name command. Parameters Defaults policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). none Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1422
Parameters Defaults qos-policy-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. cpu-qos Enter the keyword cpu-qos to create a QoS input policy to be used to rate-limit control-plane traffic (CoPP). Layer 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1423
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 1424
Command Modes QOS-POLICY-IN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 1425
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(1.0) Added support for packets-per-second and committed rate. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1426
Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform You can configure all the data queues. For S6000, you can configure queues 0-7.
PAGE 1427
layer2 Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3. Layer 3 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 1428
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information A single policy-map can be attached to one or more interfaces to specify the service-policy for those interfaces. A policy map attached to an interface can be modified.
PAGE 1429
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command assigns a class map or QoS policy to different queues. There are eight queues per interface on the Z9500. Related Commands ● class-map— identifies the class map. ● service-policy input— applies an input policy map to the selected interface. ● service-policy output— applies an output policy map to the selected interface.
PAGE 1430
show qos class-map View the current class map information. C9000 Series Syntax show qos class-map [class-name] Parameters Defaults class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1431
● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE.
PAGE 1432
Example (IPv6) Dell# show qos policy-map detail tengigabitethernet 0/10 Interface TengigabitEthernet 0/10 Policy-map-input pmap1 Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 c0 q0 1 c1 q1 2 c2 q2 3 c3 q3 4 c4 q4 5 c5 6 c6 q6 7 c7 q7 Dell# Example (Summary IPv4) Dell#sho qos policy-map summary Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Te 2/1 PM1 Te 2/2 PM2 PMOut Dell# show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details.
PAGE 1433
Example 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added Trust IPv6 diffserv. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1434
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show qos policy-map-output Policy-map-output PolicyMapOutput Aggregate Qos-policy-name AggPolicyOut Queue# Qos-policy-name 0 qosPolicyOutput Dell# show qos qos-policy-input View the input QoS policy details. C9000 Series Syntax show qos qos-policy-input [qos-policy-name] Parameters Defaults qos-policy-name Enter the QoS policy name.
PAGE 1435
show qos qos-policy-output View the output QoS policy details. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show qos qos-policy-output [qos-policy-name] qos-policy-name Enter the QoS policy name. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1436
● For a port extender 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peTenGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stack-unit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is 25 to 28 or 49 to 52 depending on the PE. interface Defaults Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1437
show qos wred-profile View the WRED profile details. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show qos wred-profile wred-profile-name wred-profilename Enter the WRED profile name to view the profile details. none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1438
max number Defaults Enter the keyword max then the maximum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 0 to 12000KB. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (config-wred) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1439
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added fallback to the E-Series.
PAGE 1440
Parameters yellow | green Enter the keyword yellow for yellow traffic. A DSCP value of xxx100, xxx101, and xxx110 maps to yellow. Enter the keyword green for green traffic. A DSCP value of xxx0xx maps to green. profile-name Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum). Or use one of the five pre-defined WRED profile names. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_.
PAGE 1441
Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500 switch. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the S6000 and Z9000 platforms If the average queue size is more than the maximum threshold of WRED, the packet is dropped. If the average queue size is between the minimum and maximum threshold values, the decision to drop or queue the packet is taken based on the packet drop probability.
PAGE 1442
wred-profile Create a WRED profile and name the profile. C9000 Series Syntax wred-profile wred-profile-name To remove an existing WRED profile, use the no wred-profile command. Parameters wred-profilename Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum). Or use one of the pre-defined WRED profile names. You can configure up to 26 WRED profiles plus the five pre-defined profiles, for a total of 31 WRED profiles.
PAGE 1443
Defaults pe-unit PE-unit is use to specify the PE. PE ID 1 – 255. stack-unit Stack-unit is used to specify the statck unite in the stacked PE system. Stack-unit within a PE ID 0 – 7. buffer-unit Buffer unit is used to specify the port-pipe. Buffer-unit 0 – 0. None Command Modes Exec Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1444
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. If the specified color-map does not exist, the Diffserv Manager (DSM) creates a color map and sets all the DSCP values to green (low drop precedence). The default setting for each DSCP value (0-63) is green (low drop precedence). This command allows setting the number of specific DSCP values to yellow or red.
PAGE 1445
priority and places it into the appropriate shaping queue. You cannot delete a DSCP color map when it is configured on an interface. If you do, all the DSCP values are set to green (low drop precedence). To delete the DSCP color map that is being used by one or more interfaces, remove the DSCP map from each interface. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to configure the DSCP color map in a dualhoming setup.
PAGE 1446
show qos dscp-color-map Display the DSCP color map for one or all interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax show qos dscp-color-map map-name Parameters Defaults map-name Enter the name of the color map. None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.
PAGE 1447
50 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges.
PAGE 1448
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. C9000 Series Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command.
PAGE 1449
Example Dell#debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu tengigabitethernet 2/0 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) description Enter a description of the rapid spanning tree. C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults description Enter a description to identify the rapid spanning tree (80 characters maximum). none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-rstp”.
PAGE 1450
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch.
PAGE 1451
hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). C9000 Series Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds.
PAGE 1452
To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters Defaults max-age Enter a number of seconds that the system waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1453
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode. To enable RSTP globally on the system, use the no disable command from RSTP mode. Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree rstp Dell(config-rstp)##no disable disable — disables RSTP globally on the system. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed.
PAGE 1454
show spanning-tree rstp Display the RSTP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show spanning-tree rstp [brief] [guard] Parameters brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the RSTP configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an RSTP interface and the current port state. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1455
---------- ------Te 2/0 128.418 128 Te 2/1 128.419 128 Te 2/8 128.426 128 Te 2/9 128.427 128 Interface Name Role ----------Te 2/0 Desg Te 2/1 Desg Te 2/8 Root Te 2/9 Altr Dell# Example (EDS, LBK) --- ------- -------------------- -------20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e801.6aa8 128.418 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e801.6aa8 128.419 20000 FWD 20000 8192 0001.e805.e306 128.130 20000 BLK 20000 8192 0001.e805.e306 128.131 PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge ---- ------- --- ------- --------- ---128.
PAGE 1456
spanning-tree rstp Configure an RSTP interface with one of these settings: port cost, edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port priority, loop guard, or root guard. C9000 Series Syntax spanning-tree rstp {cost port-cost | edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-onviolation]] | priority priority | {loopguard | rootguard}} Parameters cost port-cost Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
PAGE 1457
Usage Information The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, or is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack. This option places the port into an Error Disable state if a BPDU appears and a message is logged so that the administrator can take corrective action. NOTE: A port configured as an edge port, on an RSTP switch, immediately transitions to the Forwarding state.
PAGE 1458
Usage Information 1458 Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the system implements an optimized flush mechanism for RSTP. This implementation helps in flushing MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often), allowing for faster convergence during topology changes.
PAGE 1459
51 Remote Monitoring (RMON) Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1460
To disable the alarm, use the no rmon alarm number command. Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds.
PAGE 1461
rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} [owner name] [buckets number] [interval seconds] To remove a specified RMON history group of statistics collection, use the no rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer Defaults Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value.
PAGE 1462
To remove RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface, use the no rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer owner name Defaults Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON Statistic Table. The integer value must be a unique in the RMON statistic table.
PAGE 1463
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1464
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1465
log table: 2 entries, 552 bytes Dell# show rmon alarms Display the contents of the RMON alarm table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show rmon alarms [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON alarm table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1466
show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. C9000 Series Syntax show rmon events [index] [brief] Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1467
show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON High-Capacity alarm table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1468
show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table. C9000 Series Syntax show rmon history [index] [brief] Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet history table in an easy-to-read format none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1469
show rmon log Display the contents of the RMON log table. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show rmon log [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON log table in an easyto-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1470
show rmon statistics Display the contents of RMON Ethernet statistics table. C9000 Series Syntax show rmon statistics [index] [brief] Parameters Defaults index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet statistics table in an easy-to-read format. none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1471
HC 65-127 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 65-127 bytes packets: 0 HC 128-255 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 128-255 bytes packets: 0 HC 256-511 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 256-511 bytes packets: 0 HC 512-1023 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 Dell# Example (Brief) Dell#show rmon statistics br index ifIndex interface ------------------------------------------6001 100974631 TengigabitEthernet 2/0 6002 100974631 TengigabitEt
PAGE 1472
52 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2). The implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1473
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9.(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1474
debug ip rip Examine RIP routing information for troubleshooting. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip rip [interface | database | events [interface] | packet[interface] | trigger] To turn off debugging output, use the no debug ip rip command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and ID as one of the following: ● For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1475
default-information originate Generate a default route for the RIP traffic. C9000 Series Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value. The range is from 1 to 16.
PAGE 1476
Defaults 1 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1477
Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. router rip — enters ROUTER mode on the switch. distance Assign a weight (for prioritization) to all routes in the RIP routing table or to a specific route. Lower weights (“administrative distance”) are preferred. C9000 Series Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-name]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask] command.
PAGE 1478
distribute-list in Configure a filter for incoming routing updates. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096.
PAGE 1479
Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1480
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip split-horizon — sets the RIP routing updates to exclude routing prefixes. ip rip receive version To receive specific versions of RIP, set the interface.
PAGE 1481
ip rip send version To send a specific version of RIP, set the interface. The version you set on the interface overrides the version command in ROUTER RIP mode. C9000 Series Syntax ip rip send version [1] [2] To return to the default value, use the no ip rip send version command. Parameters Defaults 1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 1 for RIP version 1. The default is RIPv1. 2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 2 for RIP version 2.
PAGE 1482
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1483
neighbor Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor ip-address To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format, of a router with which to exchange information. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1484
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1485
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1486
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface. C9000 Series Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters Defaults interface Enter the following information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1487
To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | static} command. Parameters Defaults connected Enter the keyword connected to specify that information from active routes on interfaces is redistributed. static Enter the keyword static to specify that information from static routes is redistributed. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1488
route-map map- name Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route map. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1489
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. router rip To configure and enable RIP, enter ROUTER RIP mode. C9000 Series Syntax router rip To disable RIP, use the no router rip command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1490
show config Display the changes you made to the RIP configuration. The default values are not shown. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1491
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip rip database command shown in the following example.
PAGE 1492
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.
PAGE 1493
Defaults ● ● ● ● update = 30 seconds invalid = 180 seconds holddown = 180 seconds flush = 240 seconds Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1494
Related Commands 1494 Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version the interface receives. ip rip send version — sets the RIP version the interface sends.
PAGE 1495
53 Security This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software. The commands are listed in the following sections: ● AAA Accounting Commands ● Authorization and Privilege Commands ● Obscure Password Command ● Authentication and Password Commands ● RADIUS Commands ● TACACS+ Commands ● Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1496
aaa authorization role-only Configure authentication to use the user’s role only when determining if access to commands is permitted. C9000 Syntax aaa authorization role-only To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication role-only command. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator).
PAGE 1497
route-map for Route-map mode router for Router mode Defaults addrole Enter the keyword addrole to add permission to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. deleterole Enter the keyword deleterole to remove access to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. role-name Enter a text string for the name of the user role up to 63 characters. These are 3 system defined roles you can modify: secadmin, netadmin, and netoperator.
PAGE 1498
Dell#show role mode configure management route Role access: netadmin, sysadmin Dell#show role mode configure management crypto-policy Role access: secadmin, sysadmin show userroles Display information on all defined user roles. C9000 Syntax show userroles Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL.
PAGE 1499
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. Instead of using the system defined user roles, you can create a new user role that best matches your organization. When you create a new user role, you first inherit permissions from one of the system defined roles. Otherwise you would have to create a user role from scratch. You then restrict commands or add commands to that role.
PAGE 1500
Defaults name | default Enter one of the following: ● For name, enter a user-defined name of a list of accounting methods. ● For default, the default accounting methods used. start-stop Enter the keywords start-stop to send a “start accounting” notice at the beginning of the requested event and a “stop accounting” notice at the end of the event. wait-start Enter the keywords wait-start to ensure that the TACACS+ security server acknowledges the start notice before granting the user’s process request.
PAGE 1501
tacacs-server host — specifies a TACACS+ server host. aaa accounting suppress Prevent the generation of accounting records of users with the user name value of NULL. C9000 Series Syntax aaa accounting suppress null-username To permit accounting records to users with user name value of NULL, use the no aaa accounting suppress null-username command. Defaults Accounting records are recorded for all users. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1502
Defaults none Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1503
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command steps through all active sessions and then displays the accounting records for the active account functions.
PAGE 1504
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. aaa authorization commands — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands aaa authorization exec — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands.
PAGE 1505
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for RADIUS. aaa authorization config-commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands. C9000 Series Syntax aaa authorization config-commands Disable authorization checking for CONFIGURATION level commands using the no aaa authorization config-commands command. Defaults Enabled when you configure aaa authorization commands command.
PAGE 1506
Defaults local Use the authorization parameters on the system to perform authorization. tacacs+ Use the TACACS+ protocol to perform authorization. none Enter the keyword none to apply no authorization. none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1507
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1508
Authentication and Password Commands To manage access to the system, use the following the commands: aaa authentication enable Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC privilege mode (the “Enable” access). C9000 Series Syntax aaa authentication enable {default | method-list-name} method [... method2] To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication enable {default | method-list-name} method [... method2] command.
PAGE 1509
Methods configured with the aaa authentication enable command are evaluated in the order they are configured. If authentication fails using the primary method, the system employs the second method (or third method, if necessary) automatically. For example, if the TACACS+ server is reachable, but the server key is invalid, the system proceeds to the next authentication method. The TACACS+ is incorrect, but the user is still authenticated by the secondary method.
PAGE 1510
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the locally configured username password is used.
PAGE 1511
The change in authentication happens when: ● Add or remove an authentication server (RADIUS/TACACS+) ● Modify an AAA authentication/authorization list ● Change to role-only (RBAC) mode The re-authentication is also applicable for authenticated 802.1x devices. When there is a change in the authentication servers, the supplicants connected to all the ports are forced to re-authenticate.
PAGE 1512
enable password Change the password for the enable command. C9000 Series Syntax enable password [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable password [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 7 then a text string as the hidden password.
PAGE 1513
enable sha256-password Configure SHA-256 based password for the enable command. Syntax enable sha256-password [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable sha256-password [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters sha256-password Enter the keyword sha256-password then the encryption-type or the password. level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15.
PAGE 1514
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Only Dell Networking Technical Support staff use this command. enable secret Change the password for the enable command.
PAGE 1515
Usage Information Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: ● Start with a letter, not a number. ● Passwords can have a regular expression as the password. To create a password with a regular expression in it, use CNTL + v prior to entering regular expression.
PAGE 1516
Usage Information If you configure the aaa authentication login default command, the login authentication default command automatically is applied to all terminal lines. Related Commands aaa authentication login — selects the login authentication methods. password Specify a password for users on terminal lines. C9000 Series Syntax password [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no password password command.
PAGE 1517
password-attributes Configure the password attributes (strong password). C9000 Series Syntax password-attributes [min-length number] [max-retry number] [lockout-period minutes][character-restriction [upper number] [lower number] [numeric number] [special-char number]] To return to the default, use the no password-attributes [min-length number] [max-retry number] [lockout-period minutes] [character-restriction [upper number] [lower number] [numeric number] [special-char number]] command.
PAGE 1518
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. In the following example, after 5 un-successful login attempts, the session (SSH/TELNET) goes into a locked state for 5 minutes. If all the 10 sessions are locked out with 5 un-successful attempts in each session, no users can login during the lockout-period. Dell(conf)#password-attributes max-retry 5 lockout-period 5 Related Commands password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines.
PAGE 1519
service password-encryption Encrypt all passwords configured in the system. C9000 Series Syntax service password-encryption To store new passwords as clear text, use the no service password-encryption command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1520
Once you save the running-configuration, the secured CLI mode is enabled. If you do not want to enter the secured mode, do not save the running-configuration. Once saved, to disable the secured CLI mode, you need to manually edit the startup-configuration file and reboot the system. show privilege View your access level. C9000 Series Syntax show privilege From a PE console, use show privilege to view the current privilege level.
PAGE 1521
Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all terminal lines in the switch. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.
PAGE 1522
Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number of seconds the software waits before logging you out. The range is: ● VTY: the range is from 1 to 30 seconds, the default is 30 seconds. ● Console: the range is from 1 to 300 seconds, the default is 0 seconds (no timeout). ● AUX: the range is from 1 to 300 seconds, the default is 0 seconds (no timeout). See the defaults settings shown in Parameters. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1523
● 7 to indicate that a password encrypted using a DES hashing algorithm follows. This encryption type is available with the password option only. ● 5 to indicate that a password encrypted using an MD5 hashing algorithm follows. This encryption type is available with the secret option only, and is the default encryption type for this option. password Enter a string up to 32 characters long. dynamic-salt Enter the keyword dynamic-salt to have an additional random input in the password encryption process.
PAGE 1524
Usage Information Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To view the defined user names, use the show running-config user command. You can use the dynamic-salt option only under the secret and the password options. When you configure the password, the system alerts if your password does not match the following criteria. The system accepts your password even if these conditions are not met. Dell EMC Networking recommends selecting a strong password for enhanced security.
PAGE 1525
client Configures trusted DAC clients. Syntax client {ipv4-addr | ipv6-addr | hostname} [vrf vrf-name] [key [encryptiontype] key] To undo the DAC client configuration, enter the no client host command. Defaults Parameters If VRF is not configured, default VRF is considered. ipv4–addr Enter the keyword ipv4–addr to specify the IPv4 address of the DAC. ipv6–addr Enter the keyword ipv6–addr to specify the IPv6 address of the DAC. hostname Enter the keyword hostname to enter the name of the host.
PAGE 1526
Usage Information ● Configure global shared key applicable for DA clients. If client configuration has shared key configured, that will take precedence. Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13(0.
PAGE 1527
coa-reauthenticate Configure NAS to re-authenticate dot1x user session requests from DAC. Syntax coa-reauthenticate To ignore re-authentication requests, enter the no coa-reauthenticate command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ● CONF-DYNAMIC-AUTH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1528
To undo the configuration, enter the no da-rsp-timeout command. Defaults Parameters 10 Minutes. minutes Enter the time out value. Command Modes ● CONF-DYNAMIC-AUTH Usage Information ● Time for DAS to wait before the back end response is received. Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1529
Usage Information Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S3100, S3048–ON, S4048T-ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6010–ON, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, S6000, Z9100–ON, Z9500, FN-IOM, and MXL. If this configuration is not enabled, then dynamic authorization messages are not handled by the NAS. ip radius source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections.
PAGE 1530
port Configures NAS port number to accept CoA or DM requests. Syntax port port-number To remove the NAS port configuration, enter the no port command. Defaults Parameters 3799 port-number Enter the NAS port number to accept CoA and DM requests. The range is from 1 to 65535. Command Modes ● CONF-DYNAMIC-AUTH Usage Information ● Optionally specify dynamic authorization port number. Default port is 3799. Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1531
To disable this function or return to the default value, use the no radius-server deadtime command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a number of seconds during which non-responsive RADIUS servers are skipped. The range is from 0 to 2147483647 seconds. The default is 0 seconds. 0 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1532
● 0 is the default and means the password is not encrypted and stored as clear text. ● 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. Configure this parameter last because leading spaces are ignored. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1533
key Defaults Enter a string that is the key to be exchanged between the switch and RADIUS servers. It can be up to 42 characters long. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1534
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. radius-server timeout To reply to a request, configure the amount of time the RADIUS client (the switch) waits for a RADIUS host server .
PAGE 1535
rate-limit Configure NAS to allow or reject RADIUS dynamic authorization (DA) packets based on the configurable rate limit value. Syntax rate-limit packets per minute To undo the configuration, enter the no rate-limit command. Defaults Parameters 30 packets per minute. packet per minute Enter the number of packets that you want processed per minute. The range is between 10 to 60 packets per minute.
PAGE 1536
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ● CONF-DYNAMIC-AUTH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell EMC Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S3100, S3048–ON, S4048T-ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6010–ON, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, S6000, Z9100–ON, Z9500, FN-IOM, and MXL.
PAGE 1537
ip tacacs source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for TACACS+ connections. C9000 Series Syntax ip tacacs source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip tacacs source-interface command. Parameters Defaults interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16838. ● For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0.
PAGE 1538
Defaults ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the TACACS+ server host. port number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port then a number as the port to be used by the TACACS+ server. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. The default is 49. timeout seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timeout then the number of seconds the switch waits for a reply from the TACACS+ server. The range is from 0 to 1000. The default is 10 seconds.
PAGE 1539
Parameters Defaults encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: ● 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. ● 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden. key Enter a text string, up to 42 characters long, as the clear text password. Leading spaces are ignored. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1540
● If an 802.1X port is authenticated and put in the RADIUS server assigned VLAN, any change to the port access VLAN configuration does not take effect. ● The 802.1X with VLAN assignment feature is not supported on trunk ports, dynamic ports, or with dynamic-access port assignment through a VLAN membership. dot1x authentication (Configuration) Enable dot1x globally. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level.
PAGE 1541
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x authentication (Configuration) — enables dot1x globally. dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication.
PAGE 1542
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1543
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. 802.1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch. If the host fails to respond within a designated amount of time, the authenticator places the port in the guest VLAN. If a device does not respond within 30 seconds, it is assumed that the device is not 802.1X capable.
PAGE 1544
dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time-out. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1545
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The authenticator performs authentication only when port-control is set to auto.
PAGE 1546
To disable periodic re-authentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters Defaults interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which re-authentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (1 year). The default is3600 (1 hour). 3600 seconds (1 hour) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1547
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters Defaults seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30.
PAGE 1548
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1549
show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X information on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults show dot1x interface interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1550
SSH Server and SCP Commands The Dell Networking OS supports secure shell (SSH) protocol versions 1.5 and 2.0. SSH is a protocol for secure remote login over an insecure network. SSH sessions are encrypted and use authentication. crypto cert generate Generates a default key and a self-signed certificate. This command replaces the existing certificate with a new certificate.
PAGE 1551
Usage Information The maximum number of characters allowed for the parameters, except the county-name, is 64. crypto key generate Generate keys for the SSH server. C9000 Series Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. crypto key generate {rsa | rsa1} Parameters rsa Enter the keyword rsa then the key size to generate a SSHv2 RSA host keys.
PAGE 1552
Host key already exists. Do you want to replace. [y/n] :y Dell(conf)# Related Commands ip ssh server — enables the SSH server. show crypto — displays the SSH host public keys. crypto key zeroize rsa Removes the generated RSA host keys and zeroize the key storage location. C9000 Series Syntax crypto key zeroize rsa Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1553
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Debug information includes details for key-exchange, authentication, and established session for each connection. ip scp topdir Identify a location for files used in secure copy transfer.
PAGE 1554
ip ssh authentication-retries Configure the maximum number of attempts that should be used to authenticate a user. C9000 Series Syntax ip ssh authentication-retries 1-10 Parameters Defaults 1-10 Enter the number of maximum retries to authenticate a user. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 3. 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1555
Usage Information If both the challenge response authentication and password authentication methods are configured, the challenge response authentication takes priority. NOTE: SSHv1 does not support challenge response authentication. ip ssh cipher Configure the list of ciphers supported on both SSH client and SCP. Syntax Parameters Defaults ip ssh cipher cipher-list cipher cipher-list Enter the keyword cipher and then a space-delimited list of ciphers that the SSH client supports.
PAGE 1556
Parameters Defaults 1-10 Enter the number of maximum numbers of incoming SSH connections allowed per minute. The range is from 1 to 10 per minute. The default is 10 per minute. 10 per minute Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1557
Usage Information If you enable this command, clients can log in without a password prompt. This command provides two levels of authentication: ● rhost-authentication is done with the file specified in the ip ssh rhostfile command. ● checking client host-keys is done with the file specified in the ip ssh pub-key-file command. NOTE: Administrators must specify the two files (rhosts and pub-key-file) to configure hostbased authentication.
PAGE 1558
● hmac-sha2–256 ● hmac-sha1 ● hmac-sha1–96 When FIPS mode is disabled: ● hmac-sha2-256 ● hmac-sha1 ● hmac-sha1–96 ● hmac-md5 ● hmac-md5-96 Defaults The default list of MAC algorithm is in the order as shown below: When FIPS mode is enabled: ● hmac-sha2–256 ● hmac-sha1 ● hmac-sha1–96 When FIPS mode is disabled: ● hmac-sha2-256 ● hmac-sha1 ● hmac-sha1–96 ● hmac-md5 ● hmac-md5-96 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1559
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1560
poclab4,123.12.1.123 ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAox/ QQp8xYhzOxn07yh4VGPAoUfgKoieTHO9G4sNV+ui+DWEc3cgYAcU5Lai1MU2ODrzhCwyDNp05tK BU3t ReG1o8AxLi6+S4hyEMqHzkzBFNVqHzpQc+Rs4p2urzV0F4pRKnaXdHf3Lk4D460HZRhhVrxqeNx PDpEn WIMPJi0ds= ashwani@poclab4 NOTE: For rhostfile and pub-key-file, the administrator must FTP the file to the chassis.
PAGE 1561
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON, S6000, S6000–ON, S5000, S4810, S4820T, S3048– ON, S4048–ON, MXL, C9010, S3100 series, and Z9100-ON. ● You can select one or more MAC algorithms from the list. ● Client-supported MAC list gets preference over the server-supported MAC list in selecting the MAC algorithm for the SSH session. ● When the MAC (-m) option is used with the SSH CLI, it overrides the configured or default MAC list.
PAGE 1562
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1563
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Enabling RSA authentication allows the user to log in without being prompted for a password. In addition, the OpenSSH compatible SSHv2 RSA public key must be added to the list of authorized keys (ip ssh rsa-authentication my-authorized-keys device://filename command).
PAGE 1564
NOTE: The no form of this command deletes the file flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/ authorizedkeys-username file. Related Commands show ip ssh rsa-authentication — displays the RSA authorized keys. ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) — enables RSA authentication. ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. The SSH server is enabled by default. C9000 Series Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative.
PAGE 1565
● ● ● ● kex key-exchangealgorithm hmac-md5-96 hmac-sha1 hmac-sha1-96 hmac-sha2-256 Enter the keyword kex and then a space-delimited list of key exchange algorithms supported by the SSH server. The following key exchange algorithms are available: ● diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1 ● diffie-hellman-group1-sha1 ● diffie-hellman-group14-sha1 When FIPS is enabled, the default key-exchange-algorithm is diffie-hellmangroup14-sha1.
PAGE 1566
Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command enables the SSH server and begins listening on a port. If a port is not specified, listening is on SSH default port 22. Dell# conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh server port 45 Dell(conf)# ip ssh server enable Dell# show ip ssh — displays the ssh information. ip ssh server dns enable Enable or disable the DNS in SSH server configuration to resolve hostname for host-based authenticatioin.
PAGE 1567
● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1568
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command is useful if the remote SSH client implements Strict Host Key Checking. You can copy the host key to your list of known hosts.
PAGE 1569
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v1 and v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : aes256-ctr, aes256-cbc, aes192-ctr, aes192cbc, aes128-ctr, aes128-cbc, 3des-cbc. SSH server macs : hmac-sha2-256, hmac-sha1, hmac-sha1-96, hmac-md5, hmac-md5-96.
PAGE 1570
Usage Information Example This command displays the contents of the flash://ADMIN_DIRssh/knownhosts file. Dell#show ip ssh client-pub-keys poclab4,123.12.1.123 ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAox/ QQp8xYhzOxn07yh4VGPAoUfgKoieTHO9G4sNV+ui+DWEc3cgYAcU5Lai1MU2ODrzhCwyDNp05tKBU3tReG o8AxLi6+S4hyEMqHzkzBFNVqHzpQc+Rs4p2urzV0F4pRKnaXdHf3Lk4D460HZRhhVrxqeNxPDpEnWIMPJi ds= ashwani@poclab4 Dell# Related Commands ip ssh pub-key-file — configures the filename for the host-based authentication.
PAGE 1571
Related Commands ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) — configures the RSA authorized keys. ssh Open an SSH connection specifying the hostname, username, encryption cipher, HMAC algorithm, port number, and version of the SSH client. C9000 Series Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative.
PAGE 1572
Defaults -p port-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -p then the port number. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 22. -v {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -v then the SSH version 1 or 2. The default is the version from the protocol negotiation. As shown in the Parameters section. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1573
hmac-md5 Force ssh to use hmac-md5 HMAC algorithm hmac-md5-96 Force ssh to use hmac-md5-96 HMAC algorithm Dell#ssh vrf vrf1 10.10.10.2 -l admin Secure DHCP Commands DHCP as defined by RFC 2131 provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks. clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 1574
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN. After disabling DHCP Snooping, the binding table is deleted and Option 82, IP Source Guard, and Dynamic ARP Inspection are disabled.
PAGE 1575
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults ip dhcp snooping database write-delay minutes minutes The range is from 5 to 21600.
PAGE 1576
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1577
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs.
PAGE 1578
Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1579
Table 11. Suppressed ICMPv4 message types (continued) ICMPv4 Message Types Address mask request (17) Address mask reply (18) NOTE: The Dell Networking OS does not suppress the ICMPv4 message type Echo request (8). Table 12.
PAGE 1580
Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S3100 Series, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, S6010–ON, S4048T–ON, C9000, and MXL. When the drop icmp feature is configured, the system drops the ICMP reply messages on the front end and management interfaces. By default, the Dell Networking OS responds to all the ICMP messages. NOTE: There is no separate CLI to enable IP ID randomness.
PAGE 1581
Example DellEMC(conf)#boot-access password 7 Hg$7^5HMoiY% *********************************************************************** * Warning - boot-access password will enable password protection in * * GRUB. Keep it safe. Forgetting this password and the CLI password * * may result in switch becoming inaccessible.
PAGE 1582
root-password Defaults Enter the root password. Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, Z9500, C9010, MXL, and FN-IOM.
PAGE 1583
verified startup-config Enable hash validation for the startup configuration during system startup. Syntax verified startup-config To disable hash validation for the startup configuration, use the no verified startup-config command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Example Version Description 9.13(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, S6010–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, Z9500, C9010, MXL, and FN-IOM.
PAGE 1584
54 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel.
PAGE 1585
Defaults in | out | both Enter the keyword in, out, or both to debug incoming interfaces, outgoing interfaces, or both incoming and outgoing interfaces. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. count value Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 100. Debug disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1586
Example Related Command Version Description 8.5.1.1 Added support for 802.1X, E-LMI, GMRP, GVRP, LLDP, LACP, MMRP, MVRP, and OAM 802.3ah protocol traffic to the E-Series ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1587
protocol-tunnel enable Enable protocol tunneling globally on the system. C9000 Series Syntax protocol-tunnel enable To disable protocol tunneling, use the no protocol-tunnel enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1588
Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, and E-Series ExaScale. Maximum rate limit on E-Series reduced from 4000 to 3000. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Dell(conf)#interface vlan 4001 Dell(conf-if-vl-4001-stack)#protocol-tunnel rate-limit 100 show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. show running-config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 1589
Example (Specific VLAN) Related Commands Dell#show protocol-tunnel vlan 2 System Rate-Limit: 1000 Frames/second Interface Vlan Protocol(s) Te1/2 2 STP, PVST Dell# show running-config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 1590
55 sFlow The Dell Networking operating software (OS) supports sFlow commands on Dell Networking OS. Dell Networking operating software sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. ● The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. ● The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1591
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. C9000 Series Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ip-address | ipv6address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagramsize number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command.
PAGE 1592
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded the no form of the command to mirror the syntax used to configure. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure up to two sFlow collectors (IPv4 or IPv6). If two collectors are configured, traffic samples are sent to both.
PAGE 1593
Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. sFlow is disabled by default.
PAGE 1594
Usage Information When you enable sFlow on an interface, flow sampling is done on any traffic going out of the interface. NOTE: After a physical port is a member of a LAG, it inherits the sFlow configuration from the LAG port. sflow ingress-enable Enable sFlow ingress on interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax sflow ingress-enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow ingress enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1595
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.
PAGE 1596
Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S Series and Z Series switches. Dell(conf)#sflow max-header-size extended sflow polling-interval (Global) Set the sFlow polling interval at a global level.
PAGE 1597
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The polling interval for an interface is the maximum number of seconds between successive samples of counters sent to the collector. This command changes the global default counter polling (20 seconds) interval. You can configure an interface to use a different polling interval. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to set the sFlow polling interval in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 1598
sflow sample-rate (Global) Change the global default sampling rate. C9000 Series Syntax sflow sample-rate value To return to the default sampling rate, use the no sflow sample-rate command. Parameters Defaults value Enter the sampling rate value. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 256 to 8388608 packets Enter values in powers of 2 only; for example, 4096, 8192, 16384, and so on. The default is 32768 packets.
PAGE 1599
sflow sample-rate (Interface) Change the interface default sampling rate. C9000 Series Syntax sflow sample-rate value To return to the default sampling rate, use the no sflow sample-rate command. Parameters Defaults value Enter the sampling rate value. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 256 to 8388608 packets. Enter values in powers of 2 only; for example, 4096, 8192, 16384, etc. The default is 32768 packets. The Global default sampling.
PAGE 1600
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. ● For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1601
show sflow linecard Display sFlow information for a line card. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show sflow linecard slot-id slot number Enter a slot number to view information on the line-card ports in that slot. The range of Z9500 slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1602
56 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. The chapter contains the following sections: ● SNMP Commands ● Syslog Commands Topics: • • SNMP Commands Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking operating software.
PAGE 1603
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1604
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Dell#show snmp engineID Local SNMP engineID: 0000178B02000001E80214A8 Remote Engine ID IP-addr Port 80001F88043132333435 172.31.1.3 5009 80001F88043938373635 172.31.1.3 5008 Dell# Related Commands snmp-server engineID — configures local and remote SNMP engines on the router.
PAGE 1605
Related Commands snmp-server group — configures an SNMP server group. show snmp supported-mibs Display the list of SNMP MIBs supported by the platform. Syntax show snmp supported-mibs Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.
PAGE 1606
Example DellEMC#show snmp supported-traps TRAP OID ----------------------------------------------------------------------COLDSTART 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.1 WARMSTART 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.2 LINKDOWN 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.3 LINKUP 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.4 Authenticationfailure 1.3.6.1.6.3.1.1.5.5 dellNetIfAlarmHighBer 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.11.1.4.1.1 dellNetIfAlarmHighBerClr 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.11.1.4.1.2 dellNetSysAlarmCardDown 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.26.1.5.1.1 dellNetSysAlarmCardUp 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.26.1.5.1.
PAGE 1607
snmp context Enables you to map a bgp vrf instance within a SNMP context through community mapping, in SNMPv2c and SNMPv3. Syntax Parameters Defaults [no] snmp context [context name] context name Enter a unique name for the context. None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.13(0.
PAGE 1608
!----command run on server connected to switch:------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to Router2. IF-MIB::ifAlias.
PAGE 1609
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. snmp-server context Configure a new context string for SNMP (SNMPv3) server. C9000 Series Syntax snmp-server context {line} To remove a user from the SNMP group, use the no snmp-server context {line} command.
PAGE 1610
To remove access to a community, use the no snmp-server community community-string {ro | rw} [security-name name [access-list-name | ipv6 access-list-name | access-list-name ipv6 access-list-name]] command. Parameters community-name Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) to act as a password for SNMP. ro Enter the keyword ro to specify read-only permission. rw Enter the keyword rw to specify read-write permission.
PAGE 1611
Example Example Dell#config Dell(conf)# snmp-server community public ro Dell(conf)# snmp-server community public ro security-name guestuser Dell(conf)# Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard snmp-ro-acl Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 5 permit host 10.10.10.224 Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 10 deny any count ! Dell(conf)#snmp-server community guest ro snmp-ro-acl Dell(conf)# Related Commands ip access-list standard — names (or selects) a standard access list to filter based on IP address.
PAGE 1612
● supply ● temperature For the snmp notification-type, enter one of the following optional parameters: ● authentication ● coldstart ● linkdown ● linkup Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1613
Format (as specified in RFC 3411): 12 octets. ● The first four octets are set to the private enterprise number. ● The remaining eight octets are the MAC address of the chassis. remote ip- address Defaults Enter the keyword remote followed by the IP address that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the remote device. vrf management (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrffollowed by the keyword management to specify that management vrf will be used to reach the remote host.
PAGE 1614
access-list-name | ipv6 access-list-name | access-list-name ipv6 accesslist-name]] command. Parameters group_name Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) as the name of the group. The following groups are created for mapping to read/write community/security-names (defaults): ● v1v2creadg — maps to a community/security-name with ro permissions. ● 1v2cwriteg — maps to a community/security-name rw permissions.
PAGE 1615
Usage Information The following Example specifies the group named harig as a version 3 user requiring both authentication and encryption and read access limited to the read named rview. NOTE: The number of configurable groups is limited to 16 groups. Example Related Commands Dell#conf Dell(conf)# snmp-server group harig 3 priv read rview Dell# show snmp group — displays the group name, security model, view status, and storage type of each group.
PAGE 1616
communitystring Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) as the name of the SNMP community. NOTE: For version 1 and version 2c security models, this string represents the name of the SNMP community. The string can be set using this command; however, Dell Networking recommends setting the community string using the snmp-server community command before executing this command. For version 3 security model, this string is the USM user security name.
PAGE 1617
When multiple snmp-server host commands are given for the same host and type of notification (trap or inform), each succeeding command overwrites the previous command. Only the last snmpserver host command will be in effect. For example, if you enter an snmp-server host inform command for a host and then enter another snmp-server host inform command for the same host, the second command replaces the first command. The snmp-server host command is used with the snmp-server enable command.
PAGE 1618
Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#snmp-server location MAA_LAB Dell(conf)#do show running-config snmp ! snmp-server community public ro snmp-server location MAA_LAB show running-config snmp — displays the SNMP running configuration. snmp-server packetsize Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted. Wen the SNMP server is receiving a request or generating a reply, use the snmp-server packetsize global configuration command.
PAGE 1619
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults The IP address assigned to the management interface is the default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1620
remote ip- address udp-port port- number 1 | 2c | 3 Enter the keywords udp-port then the user datagram protocol (UDP) port number on the remote device. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 162. Enter the keywords udp-port then the UDP (User Datagram Protocol) port number on the remote device. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 162. (OPTIONAL) Enter the security model version number (1, 2c, or 3): ● 1 is the least secure version. ● 3 is the most secure of the security modes.
PAGE 1621
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP. TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP.
PAGE 1622
To remove an SNMPv3 view, use the no snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded} command. Parameters Defaults view-name Enter the name of the view (not to exceed 20 characters). oid-tree Enter the OID sub tree for the view (not to exceed 20 characters). included (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword included to include the MIB family in the view. excluded (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword excluded to exclude the MIB family in the view.
PAGE 1623
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information Use this command to bind an SNMP agent to a VRF. The SNMP agent processes the requests from the interfaces that belong to the specified VRF. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used. Related Commands show snmp user — displays the information configured on each SNMP user name.
PAGE 1624
Syslog Commands The following commands allow you to configure logging functions on all Dell Networking switches. clear logging Clear the messages in the logging buffer. C9000 Series Syntax clear logging From a PE console, use clear logging to clear the messages in the logging buffer. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1625
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. Dell(conf)#clear logging auditlog show logging auditlog — displays audit log default logging buffered Return to the default setting for messages logged to the internal buffer. C9000 Series Syntax default logging buffered Defaults size = 40960; level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1626
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. logging console — sets the logging console parameters. default logging monitor Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal.
PAGE 1627
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. logging trap — limit messages logged to the Syslog servers based on severity.
PAGE 1628
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Multiple logging servers of both IPv4 and/or IPv6 can be configured. Related Commands logging on — enables the logging asynchronously to logging buffer, console, Syslog server, and terminal lines.
PAGE 1629
Usage Information When you decrease the buffer size, all messages stored in the buffer are lost. Increasing the buffer size does not affect messages stored in the buffer. Related Commands clear logging — clears the logging buffer. default logging buffered — returns the logging buffered parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging console Specify which messages are logged to the console.
PAGE 1630
all Defaults Enable coredump on all stack-unit. Enabled by default on customer builds. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. The Kernel core dump can be large and may take up to 5 to 30 minutes to upload.
PAGE 1631
logging facility Configure the Syslog facility used for error messages sent to Syslog servers. C9000 Series Syntax logging facility [facility-type] To return to the default values, use the no logging facility command.
PAGE 1632
Related Commands logging — enables logging to a Syslog server. logging on — enables logging. logging history Specify which messages are logged to the history table of the switch and the SNMP network management station (if configured). C9000 Series Syntax logging history level To return to the default values, use the no logging history command.
PAGE 1633
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1634
logging on Specify that debug or error messages are asynchronously logged to multiple destinations, such as the logging buffer, Syslog server, or terminal lines. C9000 Series Syntax logging on To disable logging to logging buffer, Syslog server and terminal lines, use the no logging on command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1635
● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. Tthe range is from 1 to 4096. ● For a ten-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1636
Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1637
Usage Information To block a type of message parameter, set the logging trap level to a lower number. For example, to block severity messages at level 6, set the level to 5. Related Commands logging — enables the logging to another device. logging on — enables logging. logging version Displays syslog messages in a RFC 3164 or RFC 5424 format. C9000 Series Syntax logging version {0|1} Defaults 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1638
reverse (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword reverse to view the Syslog messages in FIFO (first in, first out) order. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table showing the number of messages per type and per slot. Slots *7* and *8* represent RPMs. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1639
Feb 18 00:45:40: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-3-AUTHENTICATION_ENABLE_SUCCESS: Enable password authentication success on vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 00:45:40: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 ) Feb 18 00:43:10: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user admin on line vty0 ( 10.16.127.
PAGE 1640
Jul 30 16:34:11: %PE255-C1048P:1 %IFAGT-5-STACK_PORT_LINK_UP: Changed stack port state to up: 1/2 Jul 30 16:34:11: %PE255-C1048P:2 %IFAGT-5-STACK_PORT_LINK_UP: Changed stack port state to up: 2/1 Jul 30 16:34:07: %PE255-UNIT2-S:CP %EVL-6-EVENT_LOGGING: Completed uploading pre-recorded traps(send count:1, pending traps:0) to CB Jul 30 16:34:07: %PE255-UNIT2-S:CP %EVL-6-EVENT_LOGGING: Start uploading pre-recorded traps(count:1) to CB Jul 30 16:34:05: %PE-UNKN-UNIT2-S:CP %RAM-5-STACKUNIT_STATE: Stack-unit 2 is
PAGE 1641
uploading pre-recorded traps(send count:3, pending traps:0) to CB Jul 30 16:31:13: %PE255-UNIT1-S:CP %EVL-6-EVENT_LOGGING: Start uploading pre-recorded traps(count:3) to CB Jul 30 16:31:11: %PE255-C1048P:3 %IFAGT-5-STACK_PORT_LINK_UP: Changed stack port state to up: 3/2 Jul 30 16:31:11: %PE255-C1048P:1 %IFAGT-5-STACK_PORT_LINK_UP: Changed stack port state to up: 1/1 Jul 30 16:31:11: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-S:CP %RAM-5-STACKUNIT_STATE: Stack-unit 1 is in Standby State.
PAGE 1642
show logging driverlog Display the driver log for the specified hardware component. C9000 Series Syntax show logging driverlog {cp | linecard slot-id | pe pe-id stack—unit unit number From a PE console, use the show logging driverlog stack—unit unit number to view the driver logging information for a specified stack-unit. Parameters defaults cp Enter the keyword cp to display the driver log for the Control Processor on the switch.
PAGE 1643
7:Task(chmgr): [ 39]EEPROM LIB ERR: decipherPpId:416 svcTag invalid changing it to NA Dell# show logging driverlog linecard 0 0:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 1:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 2:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 3:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 4:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 5:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 6:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 7:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 8:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 9:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 10:Task(tUsrRoot): [ Example (PE Console) 29525]SS DRV DEBUG: Wrapper init complete 301305]SS DRV DEBUG: Core init complete 913]SS DRV DEBUG: port:0 isfanout:0 40]SS DRV DEBUG: port:4
PAGE 1644
f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom, failed to get any good block 15:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 77]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Main block failed checksum calulated checksum 0x1d32 actual chksum 0x0 16:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 54]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Main block failed errcode 6 17:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 62]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Redundant block failed checksum calulated checksum 0x3e4b actual chksum 0x0 18:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 53]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Red
PAGE 1645
41:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 697608]33:SS DRV DEBUG: Unit 0 : Soc Reset Complete 42:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 693327]33:SS DRV DEBUG: Unit 0 : Soc Misc Init Complete 43:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 770793]34:SS DRV DEBUG: Unit 0 : Soc MMU Init Complete 44:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 4455907]38:SS DRV DEBUG: Unit 0 : Soc BCM INitComplete 45:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 81]38:SS DRV DEBUG: Unit 0: Basic Inits complete 46:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 32839]39:SS DRV DEBUG: bcmDrvSwitchTypeChipInitSettings complete for unit 0 47:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 127018]39:SS DRV DEBUG
PAGE 1646
pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender the ID to display the kernel log for the specified port extender. The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. stack unit unit Enter keyword stack-unit and the stack-unit number to display the kernel log for the specified stack unit. Stack-unit number range is from 0 to 7. number defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1647
00:00:02:919197:AHCI_VS(0x0010) 0x00010000 00:00:02:919204:AHCI_CC_CTL(0x0014) 0x00010120 00:00:02:919210:AHCI_CC_PORTS(0x0018) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919217:AHCI_EM_LOC(0x001c) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919223:AHCI_EM_CTL(0x0020) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919229:AHCI per port register dump for port 1 00:00:02:919236:AHCI_P_IS(0x0190) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919243:AHCI_P_IE(0x0194) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919249:AHCI_P_CLBU(0x0184) 0x00000000 00:00:02:919255:AHCI_P_CLB(0x0180) 0x06491400 00:00:02:919262:AHCI_P_FBU(0x018c) 0x0000
PAGE 1648
Related Commands 1648 Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. logging monitor — sets the logging parameters on the monitor/terminal.
PAGE 1649
57 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating software. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Table 13.
PAGE 1650
Table 13.
PAGE 1651
Table 13.
PAGE 1652
Table 13. SNMP Trap List (continued) Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE For E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN_TRAY_BAD: Major alarm: fan tray %d is missing or down %CHMGR-2-ALL_FAN_BAD: Major alarm: all fans in fan tray %d are down.
PAGE 1653
Table 13.
PAGE 1654
Table 13. SNMP Trap List (continued) Message ID Trap Type Trap Option DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE %PE8-UNIT0-M%MEM_THRESHOLD_CLR: Overall memory usage of cp drops below threshold. Memory Usage (20%) CH_ALARM_PE_DOWN PE_DOWN: PE:6 MAC:00:01:02:03:04:05 is operationally down. CH_ALARM_PE_UP PE_UP: PE:6 MAC:00:01:02:03:04:05 is operationally up. CH_ALARM_PE_UNIT_DOWN PE_UNIT_DOWN: PE:6 Unit:0 Unit MAC:00:01:02:03:04:05 operationally down.
PAGE 1655
58 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP). Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • bpdu-destination-mac-address bridge-priority debug spanning-tree description disable forward-delay hello-time max-age protocol spanning-tree show config show spanning-tree 0 spanning-tree 0 bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs.
PAGE 1656
bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. C9000 Series Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters Defaults priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 32768. primary Enter the keyword primary to designate the bridge as the root bridge.
PAGE 1657
events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug STP events. general (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword general to debug general STP operations. root (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword root to debug STP root transactions. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1658
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced protocol spanning-tree — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable the spanning tree protocol globally on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled (that is, the spanning tree protocol is disabled.) Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1659
Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1660
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the spanning tree bridge. C9000 Series Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command.
PAGE 1661
Parameters Defaults stp-id Enter zero (0). the system supports one spanning tree group, group 0. Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1662
Example Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(config-stp)#show config protocol spanning-tree 0 no disable Dell(config-stp)# show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group. C9000 Series Syntax show spanning-tree 0 [active | brief | guard | interface interface | root | summary] Parameters 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific spanning tree group.
PAGE 1663
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Enable spanning tree group 0 prior to using this command. The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 command shown in the example. Field Description “Bridge Identifier...
PAGE 1664
Example Dell#show spanning-tree 0 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.0a56 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of the spanning tree Current root has priority 32768 address 0001.e800.
PAGE 1665
Te 0/2 0 Te 0/3 0 LIS EDS (Shut) Loopguard Bpduguard spanning-tree 0 Assigns a Layer 2 interface to STP instance 0 and configures a port cost or port priority, or enables loop guard, root guard, or the Portfast feature on the interface.
PAGE 1666
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If you enable portfast bpduguard on an interface and the interface receives a BPDU, the software disables the interface and sends a message stating that fact. The port is in ERR_DISABLE mode, yet appears in the show interface commands as enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-onviolation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU.
PAGE 1667
59 Storm Control The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Storm control is supported on Dell Networking OS. Important Points to Remember ● Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
PAGE 1668
show storm-control broadcast Display the storm control broadcast configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show storm-control broadcast [interface] Parameters Defaults interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1669
Defaults none Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1670
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. storm-control broadcast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in the network.
PAGE 1671
storm-control broadcast (Interface) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). C9000 Series Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters Defaults packets_per_sec ond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1672
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-series and S-Series. Broadcast traffic (all 0xFs) should be counted against the broadcast storm control meter, not against the multicast storm control meter.
PAGE 1673
Parameters Defaults pfc-llfc pps Enter a pps value to specify the threshold for flow-control traffic. The range is from 0 to 33554368 packets per second. shutdown Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down the port when flow-control traffic exceeds the configured rate. None Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History Usage Information The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1674
storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). C9000 Series Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] To disable unknown-unicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] command.
PAGE 1675
60 SupportAssist SupportAssist sends troubleshooting data securely to Dell. SupportAssist in this Dell Networking OS release does not support automated email notification at the time of hardware fault alert, automatic case creation, automatic part dispatch, or reports. SupportAssist requires Dell Networking OS 9.9(0.0) and SmartScripts 9.7 or later to be installed on the Dell Networking device. For more information on SmartScripts, see Dell Networking Open Automation guide.
PAGE 1676
● Even before you accept or reject the EULA, the configuration data is sent to the default centrally deployed SupportAssist Server. If you reject the EULA, the configuration data is not transmitted to the SupportAssist server. ● If there is an existing SupportAssist configuration, the configuration is not removed and the feature is disabled. Example Accept the EULA: Dell(conf)# eula-consent support-assist accept I accept the terms of the license agreement.
PAGE 1677
Related Commands ● support-assist — moves to the SupportAssist Configuration mode. support-assist Move to the SupportAssist configuration mode. Syntax support-assist To remove all the configuration of the SupportAssist service, use the no support-assist command. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 1678
support-assist activity Trigger an activity event immediately. Syntax support-assist activity {full-transfer | core-transfer} start now Parameters full-transfer Enter the keyword full-transfer to specify transfer of configuration, inventory, logs, and other information. core-transfer Enter the keyword core-transfer to specify transfer of core files. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1679
Version Description Introduced the core-transfer and event-transfer parameters. Usage Information 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. By default, each activity follows a set of default actions using a default schedule. Using this command, you can customize the set of actions and disable a certain activity.
PAGE 1680
Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1681
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1682
action-manifest install Configure action-manifest to transfer a set of customized records for full transfer and to monitor a set of specified events for event transfer. Syntax action-manifest install {default | } To revert to the default action-manifest file, use the action-manifest install default command. Parameters Defaults default Enter the keyword default to revert back to the default set of actions for an activity.
PAGE 1683
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information To revert to the default action-manifest file, use the action-manifest install command. If necessary, you can then remove the custom action-manifest file. Related Commands ● action-manifest get — copy an action-manifest file for an activity to the system. ● action-manifest install — configure the action-manifest to use for a specific activity.
PAGE 1684
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information Enter the specific SupportAssist activity mode and then enable it. NOTE: By default, the full transfer includes the core files. When you disable the core transfer activity, the full transfer excludes the core files. Related Commands ● activity — move user to the SupportAssist Activity mode for that activity.
PAGE 1685
^ % Error: Invalid input at "^" marker. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. Example Dell(conf-supportassist-cmpy-test)# address city Minneapolis state Minnesota country USA postalcode 55344 street-address Configure the street address information for the company. Syntax street-address {address1} [address2]…[address8] To remove the street address, use the no street-address command. Parameters address1 Enter the street address for the company. address2..
PAGE 1686
SupportAssist Person Commands Dell Networking OS supports the following SupportAssist Person mode commands. email-address Configure the email addresses to reach the contact person. Syntax email-address primary email-address [alternate email-address] To remove an email address, use the no email-address command. To remove the primary and the alternate email addresses, use the no email-address primary and no email-address alternate commands respectively.
PAGE 1687
Usage Information Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. The phone numbers may contain country codes, area codes and extensions, if necessary. Allowable characters are 0 to 9, x, (, ), - and +. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration.
PAGE 1688
Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration.
PAGE 1689
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. The passwords are stored encrypted in the running configuration. enable Enable communication with the SupportAssist server. Syntax enable To disable communication to a specific SupportAssist server, use the no enable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes SUPPORTASSIST SERVER Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1690
Usage Information The URL should be formatted to follow the ISO format. show eula-consent Display the EULA for the feature. Syntax show eula-consent {support-assist | other feature} Parameters support-assist | other feature Enter the keywords support-assist or the text corresponding to other feature. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1691
involve international transfers of data from you to Dell and/or to Dells affiliates, subcontractors or business partners. When making such transfers, Dell shall ensure appropriate protection is in place to safeguard the Collected Data being transferred in connection with SupportAssist. If you are downloading SupportAssist on behalf of a company or other legal entity, you are further certifying to Dell that you have appropriate authority to provide this consent on behalf of that entity.
PAGE 1692
url http://1.1.1.1:1332 Dell# show support-assist status Display information on SupportAssist feature status including any activities, status of communication, last time communication sent, and so on. Syntax show support-assist status Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 1693
61 System Time and Date The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1694
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can change the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year. You cannot delete the software clock.
PAGE 1695
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1696
● first: enter the keyword first to end daylight saving time in the first week of the month. ● last: enter the keyword last to end daylight saving time in the last week of the month. Defaults end-day Enter the weekday name that you want daylight saving time to end. Enter the weekdays using the three letter abbreviations; for example Sun, Sat, Mon, and so on. The range is from Sun to Sat. end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes:seconds.
PAGE 1697
● a minus sign (-) then a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1698
ntp authenticate Enable authentication of NTP traffic between the switch and the NTP time serving hosts. C9000 Series Syntax ntp authenticate To disable NTP authentication, use the no ntp authentication command. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1699
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(1.0) Introduced the sha1 option. Also, introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. 9.14(0.0) The trusted-key range value is from 1 to 65534. 9.12(1.0) Introduced on the S5048F–ON. 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148.
PAGE 1700
● 7 (seven) indicates that a password is encrypted using a DES hashing algorithm. It specifies a hidden authentication data. ● WORD is the un-encrypted (cleartext) authentication data. password Defaults Enter a string up to 32 characters as the password. NTPQ Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.14(0.
PAGE 1701
ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. C9000 Series Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command. Defaults Disabled (that is, if you configure an NTP host, all interfaces receive NTP packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1702
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. ntp offset-threshold Configure the threshold time interval before which the system generates an NTP audit log message if the time difference from the NTP server is greater than a threshold value (offset-threshold). Syntax ntp offset-threshold threshold-value To disable the threshold value, use the no ntp offset-threshold command.
PAGE 1703
version number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version and a number to correspond to the NTP version used on the server. The range is from 1 to 4. minpoll polling- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword minpollthen the polling-interval. The polling interval range is from 4 to 16. interval maxpoll polling- interval Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword maxpollthen the polling-interval. The polling interval range is from 4 to 16. Not configured.
PAGE 1704
In general, the packet denied services are dropped with no further action except incrementing the statistics counters. In certain cases, a more proactive response is required to cause the client to slow down the process. A special packet is created to serve this purpose, and it is called the kiss-o-Death (KoD) packet.
PAGE 1705
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp trusted-key Set a key to authenticate the system to which NTP synchronizes. Syntax ntp trusted-key number To delete the key, use the no ntp trusted-key number command. Parameters Defaults number Enter a number as the trusted key ID. The range is from 1 to 65534. Not configured.
PAGE 1706
show clock Display the current clock settings. C9000 Series Syntax show clock [detail] From a PE console, use show clock. Parameters detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view the source information of the clock. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1707
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell EMC Network OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.1) Introduced on the S6010-ON and S4048T-ON. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3148. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S6100–ON. 9.8(2.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100–ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1708
Example (without ntp master configuration) Example (with ntp master configuration) Field Description .LOCL. Indicates the reference clock of the NTP master. DellEMC# show ntp associations remote vrf-Id ref clock st when poll reach delay offset disp =============================================================================== *10.16.151.117 0 45.127.112.2 3 8 16 17 1.383 362.704 0.
PAGE 1709
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ntp status command shown in the Example below. Field Description “Clock is...” States whether or not the switch clock is synchronized, which NTP stratum the system is assigned and the IP address of the NTP peer. “frequency is...
PAGE 1710
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1711
62 Tunneling Commands Tunnel interfaces create a logical tunnel for IPv4 or IPv6 traffic. You can configure DCSP, hop-limits and flow-labels. To enable a tunnel interface, use the following commands.
PAGE 1712
● If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends. NOTE: The ip unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical ip address is identified from one of the address family.
PAGE 1713
C9000 Series Syntax tunnel allow-remote {ip-address | ipv6-address} [mask] To delete a configured allow-remote entry use the no tunnel allow-remote command. Any specified address/mask values must match an existing entry for the delete to succeed. If the address and mask are not specified, this command deletes all allow-remote entries. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6–address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format.
PAGE 1714
Usage Information The tunnel interface is inoperable without a valid tunnel destination address for the configured Tunnel mode. To establish a logical tunnel to the particular destination address, use the destination address of the outer tunnel header. If you configure a tunnel interface or source address, the tunnel destination must be compatible. tunnel dscp Configure the method to set the DSCP in the outer tunnel header.
PAGE 1715
Defaults 0 (Mapped original packet flow-label value to tunnel header flow-label value) Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000. This command is only valid for tunnel interfaces with an IPv6 outer header.
PAGE 1716
The range is from 5 to 255. The default is 5. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. The range is from 3 to 10. The default is 3. unlimited Defaults Enter the keyword unlimited to specify the unlimited number of keepalive probe packets. Tunnel keepalive is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.
PAGE 1717
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added the decapsulate-any command. To enable a tunnel interface, use this command. You must define a tunnel mode for the tunnel to function. If you previously defined the tunnel destination or source address, the tunnel mode must be compatible.
PAGE 1718
63 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link.
PAGE 1719
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. ● downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. ● uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
PAGE 1720
Parameters Defaults text Text description of the uplink-state group. The maximum length is 80 alphanumeric characters. none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1721
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both.
PAGE 1722
downstream disable links Configure the number of downstream links in the uplink-state group that are disabled if one upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down. C9000 Series Syntax downstream disable links {number |all} To revert to the default setting, use the no downstream disable links command. Parameters Defaults number Enter the number of downstream links to be brought down by UFD. The range is from 1 to 1024. all Brings down all downstream links in the group.
PAGE 1723
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. ● uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
PAGE 1724
show uplink-state-group Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. C9000 Series Syntax show uplink-state-group [group-id] [detail] Parameters Defaults group-id Displays status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16.
PAGE 1725
Uplink State Group : 7 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Downstream Interfaces : Uplink State Group : 16 Status: Disabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Te 0/41(Dwn) Po 8(Dwn) Downstream Interfaces : Te 0/40(Dwn) Related Commands ● show running-config uplink-state-group — displays the current configuration of one or more uplinkstate groups. ● uplink-state-group — create an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
PAGE 1726
Related Commands ● show running-config uplink-state-group — displays the current configuration of one or more uplinkstate groups. ● show uplink-state-group — displays the status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. upstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as an upstream interface. C9000 Series Syntax upstream interface To delete an upstream interface, use the no upstream interface command.
PAGE 1727
64 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1728
back-up destination Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the management interface on the remote VLT peer to be used as the endpoint of the VLT backup link for sending out-of-band hello messages. C9000 Series Syntax back-up destination {[ipv4–address] | [ipv6 ipv6–address] [interval seconds]} Parameters Defaults ipv4–address Enter the IPv4 address of the backup destination. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format.
PAGE 1729
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.
PAGE 1730
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S8420T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To delay the system from bringing up the VLT port for a brief period to allow IGMP Snooping and Layer 3 routing protocols to converge, use the delay-restore parameter. Use this feature: ● after a VLT device is reloaded. ● after the time when active VLTi link failed and restored. Related Commands show vlt statistics — displays statistics on VLT operations.
PAGE 1731
Example Dell(conf)#lacp ungroup member-independent ? port-channel LACP port-channel members become switchports vlt All VLT LACP members become switchports multicast peer-routing timeout Configure the time for a VLT node to retain synced multicast routes or synced multicast outgoing interface (OIF) after a VLT peer node failure. C9000 Series Syntax multicast peer-routing timeout value To restore the default value, use the no multicast peer-routing timeout command.
PAGE 1732
Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the peer-down-vlan parameter. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1733
peer-routing-timeout Configure the delay after which peer routing is disabled when the peer is unavailable. This command is applicable for both IPV6/ IPV4. C9000 Series Syntax peer-routing-timeout value To restore the default value, use the no peer-routing-timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default value is 0 (no timeout). Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1734
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. After you configure a VLT domain on each peer switch and connect (cable) the two VLT peers on each side of the VLT interconnect, the system elects a primary and secondary VLT peer device.
PAGE 1735
Local System MAC address: Remote System MAC address: Remote Sytem Version: Delay-Restore timer: 00:01:e8:8b:14:3c 00:01:e8:8b:15:20 5 (1) 90 seconds show vlt backup-link Displays information on the backup link operation. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt backup-link Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1736
Default interface Enter the keyword interface to display the interface counter information for the VLT. mac Enter the keyword mac to display the MAC address counter information for the VLT. ndp Enter the keyword ndp to display the VLT counter information for NDP. Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1737
Total Non-VLT Arp Entries Synced IGMP MRouter Vlans count : IGMP Mcast Groups count : Total VLT Ndp Entries Learnt : Total VLT Ndp Entries Synced : Total Non-VLT Ndp Entries Learnt : Total Non-VLT Ndp Entries Synced : 0 2 0 0 0 show vlt detail Displays detailed status information about VLT port-channels currently configured on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt detail Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1738
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Dell#show vlt inconsistency ip mroute Spanned Multicast Routing IIF Inconsistency Multicast Route --------------(22.22.22.200, 225.1.1.2) (*, 225.1.1.
PAGE 1739
Vlan-config -----------Vlan-ID Local Mode ---------------100 Peer Mode --------- -- L3 Vlan IPV4 Multicast Status -------------------------Vlan-ID Local Status ------------------4094 Active Peer Status ----------Inactive Dell# Example for Q-in-Q implementation over VLT Dell#show vlt mismatch Domain -----Parameters Local -------------PB for stp Enabled Peer ---Disabled Vlan-type-config ---------------Codes:: P - Primary, C - Community, I - Isolated, N - Normal vlan, M Vlan-stack Vlan-ID ------- Lo
PAGE 1740
show vlt private-vlan Display the private VLAN (PVLAN) associated with the VLT LAG for VLT peer nodes. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt private-vlan Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 1741
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1742
Related Commands Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support in the output for ARP, MAC, and IGMP snooping. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear vlt statistics — clears the statistics on VLT operations. NOTE: The following example shows the statistics for all of the VLT parameters. If you enter a specific keyword, such as mac, only the statistics for that VLT parameter displays.
PAGE 1743
Ndp-sync Pkts Rcvd:105 Ndp Reg Request sent:25 Ndp Reg Request rcvd:24 system-mac Configure the MAC address for use by VLT Port-channel LACP for the domain C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults system-mac mac-address mac-address Enter the system MAC address for the VLT domain. Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1744
Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.
PAGE 1745
Usage Information The VLT domain ID must be the same between the two VLT devices. If the domain ID is not the same, a syslog message is generated and VLT does not launch. Related Commands show vlt — uses the show vlt brief command to display the delay-restore value. vlt-peer-lag port-channel Associate the port channel to the corresponding port channel in the VLT peer for the VLT connection to an attached device.
PAGE 1746
Parameters port-channel Configure the proxy-gateway interface port-channel. Port channel range is from 1 to 128. vlan-range Enter the VLAN IDs in which proxy gateway is not needed. The VLANs are excluded from doing proxy gateway. The value can be a single VLAN ID or comma-separated, VLAN IDs or a range of VLAN IDs or a combination.
PAGE 1747
3) The proxy-gateway LLDP configuration is applied. Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain#proxy-gateway lldp proxy-gateway peer-timeout Enable the VLT node to timeout the transmission of peer’s mac address when the VLT peer is down. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters [no] peer-timeout value value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History Usage Information Example Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1748
Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain#proxy-gateway static remote-mac-address exclude-vlan Configure the proxy-gateway static entry and exclude a VLAN or a range of VLANs from proxy routing. C9000 Series Syntax [no] remote-mac-address mac—address [exclude-vlan vlan-range] Parameters remote-macaddress Specify the mac-addresses of the VLT peers which are in the remote VLT Domain. mac-address Enter the 48-bit hexadecimal address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
PAGE 1749
Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 1750
Usage Information Example 1750 Version Description 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5.(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. This command enables the device to transmit its VLT peer’s MAC address along with its own MAC address to the remote VLT domain. By default, a node sends only its own MAC address to the remote VLT domain.
PAGE 1751
65 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 VRRP Commands IPv6 VRRP Commands IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. C9000 Series Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command.
PAGE 1752
Usage Information Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers. authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges. C9000 Series Syntax authentication-type simple [encryption-type] password To delete an authentication type and password, use the no authentication-type command.
PAGE 1753
ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to clear counters from the IPv6 VRRP group. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear counters that are maintained on the VRRP operations corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1754
● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 255 as the VRRP group ID. all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging of all VRRP groups. bfd Enter the keyword bfd to enable debugging of VRRP BFD interactions. database Enter the keyword database to enable debugging of configuration changes. interface Enter the keyword interface to enable debugging of interface state changes..
PAGE 1755
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1756
hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables. C9000 Series Syntax hold-time {seconds | centisecs centisecs} To return to the default value, use the no hold-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is zero (0) seconds.
PAGE 1757
Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1758
If you set the priority command to 255 and the virtual-address is not equal to the interface’s primary IP address, an error message appears. show config View the non-default VRRP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config [verbose] Parameters verbose (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword verbose to view all VRRP group configuration information, including defaults. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1759
● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information on the VRRP groups. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a table of information on the VRRP groups.
PAGE 1760
Usage Information Item Description Virtual addr(s) Displays the virtual IP addresses of the VRRP routers associated with the interface. The following describes the show vrrp command shown in the following example. Field Description TenGigabitEther net 12/3... Displays the Interface, the VRRP group ID, and the network address. If the interface is not sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network address. State: master...
PAGE 1761
Tracking states for 2 interfaces: Up TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 priority-cost 10 Up TenGigabitEthernet 1/17 priority-cost 10 Dell> Example (Brief) Example (C9000) Dell>Interface Grp Pri Pre State Master addr Virtual addr(s) Description --------------------------------------------------------Te 1/37 1 100 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.201 Te 1/37 2 100 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.202 200.203 Description Te 1/37 3 100 Y Master 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.2 Te 1/37 4 100 Y Master 200.200.200 200.200.200.
PAGE 1762
Parameters Defaults 2 Enter the 2 parameter to specify VRRP version 2 as defined by RFC 3768, Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol. 3 Enter the 2 parameter to specify VRRP version 3 as defined in RFC 5798, Virtual Router Redundancy. both Enter the both keyword for in-service migration from VRRP version 2 to VRRP version 3. 2 Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1763
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1764
Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information This command applies to a single interface. When used with the vrrp delay reload CLI, the later timer rules the VRRP enabling. For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and the vrrp delay minimum is 300: ● When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for VRRP.
PAGE 1765
vrrp-group Assign a VRRP ID to an interface. You can configure up to 255 VRRP groups per interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Defaults vrrp-group vrrp-id vrrp-id Enter a number as the group ID. The range is from 1 to 255. Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1766
● For SONET interfaces, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FortyGigE followed by the slot/port information. ● For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel followed by the slot/port information. ● For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1767
clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear counters vrrp ipv6 [vrid | vrf instance] vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of an IPv6 VRRP group. The range is from 1 to 255. vrf instance (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a VRF instance (32 characters maximum) to clear the counters of all IPv6 VRRP groups in the specified VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1768
state Enter the keyword state to enable debugging of VRRP state changes timer Enter the keyword timer to enable debugging of the VRRP timer. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1769
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1770
State: Master, Priority: 101, Master: fe80::201:e8ff:fe7a:6bb9 (local) Hold Down: 0 centisec, Preempt: TRUE, AdvInt: 100 centisec Accept Mode: FALSE, Master AdvInt: 100 centisec Adv rcvd: 0, Bad pkts rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 64 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:02:ff Virtual IP address: 1::255 fe80::255 vrrp-ipv6-group Assign an interface to a VRRP group. C9000 Series Syntax vrrp-ipv6-group vrid Parameters Defaults vrid Enter the virtual-router ID number of the VRRP group. The VRID range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 1771
66 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to co-exist on the same router at the same time. Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ip unknown-unicast ipv6 unknown-unicast description ip vrf forwarding ip route-export ip route-import ipv6 route-export ipv6 route-import match source-protocol redistribute interface management maximum dynamic-routes show ip vrf show run vrf ip unknown-unicast Enable IPv4 catch-all route.
PAGE 1772
ipv6 unknown-unicast Disable soft forwarding of unknown IPv6 destination packets. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ipv6 unknown-unicast Defaults Soft forwarding is enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 1773
ip vrf forwarding Attach an interface to a configured VRF. C9000 Series Syntax ip vrf forwarding {vrf-name | management} To delete an interface associated with a configured VRF, use the no ip vrf forwarding {vrfname | management} command. Parameters Defaults vrf-name Enter name of the VRF that you want to associate the interface to. management Use this keyword when you want to associate the interface to the management VRF. None (Interface is part of default VRF).
PAGE 1774
You can leak global routes for VRF. As the global RTM usually contains a large pool of routes, when the destination VRF imports global routes, these routes are duplicated into the VRF's RTM. As a result, it is mandatory to use route-maps to filter out leaked routes while sharing global routes with VRFs. Defaults N/A Command Modes VRF MODE CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1775
Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. You can configure multiple import conditions per VRF depending on the exporting VRF. The export-target and import-target support only the match protocol and match prefix-list options, all other options configured in the route-map are ignored.
PAGE 1776
Related Commands ipv6 route-import – imports IPv6 routes from another VRF. ipv6 route-import Import IPv6 routes leaked by another VRF using the tag specified by that VRF during export of these routes. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 route-import tag [route-map-name] Parameters route-import Enter the keyword route-import to import IPv6 routes into the VRF. tag Enter a tag (ASN number) to specify an import route target for importing routes from another VRF.
PAGE 1777
static Enter the keyword static to leak or share static routes corresponding to the VRF. Command Modes ROUTE MAP MODE Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. You can specify the matching criteria only after defining a route-map.
PAGE 1778
interface management Associate a management port with a management VRF. C9000 Series Syntax interface management To delete the association between a management port and a management VRF, use the no interface management command. Defaults None. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1779
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OSCommand Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S–Series.
PAGE 1780
Ma 11/0, Nu 0, Vl 1 Te 0/14,16-17 Te 0/15 test1 test2 management 1 2 64 Dell#show ip vrf test1 VRF-Name VRF-ID Interfaces test1 1 Te 0/14,16-17 show run vrf Displays configuration information corresponding to all the VRFs in the system. C9000 Series Syntax show run vrf vrf-name Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF.. Command Modes ● EXEC ● EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1781
67 VLAN Stacking With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. For more information about basic VLAN commands, see the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
PAGE 1782
Parameters Defaults interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: ● For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. ● For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. ● For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1783
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Prior to enabling this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, enter the switchport command. To remove the access port designation, remove the port (using the no member interface command) from all stackable VLAN enabled VLANs. vlan-stack compatible Enable the stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN.
PAGE 1784
Dell# M Te 2/5 vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts. C9000 Series Syntax vlan-stack dot1p-mapping c-tag-dot1p values sp-tag-dot1p value Parameters c-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword c-tag-dot1p then the customer dot1p value that is mapped to a service provider do1p value. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1785
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. C-Series and S-Series accept both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1786
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. C-Series and S-Series accept both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. 7.8.1.0 Functionality augmented for C-Series and S-Series to enable multi-purpose use of the port. 7.7.1.0 Functionality augmented for E-Series to enable multi-purpose use of the port. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1787
Example 2 Dell(config)#vlan-stack protocol-type 88A8 Dell(config)#interface tengigabitethernet 2/10 Dell(conf-if-te-2/10)#no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-2/10)#switchport Dell(conf-if-te-2/10)#vlan-stack access Dell(conf-if-te-2/10)#exit Dell(config)#interface tenGigabitethernet 1/0 Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#portmode hybrid Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#switchport Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#vlan-stack trunk Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#vlan-stack comp
PAGE 1788
68 X.509v3 X.509v3 is a standard for public key infrastructure (PKI) to manage digital certificates and public key encryption. This standard specifies a format for public-key certificates or digital certificates. Dell Networking OS supports X.509v3 standards.
PAGE 1789
crypto ca-cert install Downloads and installs the certificate of a Certificate Authority (CA) on to the device. Syntax Parameters Defaults crypto ca-cert install path path Enter the path where the CA certificate is available for download. The format that you use to specify the location of the CA certificate also includes the protocol that is used to contact the CA.
PAGE 1790
● secadmin The certificate matching the current FIPS state is deleted. If the system is in FIPS mode, the FIPS certificate is deleted. If the system is in non-FIPS mode, the non-FIPS certificate is deleted. Before deleting the system’s trusted certificate, the system prompts you to specify whether to proceed with deletion. If you proceed, the system deletes the certificate and also the private key.
PAGE 1791
email email- address Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword email followed a valid email address used for communication with the organization. validity days (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword validity followed by the number of days for which the certificate is valid. NOTE: For CSRs, validity has no effect. For self-signed certificates, if validity is not specified, it defaults to 3650 days, or 10 years. length length (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword length followed by a bit length value.
PAGE 1792
Parameters cert-file Enter the keyword cert-file to specify that the certificate needs to be downloaded. cert-path Enter the path where the certificate is locally stored. The path can be a full path or a relative path. If the system accepts this path, a notification is sent indicating the location where the certificate file is stored. Following are example of a path that you can specify: flash://certs/s4810-001-request.crtand usbflash:/certs/s4810-001-cert.
PAGE 1793
If the system is in non-FIPS mode, the certificate will be installed as the non-FIPS certificate. When FIPS mode is enabled/disabled, the certificates (and keys) are switched by the system. Related Commands ● crypto ca-cert install crypto x509 ocsp Configures the OCSP behavior. Syntax Parameters Defaults crypto x509 ocsp [nonce] [sign-requests] nonce Enter the keyword nonce to use the nonce feature for the OCSP requests to OCSP responder communication.
PAGE 1794
Command Modes ● CONFIGURATION Mode Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command: Related Commands Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command.
PAGE 1795
tcp Enter the keyword tcp to enable TCP. udp Enter the keyword udp to enable UDP. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. sha1 fingerprint Enter the keyword sha1 followed by the finger print. This option is only available when the secure option is configured. This new option enables the Syslog feature to compare the received certificate’s sha-1 fingerprint against this configured sha-1 fingerprint.
PAGE 1796
Usage Information Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command. The following RBAC roles are allowed to issue this command: ● sysadmin ● secadmin When you use this command, the device maps the current certificate context in the certificate store to a CA certificate through the subject key identifier field. The subject key identifier field contains the SHA-1 hash of the CA’s public key. This configuration provides a way to uniquely identify a CA and associate it with any CA-specific settings.
PAGE 1797
Related Commands ● crypto x509 ocsp ocsp-server prefer Configures OCSP responder preference. You can configure the preference or order that the CA or a device should follow while contacting multiple OCSP responders. Syntax ocsp-server prefer Defaults None. Command Modes CERTIFICATE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1798
show crypto cert Displays the certificate information that is specified. Syntax show crypto cert {path} Parameters Defaults path (OPTIONAL) Enter the path to a local file where a certificate chain is stored in PEM format. If a path is not specified, display the certificate that is currently installed on the system. None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.